Lớp 12- Chuẩn đáp án

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 187

HOME LIFE

TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.

6. He has been very interested in doing research on …. since he was at high school.
a. biology b. biological c. biologist d. biologically
7. Are you sure that boys are more … …than girls?
a. act b. active c. action d.activity
8. It is generally believed that ‘'Men make …house and women make … home”.
a.0/0 b. a / an c. the / the d. an / the
9. Most doctors and nurses have to work on a … once, or twice a week at the hospital.
a. solution b. night shift c. household chores d. special dishes
10. We enjoy … time together in the evening when the family members gather in the
living room after a day of working hard.
a. spending b. caring c. taking d. doing
11. It is parents’ duty and responsibility to ……..hands to take care of their children
and give them a happy home.
a. shake b. hold c. join d. take
12. He is a … boy. He is often kind and helpful to every classmate.
a. frank b. lovely c. obedient d. caring
13. Doctors are supposed to … responsibility for human life.
a. do b. take c. rush d. join
14 … Sure that you follow the instructions carefully.
a. Believe b. Try c. Do d. Make
15. Sometimes Mr. Pike has to work very late … night to do some important
experiments.
a. in b. at c. for d. on
16. Peter was … a hurry to go so he did not stop to greet me.
a. in b. on c. with d. over
17. It … it is parents’ responsibility to take good care of their children.
a. commonly says that b. commonly to be said that
c. is commonly said that d. is commonly saying
18. Most children enjoy … with theirparents and siblings.
a. play b. to play c. playing d. played
19. He studies … his two brothers.
a. much better than b. more better than c. more good than d. very better than
20 … the eldest child, he works hard to help his parents support the family.
a. Be b. Is c. To be d. Being
21. They … for 3 hours when the storm suddenly broke.
a. had been running b. have been running
c. are running d. will be running
22. No matter what happens next I … help you.
a. am b. have c. will d. would .
23. I … come to the conclusion that nowadays nobody cares about anything.
a. will b. had c. do d. have
24. I assumed you … paying for therepairs until the end of last year.
a. have been b. was been c. are being d. had been
25 …get tired of answering the same questions every day?
a. Have you ever b. Had you ever
c. Do you ever d. Are you ever
26. She … working on that manuscript for 2 years now.
a. will be b. has been c. had been d. is
27. I … there once a long time ago and…… back since.
a. went/ have not been b. go / am not
c. have gone / was d. was going / had not been
28. She … trying to pass her driving test but fails every time.
a. kept b. is keeping c. had kept d. keeps
29. I … complete silence now while I try this experiment.
a. am wanting b. want c. did want d.have wanted
30. The students … by Mrs. Monty. However, this week they … by Mr. Tanzer
a. are usually taught / are being taught
b. usually teach / are teaching
c. have usually been taught / have been teaching
d. were usually teaching / are teaching

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Jean spent her first few years in Hooper and her family moved to Otsego early in
her life. She was only ten when her father died unexpectedly, leaving her mother to
raise and support their family alone. Her mother soon went to work outside the home
to provide for the family, and Jean, being one of the oldest, had to help care for her
younger siblings. Although she had much responsibility at home, Jean thoroughly
enjoyed school and was an excellent student^ She went on to graduate 10th in her
class at Otsego High School in 1953, While still in high school, Jean met a young man
named Charles “Chuck" Holly, at a dance in Alamo, and they were quite taken with
each other. Over the next few years, their love for each other blossomed and they were
married on February 24, 1953, while Jean was still in school. At the time, Chuck was
serving his country in the military, and had come home on leave to marry his
sweetheart. Unfortunately, shortly thereafter, he was sent overseas to serve in Korea
for the next fifteen months.
Upon his discharge, the couple settled into married life together in the Plain well,
Otsego area. To help make ends meet, Jean went to work at the collection bureau in
Kalamazoo for a while, before taking a job at the cheese company in Otsego. In 1964,
Chuck and Jean were overjoyed with the birth-of their son, Chuck, who brought great
joy into their lives. Jean remembered how her mother was always gone so much
working after her father died and she1 did not want that for her son, so she left her job
to devote herself to the role of a mother.
36. Before Jean's father passed away, her mother used to…
a. work outside the home b. be a housewife
c. support the family alone d. work as a secretary
37. Which is not referred to Jean?
a. She was a responsible girl.
b. She never helped her mother with household chores.
c. She often did well at school.
d. She went to high school.
38. Jean’s husband was a …
a. teacher b. dancer c. soldier d. servant
39. Jean …
a. served in the military b. lived in Korea for fifteen months
c. had a daughter d. got married when she was a student
40. Which is not true about Jean?
a. She disliked staying at home and taking care of her child.
b. She worked outside the home before she had a child.
c. She was very happy when she got a baby.
d. She quit her job to look after her baby.
`
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
There are many reasons (41) … taking regular time with our family is important:
It (42) … a place to listen, teach, learn, and (43) … ourselves freely and safely. It
provides (44) … to discuss family joys, issues, and problems.
Family members can practice skills in a non-threatening (45) ...
Families are a (46) … part of our society and the fabric of our communities we
spend (47) … time together to get our feelings (48) … belonging, our values, support
and understanding.
It helps (49) … family members together andfeel safe in today’s world where (50)
… can lead to family disintegration
41. a. that b. why c. when d. which
42. a. creates b. invents c. develops d. makes
43. a. think b. show c. express d. say
44. a. opportunities b. conditions c. situations d. circumstances
45. a. air b. nature c. space d. atmosphere
46. a. attractive b. read c. deep d. basic
47. a. a b. an c. the d. no article
48. a. in b. of c. on d. for
49. a. keep b. keeping c. kept. d. with keeping
50. a. push b. press. c. pressure d. pull

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best, completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. You are old enough to take ….. for what you have done.
a. responsible b. responsibility c. responsibly d. irresponsible
7. These quick and easy … can be effective in the short term, but they have a cost.
a. solve b. solvable c. solutions d. solvability
8. John is … only child in his family so his parents love him a lot.
a. a b. an c. the d. no article
9. According to the boss, John is the most … for the position of executive secretary
a. supportive b. caring c. suitable d. comfortable
10. She got up late and rushed to the bus stop.
a. came into b. went leisurely c. went quickly d. dropped by
11. Billy, come and give me a hand with cooking.
a. help b. prepared c. be busy d.attempt
12. Whenever problems come up we discuss them frankly and find solutions quickly.
a. happen b. encounter c. arrive d. clean
13. What are the … of that country? - I think it is some kinds of cheese and sauces.
a. drinks b. beverages c. grains d. special dishes
14. Peter tried his best and passed the driving test at the first …
a. try b. attempt c. doing d. aim
15. Where is Jimmy? - He is … work. He is busy … his monthly report.
a. on / for b. in /about c.to / through d. at / with
16. With greatly increased workloads, everyone is … pressure now.
a. under b. above c. upon d. out of
17. We are not allowed … jeans at school.
a. wear b. to wear c. wearing d. worn
18. Sometimes I do not feel like … to my sibling about my troubles.
a. talk b. to talk c. talking d. talked
19. The worker was … his boss expected, so he was offered a raise.
a. more hard-working b. as hard-working than
c. more hard-working than d. more hard-working as
20. John … a respectful and obedient student.
a. said to be b. is said c. is said being d. is said to be
21. I love … films but I seldom find time to go the cinema.
a. see b. saw c. seen d. seeing
22. In the last hundred years, traveling … much easier and more comfortable.
a. becomes b. has become c. became d. will become
23. In the 19th century, it … two or three months to cross North America by covered
wagon.
a. took b. had taken c. have taken d. was taking
24. In the past the trip … very rough and often dangerous, but things … a great deal in
the last hundred and fifty years.
a. was / have changed b. is / change.
c. had been / will change d. has been / changed
25. Now you … from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.
a. are flying b. would fly c. will fly d. can fly
26. When Carol … last night, I … my favorite show on television.
a. was calling / watered b. called / have watched
c. called / was watching d. had called / watched
27. By this time next summer, you … your studies.
a. completes b. will complete c. are completing d. will have completed
28. Right now, Jim … the newspaper and Kathy … dinner.
a. reads / has cooked b. is reading / is cooking
c. has read / was cooking d. read / will be cooking
29. Last night at this time, they … the same thing. She … and … he the newspaper
a. are doing / is cooking / is reading
b. were doing / was cooking / was reading
c. was doing / has cooked / is reading
d. had done / was cooking /read
30. When I … home last night, I….. that Jane …….a beautiful candlelight dinner.
a. had arrived / discovered / prepared
b. was arriving / had discovered / was preparing
c. have arrived / was discovering / had prepared
d. arrived / discovered / was preparing
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Every family has its quires. Mine is no different. I was born in an Italian-American
family in 1973. We follow the classic stereotype. My father works and my mother
stays home with the kids. There are certain things that we remember from our
childhood: phrases, jokes, movies. But one piece of advice that sticks with me from an
early age comes from my mother.
“Don’t finish your food or you will never get married.” It WAS an illogical jump
from the idea that a “lady” is not a glutton and therefore will not finish the food on her
plate or take the last cookie off of the platter. A “lady” especially a young lady must
never appear hungry. If she did, she would not be an ideal candidate for a wife.
To this day, I do not finish what is on my plate and I will never eat the last of
anything.
It is not a conscience thing. When I think about it, I make a point to finish the food
on my plate, there is still some teenage rebellion against mom in this thirty-four year-
old body, but the thought of not finishing is so ingrained that I rarely think about it.
When my husband and I are at dinner, he will gesture to something on the table and
say, "Finish your food” and I will respond, “I can't, I’ll never, get married. 7’ That
always makes him laugh and say, "So what have these last six years been?” But for me
it is something special that I will carry around with me - something that is my family.
My brother remembers the phrase and he admits that in his dating days he did watch to
see if any of the girls would take the last, piece of pie or pizza. I think he fell in love
with his fiance because she would eat whatever she wanted to and do not worry about
anyone judging her for it. As 1 embark on starting my own family, I wonder what I
will tell my daughter. Will I encourage her to finish every last piece? Or will I
continue to the legacy of my mother and tell her not eat the last piece lest she not get
married? Will she one day laugh to her girlfriends about her mother leaving one
granola bar, one piece of cheese, or one rice cake alone in their bags?
36. The writer's mother never let her eat the last piece of food on her plate.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. All the mothers in the world never let their daughter eat the last piece of food on
their plate.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. The writer often eats up all she has on her plate and up to now she is still single.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. The writer does not believe in what her mother has said but she considers her
mother's words something special.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. The writer has two sons.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in eachnumbered blank withone suitable word or phrase.
On December 10, 2006, I was going through some hard time. The landlady did not
want to release the house any more so I had to (41) … and only had one month to find
a place. Because Christmas was coming and it was difficult for me to (42) … a
suitable accommodation. I had only some money (43) ... I could not buy a Christmas
tree and some presents for my three boys, (44) … I had to use the money to find a
place to live. To me, it broke my heart as I could not prepare the Christmas for my
three boys. I have been their only parent since my husband (45) … away two years
ago. I was so sad and everything was getting on my nerves. Although I managed to
solve the problem myself I could not help (46) … my sons about
the things. When I suddenly woke up at midnight, I found my eldest son was sitting
(47) … me. He kissed me and said, "Don’t worry, Mum. We love you very much and
always stand by you (48) … happens.” At the moment I started weeping, grabbed him
and kissed him. His words and love made me (49) … all about what I was stressing
about.
In fact ever since that moment, I have realized that I can overcome any problems
thanks to my sons' love. The most important thing of my life is that my hoys arc safe
and healthy, and they bring me joy ail the time. The memory (50) … me that nothing
really matters, when I have the love of my children.
41. a. transfer b. convert c. move d. change
42. a. notice b. watch c. find d. see
43. a. leave b. to leave c. leaving d. left
44. a. because b. although c. as though d. if
45. a. passes b. passed c. has passed d. was passing
46. a. tell b. to tell c. told d. telling
47. a. by b. next c. over d. up
48. a.whenever b. whatever c. whoever d. however
49.a. forget b. to forget c. forgot d. forgetting
50. a. remembers b. minds c. reminds d. misses

TEST 3
Choose a, b, c or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. He was looking at his parents … ,waiting for recommendations.
a. obey b. obedience c. obedient d. obediently
7.The interviews with parents showed that the vast majority were … of teachers.
a. support b. supportive c. supporter d. supporting

8. Hilly has been seriously ill, and he was taken to … hospital yesterday.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
9. My husband and I both go out to work so we share the …
a. happiness b. household chores c. responsibility d. employment
10. You should not bum ...You had better dig a hole and bury it.
a.dishes b. lab c. garbage d. shift
11. He was very respectful at home and … to his parents
a. responsible b. caring c. obedient d. lovely
12. One of Vietnamese traditions is a belief in … families and in preserving their
cultures.
a. wealthy b. secure c. safe d. close-knit
13. He was … when I had those problems and said whatever I did he would stand by
me.
a. supportive b. exciting c. busy d. dull
14. He was determined to give his family a secure and solid …
a. base b. floor c. basement d. ground
15. It’s hard work looking … three children all day.
a. after b. up c. to d. through
16. When my mother is busy preparing dinner, my father often gives a hand … tidying
the living room.
a. on b. with c. for d. about
17. I put your keys in the drawer … they cannot get lost.
a. because b. let alone c. instead of d. so that
18. Alex is busy … for his exams.
a. to study b. studied c. studying d. studies
19. She is never willing …any personal question.
a. answer b. to answer c. answering d. answered
20 …. a doctor, you have to meet some certain requirements of the medical college.
a. To become b. Become c. Becoming d. Became
21. Sam … to change a light bulb when he … and …
a. was trying / slipped / fell b. tried / was slipping / falling
c. had been trying / slipped / was falling d. has tried / slips / falls
22. Every day I … up at 6 o'clock, … breakfast at 7 o'clock, and … for work at 8
o'clock
a. get / eat / leave b. have got / eating / leaving
c. got / ate / left d. will get / have eaten / left
23. Yesterday, I … for work late because I … to set my alarm.
a. had left / forgot b. was leaving / was forgetting
c. left / had forgot d. had been leaving / would forget
24. By the time we … to the train station, Susan … for us for more than two hours.
a. will get / has been waiting b. got / was waiting
c. got / had been waiting d. get / will wait
25. I … for this company for more than thirty years, and I intend to stay here until I …
next year.
a. am working / will retire b. am going to work / am retiring
c. work / am going to retire d. have been working / retire
26. My mother always the first … up and the last … to bed.
a. getting / going b.to get / going c. getting / to go d.to get / to go
27. I … you last night after dinner, but you … there. Where … you?
a. was calling / are not / are b.called / were not / were
c. had called / had not been / were d.called / have not been / are
28. The Titanic … the Atlantic when it …..an iceberg.
a. was crossing / struck b. had crossed / was striking
c. crossed / had struck d. is crossing / strikes
29. … to come over for dinner tonight?
a. Do you want b. Are you wanting c. Have you wanted d. Will you want
30. What … at this time tomorrow?
a. will you do b. will you be doing
c. will you have done d. will you have been doing
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
I was born to dance. I’ ve been dancing all my life, ever since my mother, who gave
up a dancing career on the stage when she married my father, picked me up
and twirled me around as an infant. As much as I loved dancing with her, her greatest
gift to me was her "unconditional love” during her lifetime.
My parents divorced after only 5 years of marriage, but my father remarried a
lovely lady who also loved to dance. They used to take me to a dancing club where I
would listen to the music and watch them dance—occasionally my step-mother, Mary,
invited me to dance.
I also met my wife, Charlotte, in a dancing party, I danced with her for about, 15
minutes, and during that brief span, I realized that I fell in love with her. We kept
dancing throughout our marriage. My earliest memories of dancing with my daughters
started when 1 came home from work to our small home in Marblehead,
Massachusetts, and my daughter Laura was about 3 years old. It was very relaxing for
me to turn on the record player, pick up Laura in my arms, and dance her around the
room I
Our family danced a lot. My daughters, Laura and Anne, and t continued to dance
on every occasion. One favorite memory I have of dating with Laura and Anne was
when I took each of them when they were senior in high school to the Daddy-Daughter
dance. We won both dance competitions!
As their father, I have tried to provide my daughters with unconditional Jove, as my
Mother provided to me, endless emotional and loving support, and good educations
and life experiences which have helped prepare them for happy and successful adult
lives. Being a father who is worthy of their love and respect, I consider fatherhood a
privilege, not an entitlement.
In 1994, my oldest daughter Laura gave me a lovely book, which I still have;
entitled “Fathers and Daughters.” My Father’ s Day suggestion to ever)' father is to
dance with your daughters at every opportunity. It will not only bring you closer, it
will give them memories of you “to hang onto” long after we are gone.
36. Of the characters mentioned in the passage, who did not like dancing?
a. Mary b. Laura c. Anne d. No one
37. The writer …
a. could not dance well
b. had a devoted mother
c. had not met his father since his parents divorced
d. did not like to dance with his step mother
38. Which sentence is not true?
a. He used to go to a dancing club with his father and step mother.
b. The writer had two daughters.
c. The writer enjoyed dancing with his daughters.
d. The writer never danced with his step mother
39. Which is not referred to what the writer provides his daughters with?
a. the arts of dancing
b. unconditional love
c. endless emotional and loving support
d. good educations and life experiences
40. The writer … fatherhood.
a. underestimates b. appreciates c. dislikes d. disapproves of
throughout her eleven-year struggle _ to never give up. When yi came to

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


Jean was the warmest, kindest lady (41) … always volunteered her time, her effort and
her love. (42) … a warm smile, a kind word or a listening ear, she was destined to
make her mark in the hearts of her (43) … family and friends. They were her greatest
(44) … with cancer, which gave her the (45) … her leisure time, Jean enjoyed (46) …
some shopping and having (47) … lunch with her two children. She also liked to shop
at the supermarket, particularly to buy clothes for her sons and grandchildren. For
Jean, having a happy family (48) … having heaven in her heart and angels in her life.
She truly cherished everyone in her life! (49) … gave Jean the greatest joy was sharing
herself with her family and friends, offering them the most precious thing she (50) …
her time. It is a gift none of them will ever forget.
41. a. which b. that c. whom d. whose
42. a. On b. in c. for d. with
43. a. cherish b. cherishable c. cherished d. cherishingly
44. a. support b. admire c. desire d. arm
45. a. courage b. courageous c. courageously d. encourage
46. a. do b. to do c. doing d. done
47. a. a b. an c. the d. no article
48. a. mentioned b. meant c. showed d. expressed
49. a. What b. that c. this d. which
50. a. belonged b. rented c, possessed d. borrowed

UNIT 2: CULTURAL DEVERSITY


TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. London is home to people of many … cultures.
a. diverse b. diversity c. diversify d. diversification
7. John cannot make a … to getmarried to Mary or stay single until he can afford a
house and a car.
a. decide b. decision c. decisive d. decisively
8. My mother used to be a woman of great …., but now she gets old and looks pale.
a. beauty b. beautiful c. beautifully d. beautify
9. My father phoned me to say that he would come … home late
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
10. At last they divorced after ten years of … marriage.
a. a h. an c. the d. 0
11. A curriculum that ignores ethnic tensions, racial antagonisms, cultural …
and religious differences is not relevant.
a. diversity b. contacts c. barriers d. levels
12. Some researchers have just … a survey of young people’s points of view on
contractual marriage.
a. sent b. directed c. managed d. conducted
13. It is not easy to … our beauty when we get older and older.
a. develop b. maintain c. gain d. collect
14. Many young people have objected to … marriage, which is decided by
the parents of the bride and groom.
a. agreed b. shared c. contractual d. sacrificed
15. All parents are … to at least try to behave in ways that will give their own children
an important protection
a. decided b. supposed c.followed d. rejected
16. It is thought that traditional marriage … are important basis of limiting divorce
rates.
a. appearances b. records c. responses d. values
17. Affected by the Western cultures, Vietnamese young people’s attitudes … love
and marriage have dramatically changed.
a. for b. with c. though d. towards Attitude to/towards st: thái độ với cái gì
18. Sometimes she does not agree … her husband about child rearing but they soon
find the solutions.
a. for b. on c. with d. of
19. The young are … more concerned with physical attractiveness than elderly
people.
a. much b.as c. many d. as much as
20. It will take more or less a month to prepare for the wedding.
a. approximately b. generally c. frankly d. simply
21. The number of the participants in the survey … 250 students for Oxford
University.
a. are b. was c. were d. have been
22. The grass was yellow because it … all summer.
a. does, not rain b. has not rained c. had not rained d. would not rain
23. Many people even wonder these days ...
a. what marriage is b. what is marriage
c. what marriage was d. what was marriage
24. The lights … out because we … the electricity bill.
a. have gone / did not pay b. will go / did not paid
c. go / would not pay d. went / had not paid
25 … Tom Cruise’s last movie?Yes, I … it three days ago
a. Have you ever seen / saw b. Did you ever see / have seen
c. Had you ever seen / would see d. Will you ever see / saw
26. In the past, people … to the beach more often.
a. have gone b. used to go c. were going d. had gone
27. Soon, people … most of the time at home.
a. will work b. are working c. have worked d. work
28. I … a terrible accident while I … on the beach.
a. see / am walking b. saw / was walking
c. was seeing / walked d.have seen / were walking
29. After all, she … him since her childhood.
a. knows b. knew c. was knowing d. had known
30. We … touch since, we … school three years ago.
a. lost / have left b. have lost / leave
c. have lost / left d. were losing/had left

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


When people plan to marry, they expect to find in their partner not only a lover but
a friend also. They find a person with whom they can share their opinions, their
emotions, thoughts and fears. In marriage we are looking for a partner who will be
able to understand our values, our likes and dislikes.
If a man and a woman are born and raised in the same country, most likely they
familiar with the same songs, movies, jokes, books and life in general. They basically
have the same roots. In the case of a western man and foreign woman family
everything is more complicated and requires much more patience and understanding
from both spouses. On one hand each of the partners has an opportunity to learn a
great deal about the other’s country, culture, traditions and
life styles which can be very interesting. On the other hand it can be very
disappointing if there is the inability to understand your partner’s excitements and
frustrations. For example, you are watching the television and suddenly you see a
famous actor or singer, or other type of an artist whose name you have grown up with.
Maybe this artist was an idol for your parents and the music of this was often played in
your house when you were a child. Unfortunately you realize that your wife is unable
to understand your feelings because she has no idea who this artist is. Her eyes are
absolutely empty because she has never even heard the song before. You feel rather
disappointed! Remember that your wife has the same situation with you. You do not
know her country’s songs, her country’s famous actors, her books. She has her own
memories and in actuality, for her, everything is much more difficult than it is for you.
At least, you live in your own country where everybody can understand you. She lives
in completely Strange surroundings, where she has nobody to share her feelings with,
except you.
Do some research and learn about your wife’s country, culture and lifestyles. Talk
with her, ask her questions, get to know what songs she likes, what movies and books
are of interest to her. The Internet will give you a great opportunity to find anything!
Tell her about your country's culture, let her listen to the music that you like, rent a
movie for her that left you with great impression. Let her Understand you better
through the things that you like. Patience and time will help you to fight cultural
differences.
36. A spouse should ...
a. let the partner to do everything alone
b. be not only a lover but also a friend
c. not share the feelings with the partner
d. not interfere with what the, partner's likes and dislikes
37. According to the passage, …
a. Spouses who have the same nationality need more patience and understanding in
their marriage than those who are from different cultures,
b. Spouses who are from different cultures need more patience and undergo standing
in their marriage than those who have the same roots.
c. Spouses who have the same roots do not share anything together.
d. Spouses who are from different cultures can never share anything together.
38. If there is the inability to understand a spouse’s excitements and frustrations in the
marriage, be or she may feel
a. faithful b. hopeless c. disappointed d. happy
39. The passage is …
a. critical. b. convincing c. advisory d. apologetic
40. To overcome cultural differences in marriage needs …
a. patience and time b. time and money
c. movies and music d. books and the Internet

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


Most Americans eat three meals (41) … the day: breakfast, lunch, and dinner.
Breakfast begins between 7:00 and 8:00 am, lunch between 11:00 am and noon, and
dinner between 6:00 and 8:00 pm. On Sundays “brunch” is a (42) … of breakfast and
lunch, typically beginning at 11:00 am. Students often enjoy a “study break” or
evening snack around 10:00 or 11:00 pm. Breakfast and lunch tend to be light meals,
with only one (43) … Dinner is the main meal.
(44) … breakfast Americans will eat cereal with milk which are often mixed (45) … in
a bowl, a glass of orange juice, and toasted bread or muffin with jam, butter, or
margarine. Another common breakfast meal is scrambled eggs or (46) … omelet with
potatoes and breakfast meat (bacon or sausage). People who are on (47) … eat
just a cup of yogurt. Lunch and dinner are more (48) …
When eating at a formal dinner, you may be overwhelmed by the number of
utensils. How do you (49) … the difference between a salad fork, a butter fork, and a
dessert fork? Most Americans do not know the answer (50) ... But knowing which fork
or spoon to us£ first is simple: use the outermost utensils first and the utensils closest
to the plate last
41. a. in b. for c. on d. during
42. a. addition b. connection c. combination d. attachment
43. a. course b. food c. menu d. goods
44. a. For b. in c. at d. with
45. a. each other b. together c. one another d. others
46. a. a b. an c. the d. no article
47. a. holiday b. engagement c. diet d. duty
48. a. vary b. variety c. varied d. variously
49. a. say b. talk c. speak d. tell
50. a. too b. either c. so d. neither

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Although they are twins, they have almost the same appearance but they are
seldom in ...
a. agree b. agreeable c. agreement d. agreeably
7. The more … and positive you look, the better you will feel.
a. confide b. confident c. confidently d. confidence
8. My parents will have celebrated 30 years of … by next week.
a. marry b. married c. marriageable d. marriage
9. Mr. Pike held his wife's hands and talked urgently to her in a low voice, but there
didn’t seem to be any response.
a. feeling b. emotion c. reply d. effect
10. Family is the place where … children is not only tolerated but welcomed and
encouraged.
a. taking b.having c.giving d. showing
11. Socially, the married … is thought to be the basic unit of society.
a. couple b. pair c. twins d. double
12. Professor Berg was very interested in the diversity of cultures all over the world
a. variety b. changes c. conservation d. number
13. You are not … to say anything unless you wish to do so.
a. obliged b. willing c. equal d. attracted
14. A woman can never have a happy married life without … her husband.
a. demanding b. agreeing
c. trusting d. determining
15. …large number of India men agreed that it was unwise to confide in their wives
a. A b. An c. The d. 0
16. Not all men are concerned with … physical attractiveness of their girlfriends and
wives.
a. A b. An c. The d. 0
17. My mother is the only one that I can absolutely confide …
a.in b. for c. with d.up
18. After they have been … love for two years, they decide to get married
a. b. with c. on d. in
19. In some cases, Mary is thought not to be … her sister.
a. as much intelligent than b. so intelligent than
c. intelligent more than d. as intelligent as
20. She is … I expect.
a. more prettier than. if. b. far prettier than
c. much more prettier than d. a lot prettier as
21. There were about 100 attendees at the wedding, and … half of then were the
bride’s and groom’s relatives.
a. less b. not less than c. no less than d. nor less than
22. The bride looked … on her wedding than she does as usual.
a. nicer and more attractive b. more nicer and more attractive
c. more nicer and more attractive d. more attractive and nicer
23. …, people used to read more.
a. Twenty years before b. Twenty years ago
c. For twenty years d. Since twenty years
24 … in Rome than he …
A No sooner he had arrived / was being kidnapped
b. No sooner had he arrived / was kidnapped
c. Had he no sooner arrived / kidnapped
d. No sooner was he arriving / had been kidnapped
25. … John usually watch TV at the weekend?
a. Will b. Is c.Does d. Has
26. I … there once a long time ago and … back since.
a. was / have not been b. had been / was not
c. would be / had not been d. have been / will not, be
27. As many as ten-million children … with the vims by the end of this decade,
a. have been infected b. will be infecting
c. had been infected d. will have been infected
28. What … when the fire alarm … off?
a. are you doing / will go b. have you done / would go
c. were you doing / went d. will you do / are going
29 . … you send this wedding card to Peter, please?
a. Will b. Are c. Did d. Had
30. When Peter … , I … him to your new house.
a. will arrive / take b. arrives / will take
c. has arrived / am taking d. had arrive / had taken

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


In the past, both men and women were expected to be married at quite young ages.
Marriages were generally arranged by parents and family, with their children having
little chance to say no in the matter. In the past it was not surprising to find that a bride
and groom had only just met on the day of their engagement or marriage.
In modern Vietnam, this has changed completely as people choose their own
marriage-partners based on love, and in consideration primarily to their own needs and
wants. Moreover early marriage is quite illegal.
The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important of traditional
Vietnamese occasions. Regardless of westernization, many of the age-old customs
practiced in a traditional Vietnamese wedding continue to be celebrated by both
Vietnamese in Vietnam and overseas, often combining both western and eastern
elements. Besides the wedding ceremony, there is also an engagement ceremony
which takes place usually half a year or so before the wedding. Due to the spiritual
nature of the occasion, the date and time of the marriage ceremony are decided in
advance by a fortune teller. The traditional Vietnamese wedding consists of an
extensive array of ceremonies: the first is the ceremony to ask permission to receive
the bride, the second is the procession to receive the bride (along with the ancestor
ceremony at her house), the third is to bring the bride to the groom's house for another
ancestor ceremony and to welcome her into the family, then the last is a wedding
banquet. The number of guests in attendance at these banquets is huge, usually in the
hundreds. Several special dishes are served. Guests are expected to bring gifts, often
money, which the groom and bride at one point in the banquet will go from table to
table collecting.
36. In the past, ....
a. Vietnamese couples were free to make a decision on the marriage"
b. Vietnamese marriage was decided by parents and family
c. getting married at an early age was not allowed
d. parents had no right to interfere their children’s marriage
37. In former days, the fact that a bride and groom had only first met just on the day of
their engagement or marriage was ...
a. surprising b. popular c. uncommon d. strange
38. Which sentence is referred Vietnamese modem marriage?
a. Most young people do not have their marriage based on love.
b. All marriages are arranged by parents and family.
c. Marriage is quite westernization.
d. Couples do not get married at quite young ages.
39. According to the passage, ...
a. Oversea Vietnamese people do not like to organize a traditional wedding
b. There is an engagement ceremony which takes place usually half a year or so before
the wedding
c. Many of the age-old customs practiced in a traditional Vietnamese wedding do not
exist nowadays
d. Vietnamese people never ask a fortune teller the date and time of the marriage
ceremony
40. Which does not exist in a Vietnamese wedding party?
a. firecrackers b. guests c. dishes d. gifts

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


In Korea, in former days the marriage between a man and woman represented the
joining of two families, rather (41) … the joining of two individuals. The event (42)
… Taerye (Great Ritual), and people from all over the village or neighborhood
participated. The ceremonies and events surrounding the actual marriage were long
and (43) … Professional matchmakers paired up likely candidates for marriage, with
the new couple often meeting for the first time at their wedding! The families
considered many factors in the decision, consulting with fortune tellers for (44) …
about the couple’s future life together. During the Chosun period, people married (45)
… their early teens, with the girl often being several years older than the boy.
The groom usually traveled to the house of the bride for the ceremony, then stayed
there for three days (46) … taking his new bride to his family’s home. The
actual ceremony involved many small rituals, with many bows and symbolic gestures.
The (47) … were expected to control their emotions and remain somber.
(48) … Koreans have kept several aspects of the traditional ceremony,
most modern ceremonies resemble Western marriage ceremonies more than (49) …
Korean ones. However, many folk villages and museums across the country
regularly perform ceremonies to (50) … the traditions alive.
41. a. as b. more c. than d. more than
42. a. is often called b. often called c. was often called d. has often called
43. a. elaborate b. elaborately c. elaboration d. elaborateness
44. a. predictions b. attentions c. situations d. evaluations
45. a for b. in c. on d. from
46. a. soon b. ago c. before d. then
47. a. examiners b. competitor c. contests d. participants
48. a. As b. although c. as although d. if only
49. a. traditional b. old c. ancient d. antique
50. a. catch b. hold c. grip d. keep

TEST 3
Choose ay b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Many Vietnamese people … their lives for the revolutionary cause of the nation
a. sacrifice b. sacrificed c. sacrificial d. sacrificially
7. Most of us would maintain that physical … does not play a major part in how we
react to the people we meet.
a. attract b. attractive c. attractiveness d. attractively
8. They had a …..candlelit dinner last night and she accepted his proposal of marriage
a. romance c. romantically
b. romantic d. romanticize
9. Reading the story of the … having her dress torn off in the life reminded of my
friend’s wedding
a. groom b. bride c. celibate d.groomsman
10. I do not think there is a real … between men and women at home as well as inn
society
a. attitude b. value c. measurement d. equality
11. The … to success is to be ready from the start.
a. key b. response c. agreement d. demand
12. A recent survey has shown that supporters of equal partnership in marriage
are still in the ...
a. crowd b. particular c. majority d. obligation
13. She accepted that she had acted … and mistakenly, which broke up her marriage.
a. romantically b. unwisely c. wisely d. attractively
14. They decided to divorce and Mary is … to get the right to raise the child
a. equal b. determined c.obliged d. active
15. … love is … very strongfeeling of affection towards someone who you are
romantically or sexually attracted to.
a. The/ the b. The / 0 c. A/the d. 0/a
16. I fell in … love with him because of his kind nature.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
17. His ideas about marriage are quite different … mine.
a. with b. from c. for d. on
18. I believe that he was concerned … all those matters which his wife mentioned
a. with b. over c. upon d. above
19 . Everyone has been more … less the same from the point of view of satisfaction.
a. or b. and c. nor d. but
20. Women always feel moved when they find somebody who understands, them …
they know themselves.
a. better as b. more better than c. better than d. as better than
21. He … email before, so I … him how to use it.
a. did not use / had shown b. had not used / showed
c. has not used / showed d. was noticing / will show
22. Doctor Pike … the hospital after he … an uneventful evening on duty. He … of his
day of rest.
a. was leaving / has had / thought b. left / had had / was thinking
c. will leave / had / will think d. is leaving / will have / thinks
23. She … me anything about that problem so far.
a. is not telling b. does not tell c. will not tell d. has not told
24. I think that everything … readyfor the project procedure by the end of next month.
a. will have been b. has been c. had been d. is
25. Be quiet! Someone … at the front door. I … it.
a. is knocking / will answer b. knocks / am answering
c. has knocked / am going to answer d. will knock / have answered
26. Dan and Crystal … married in June.
a. are getting b. has got c. was getting d. will have got
27. Two lions … from Chessington Zoo, and the police … to catch them.
a. will escape /try b. escaped I had tried
c. have escaped/ are trying d. escape / were trying
28. Oranges … rich in vitamin C, which … good for our health.
a. have been / is b. are / is c. are / will be d. were / has been
29. Let’s go to Fuji for our summer holiday! - OK. It … good.
a. sounds b. is sounding
c. has sounded d. was sounding
30. They … enthusiastically when their teacher … in.
a. discuss / comes b. will have discussed / comes
c. will discuss / will come d. were discussing / came

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Traditions, saying, beliefs, language, and values are just a few things that make up
our culture. Culture is the framework in which families are structured. It shapes our
expectations and ideals. Culture plays a part in the meaning of marriage and our roles
as husbands, wives, children and parents.
Understanding cultural differences and similarities related to marriage is important.
Culture affects the roles that spouses take within marriages, the age at marriage and
number of children a couple have, the meaning of divorce cohabitation and non-
marital childbearing, and the way parents raise children Understanding how
relationships and marriages vary across cultural contexts, and how they are similar, we
will be able to identify the unique ways that marriages and family life affect people of
various cultures. As a result, we will be able to help families and sustain happy
marriages.
A cross cultural marriage or similar love relationship can be extremely exciting. The
cultural background, visits to the other country, the language of the country and
learning to speak it, the different habits and ways of doing and saying things that
people from other cultures have, are all very exciting indeed. What of the
disadvantages of a cross cultural marriage or love relationship with someone from
another country or cultural background? No matter how much you love your husband
or wife, no matter how high your level of cross cultural awareness, cross cultural
communication and respect for differences. Misunderstanding seems to be
unavoidable.
36. The passage is about …
a. the effects of cultures on love and marriage b. the definition of culture
c. the role of spouses in the family d. cultural differences
37. The word It refers to …
a. culture b. family c. framework d. structure
38. According to the writer, cross-cultural marriage ...
a. does not have advantages b. does not have disadvantages
c. have both advantages and disadvantages d. dose not exist through time
39 According to the passage, which of the following is not affected by culture? a. a.
The age to get married b. Child-raising
c. How much spouses love each other d. The roles of spouses
40. In cross-cultural marriage, … may happen.
a. divorce b. quarrel c. misunderstanding d. separation
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Romance is the opportunity to show your loved one (41) … special he/ she is to you. It
means (42) … the time for them, and sharing time together, even (43) … you are very
busy. It does not mean thinking only about yourself, or having only your needs (44) …
It means putting your spouse first. Here are some ideas to spice up your romance:
1. Do small acts of kindness, such asgive him/her flowers, or a little gift, or (45) … a
poem, etc.
2. (46) … “Thank you” and "I Love You” often.
3. Be considerate (47) … his/her feelings and sorrows.
4. Take long walks together - anywhere.
5. Share jokes at mealtime. (48) … is a great way to share one’s love.
6. Visit a museum, visit community festivals, tour a new site, or attend a party
together.
7. Hug and kiss often.
If your spouse does not do things for you, then show him/her by gently (49) … out
what you like. If you like flowers for your birthday, and you have not gotten flowers,
then let him/her know, (50) … when he/she asks you what you would like. Do not
think they can read your mind.
41. a. how b. what c. which d. that
42. a. take b. took c. taken d. taking
43. a. as b. if c. when d. but
44. a. looked b. noticed c. met d. seen
45. write b. discover c. invent d. search
46. a. talk b. tell c. say d. ask
47. a. on b. with c. up d. of
48. a. Laugh b. laughter c. laughable d. laughably
49. a. pointing b. making c. carrying d. giving
50. a. fortunately b. wholly c. generally d. particularly

UNIT 3: WAYS OF SOCIALISING


TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. She is a kind of woman who does not care much of work but generally…… only
with colleagues for meals, movies or late nights at a club.
a. supposes b. socializes c. attention d. discussed
7. I didn’t think his comments were very appropriate at the time
a. correct b. right c. exact d. suitable
8. You should … more attention to what your teacher explains.
a. make b. get c. set d. pay
9. Body language is a potent form of … communication.
a. verbal b. non-verbal c. tongue d. oral
10. Our teacher often said, “Who knows the answer? … your hand.”
a. Rise b. Lift c. Raise d. Heighten
11. This is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.
a. situation b. attention c, place d. matter
12. They started as … gatherings but they have become increasingly formalized in the
last few years.
a. informal b. informally c. informalize d. informality
13. Children who are isolated and lonely seem to have poor language and ...
a. communicate b. communication c. communicative d. communicator
14. The lecturer explained the problem very clearly and is always … in response to
questions.
a. attention b. attentive c. attentively d. attentiveness
l5. Pay more attention … picture and you can find out who is the robber.
a. to b. for c. at d. on
16. She looked … me, smiling happily and confidently.
a. on b. over c. forward d. at
17. - What an attractive hair style you have got, Mary!
-…
a. Thank you very much. I am afraid b. You are telling a lie
c. Thank you for your compliment d. I don’t like your sayings
18. In … most social situations, … informality is appreciated.
a. 0 / 0 b. the/ an c.a / the d. the/ a
19. – What … beautiful dress you are wearing!
- Thank you. That is … nice compliment.
a. a /a b. the/0 c. 0/0 d. the / the
20. … you wanted to ask your teacher a question during his lecture, what would you
do?
a. As b. As if c. Even of d. Suppose
21. John asked me … in English.
a. what does this word mean b. what that word means
c. what did this word mean d. what that word meant.
22. The mother told her son … so impolitely.
a. not behave b.not to behave c. not behaving d. did not behave
23. She said she … collect it for me after work.
a. would b. did c. must d. had
24. She said I … an angel.
a. am b. was c. were d. have been
25.I have ever told you he … unreliable.
a. is b. were c. had been d. would be
26. I told him … the word to Jane somehow that I … to reach her during the early
hours.
a. passing / will try b. he will pass / tried
c. to pass / would be trying d. passed / have tried
27. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since …
a. yesterday b. two days ago c. the day before d. the next day
28. John asked me … interested in any kind of sports.
a. if I were b.if were I c. if was I d. if I was
29. I … you everything, I am doing, and you have to do the same.
a. will tell b. would tell c. told d. was telling
30. John asked me … that film the night before.
a. that I saw b. had I seen c. if I had seen d. if had I seen

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Communication in general is process of sending and receiving messages that enables
humans to share knowledge, attitudes, and skills. Although we usually identify
communication with speech, communication is composed of two dimensions - verbal
and nonverbal.
Nonverbal communication has been defined as communication without, words.
It includes apparent behaviors such as facial expressions, eyes, touching, tone of voice,
as well as less obvious messages such as dress, posture and spatial distance between
two or more people.
Activity or inactivity, words or silence ail have message value, they influence
others and these others, in turn, respond to these communications and thus they are
communicating.
Commonly, nonverbal communication is learned shortly, after birth and practiced
and refined throughout a person’s lifetime. Children first learn nonverbal expressions
by watching and imitating, much as they learn verbal skills.
Young children know far more than they can verbalize and are generally more
adept at reading nonverbal cues than adults are because of their limited verbal skills
and their recent reliance on the nonverbal to communicate. As children develop verbal
skills, nonverbal channels of communication do not cease to exist although become
entwined in the total communication process.
36. According to the writer, …
a. Nonverbal language is only used by the deaf and the mute.
b. One cannot communicate in both verbal and nonverbal language.
c. Those who can listen and talk should not use nonverbal language.
d. People communicate with both verbal and nonverbal language.
37. Which is not included in nonverbal communication?
a. words b. spatial distance c. facial expressions d. tone of voice
38. We can learn from the text that ...
a. nonverbal can never get any responses
b. most people do not like nonverbal communication
c. even silence has message value
d. touching is not accepted in communicating
39. Human beings ...
a. have learnt how to communicate in nonverbal language through books
b. can communicate in nonverbal language only when they are mature
c. have learnt how to communicate in nonverbal language since a child
d. communicate in nonverbal language much less than they do in verbal language
40. The word reading has a close meaning to ...
a. looking at the words that are written b. understanding
c. saying something aloud d. expressing

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


Researchers in communication show that more feelings and intentions are (41) … and
received nonverbally than verbally. Mehrabian and Wienerfollowing have stated that
only 7% (42) … message is sent through words, with remaining 93% sent
nonverbal (43) …
Humans use nonverbal communication because:
1. Words have limitations: There are (44) … areas where nonverbal communication is
more (45) … than verbal, especially when we explain the shape, directions,
personalities which are expressed nonverbally.
2. Nonverbal signal are powerful: Nonverbal cues primarily express inner (46) …
while verbal messages deal basically with outside world.
3. Nonverbal message are likely (47) … more genuine: because nonverbal behaviors
cannot be controlled as easily as spoken words.
4. Nonverbal signals can express feelings inappropriate to state: Social etiquette limits
(48) … can be said, but nonverbal cues can communicate thoughts.
5. A separate communication channel is necessary to (49) … send complex messages:
A speaker can add enormously to the complexity of the verbal message through simple
nonverbal ...
41. a. sent b. posted c. mailed d. thrown
42. a. through b. in c. of d. for
43.a. thought b. expressions c. gestures d. postures
44. a. sum b great deal c. amount d. numerous
45. a. effect b. effective c. effectively d. effectiveness
46. a. feelings b. words c. shows d. sorrows
47. a. be b. being c. to be d. been
48. a what b. that c. why d. when
40. a. get b. have c. make d. help
50. a. signs b. signals c. sight d. signatures

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. The boy waved his hands to his mother, who was standing at the school gate,
to … her attention.
a. Attract b. pull c. follow d. tempt
7. It something … your attention or your eye, you notice it or become interested in it.
a. pays b. allow c. catches d. wave
8. When you are in a restaurant, you can raise your hand slightly to show that you need
assistance.
a. bill b. menu c. help d. food
9. After a … hesitation, she began to speak with such a convincing voice.
a. rude b. slight c. small d. impolite
10. He is one of the most … bosses I have ever worked with. He behaves rudely to not
only me but also others in the staff.
a. thoughtful b. impolite c. attentive d. communicative
11. In many cultures, people signify their agreement by … their head.
a. turning b. raising c. pointing d. nodding
12. There was a … tremble in her voice, which showed that she was very
nervous at that time.
a. slight b. slighted c. slightly d. slightness
13. If a boss wants to have a well-qualified staff, he should have to pay his employees

a. appropriate b. appropriately c. appropriation d. appropriating
14. Mrs. Pike was so angry that she made a … gesture at the driver
a. rude b. rudeness c. rudely d. rudest
15 . … nonverbal language is … important aspect of interpersonal communication.
a. The / 0 b. a/ the c. The / a d. 0 / an
16. Balzer, … linguistic researcher, reported that approximately 75% of classroom
management behavior was, nonverbal.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
17. I have never seen such a beautiful dress … you before.
a. of b. on c. for d. in
18. Small children are often told that it is rude to point … other people.
a. on b. to c. at d. for
19. - You look great in this new dress.
-…
a. With pleasure b. Not at all
c. I am glad you like it d.Do not say anything about it
20. Suppose you. want to go out during a lecture, what should you do?
a. As b. If c. Though d. When
21. Peter said that he had lived in London four years ...
a. ago b. before c. later d. then
22. The guest told the host that ...
a. I must go now b. he must go now
c. he had to go now d. he had to go then
23. The teacher told Joe …
a. to stop talking b. stop talking
c. stops talking d. stopped talking
24. She said she …
a. was very tired last night
b. was very tired the night before,
c. had been very tired last night
d. had been very tired the night before
25.Emily said that her teacher … to London…
a. will go / tomorrow b. went / tomorrow
c. would go / the next day d. had gone /the next day
26. She told the boys … on the grass.
a. do not play b. did not play c. not playing d. not to play
27. She asked ...
a. where was her umbrella b. where her umbrella was
c. where were her umbrella d. where her umbrella were
28. Jason asked me … me the book the day before.
a. if who gave b. if who has given c. who had given d. that who had given
29. Robert said that his father … to Dallas the year before.
a. goes b.went c. has gone d. had gone
30. He wanted to know … shopping during the previous morning.
a. if we had been going b. that if we had been going
c. we were going d. that we were going

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Movements and gestures by the hands, arms, legs, and other parts of the body and
face are the most pervasive types of nonverbal messages and the most difficult to
control. It is estimated that there are over 200.000 physical signs capable of
stimulating meaning in another person. For example, there are 23 distinct eyebrow
movements, each capable of stimulating a different meaning.
Humans express attitudes toward themselves and vividly through body movements
and postures. Body movements express true messages about feelings that cannot be
masked. Because such avenues of communication are visual, they travel much farther
than spoken words and are unaffected by the presence of noise that interrupt, or
cancels out speech.
People communicate by the way they walk, stand, and sit. We tend to be more
relaxed with friends or when addressing those of lower status. Body orientation
also indicates status or liking of the other individual. More direct orientation is
related to- a more positive attitude.
Body movements and postures alone have no exact meaning, but they can greatly
support or reject the spoken word. If these two means of communication are
dichotomized and contradict each other, some result will be a disordered image and
most often the nonverbal will dominate.
36. Which part of body is not used to send body message?
a. faces b. legs c. hands d.stomachs
37. Face gestures …
a. can help us control our feelings b. are the most difficult to control
c. cannot express our feelings d. do not include eye brow moment
38. Body communication is …
a. visual b. verbal c. very few d. uncommon
39. According to the text, body movements cannot express ...
a. feelings b. status c. attitudes d. desires
40. Nonverbal communication …
a. may be interrupted by noise
b. has no relation to verbal communication
c. dominates words
d. is less common than verbal communication
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
In the western customs (41) … hands is the customary form of greeting, but in
China a nod of the head or (42) … bow is sufficient. Hugging and kissing when
greeting are uncommon.
Business cards are often (43) … and yours should be printed in your own language
and in Chinese. Also, it is more respectful to present your card or a gift or any other
article using (44) … hands.
The Chinese are (45) … applauders.You may be greeted with group clapping, even
by small children. When a person is applauded in this practice it is the custom for that
person to return the applause or a “thank you.”
When walking in public places, direct eye (46) … and staring is uncommon in the
larger cities, especially in those areas accustomed to foreign visitors. (47) … in
smaller Communities, visitors may be the subject of much curiosity and therefore
you may notice some stares.
(48) … speaking, the Chinese are not a touch- oriented society, especially true for
visitors. So, avoid (49) … or any prolonged form of body contact. Public displays of
affection are very rare. On the other hand, you may note people of the same sex
walking hand-in-hand, which is simply a gesture of friendship. Do not worry about a
bit of pushing and shoving in stores or when groups board public buses or trains. In
this case, (50) … are neither offered or expected. The Chinese will stand much closer
than Westerners.

41 a. taking b. shaking c. grasping d. hugging


42. a. small b. bit c. slight d. light
43. a. exchanged b. changed c. transferred d. converted
44. a. pair b. couple c. double d. both
45. a. enthusiast b. enthusiastic c. enthusiasm d. enthusiastically
46. a. contact b. look c. stare d. watch
47. a Moreover b. furthermore c. however d. whatever
48. a. Generally b. successfully c. fortunately d. expectedly
49. a touch b. to touch c. touched d. touching
50. a. Contacts b. apologies c. gestures d. saying goodbye

TEST 3
Choose a, bf c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. When you see your teacher approaching you, a slight wave to attract his attention is
appropriate.
a. coming nearer to b. catching sight of c. pointing at d. looking up to
7. When you catch someone’s … you do something to attract his attention
so that you can talk to him.
a. head b. hand c. eye d. ear
8. When the play finished the audience stood up and … their hands loudly
a. clapped b. nodded c. shook d. hold
9. It is … not to say “Thank you" when you are given something.
a. small b. rude c. slight d. formal
10. A whistle is the … for the football players to begin the match.
a. communication b. instance c. attention d. signal
11. It is often considered to be impolite to … at someone.
a. look b. smile c. point d. raise
12. He is not really friendly and makes no attempt to be …
a. society b. social c. socialize d. sociable
13. She sent me a … letter thanking me for my invitation.
a. polite b. politely c.politeness d. impoliteness
14. Mr. Timpson’s behavior and comments on occasions were inappropriate and fell
below the … standards.
a. accept b. acceptable c. acceptance d. accepting
15. In general, the meaning of … touching depends of the situation, culture, sex, and
age.
a. a b. am c. the d. 0
16 … same words or phrases can have many …..different meanings, depending on
how they are said.
a. 0 / 0 b. A / the c. 0 / the d. the / a
17. I recognized my grandmother as soon as she got …the plane although we had not
seen each other for more than 10 years
a. ever b. of c. away d. off
18. I waved … him from the window but he didn't see me
a. through b. for c. up d. to
19 - How well you are playing!
- …
a. Say it again. I like to hear your words
b. I think so. I am proud, of myself
c. Thank you too much
d. Many thanks. That is a nice compliment
20. He asked me … Robert and I said I did not know …
a. that did I know / who were Robert b. that I knew/ who Robert were
c. if I knew / who Robert was d. whether I knew/ who was Robert
21. The mother asked her son …
a. where he has been b. where he had been
c. where has he been d. where had he been
22. Martin asked me …
a. how is my father b. how my father is
c. how was my father d. how my father was
23. The host asked Peter … tea or coffee
a. whether he preferred b. that he preferred
c. did he prefer d. if he prefers
24. She asked me … my holidays …
a. where I spent/ the previous year
b. where I had spent / the previous year
c. where I spent / last year
d. where did I spend / last year
25. He advised … too far.
a. her did not go b. her do not go
c. her not to go d. she did not go
26. John often says he … boxing because it … a cruel sport
a. does not like / is c. not liked / had been
b. did not like / were d. had not liked / was
27. Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer …
a. before b. ago c. last d. previous
28. He asked … him some money.
a. her to lend b. she to lend
c. she has lent d. she lends
29. Andrew told me that they … fish two … days.
a. have not eaten / ago c. did not eat / before
b. had not eaten / previous d. would not eat / last
30. Jason told me that he … his best in the exam the … day
a. had done / following b. will do / previous
c. would do / following d. was going / previous

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Spoken language is based on a face-to-face encounter. One person directly
addresses another or others.
Within the face-to-face encounter of speech, communication is not limited to
words. Speakers use a wide variety of extra-verbal devices, from emphasis and
dramatic pauses to changes in tone or tempo. Speakers also use a broad range of
nonverbal clues. They “talk” with their eyes and their bodies. They use hand gestures
and facial expressions to convey ideas. And speakers respond to similar cues from
their listeners - the nods and grunts that say, in effect, "I hear you,” or the quizzical
looks that say, “I don’t understand.’1
As we learn a language, we 2^0 learn the non-verbal conventions of that language -
the meaning of a shrug, a pout, or a smile. Speech thus often includes not only a face-
to-face meeting, but also a meeting of the minds. “Conversation,” Steven Pinker notes,
“requires cooperation."
Listeners assume that speakers are conveying information relevant to what they
already know and what they want to know. They have to not only listen to words, but
also observe verbal devices and body gestures in order to understand the. meanings of
vague and ambiguous words and to fill in the unsaid logical steps. Speaker and
listener are aware of each other’s knowledge, interests, and biases. They can interpret
remarks within the common social setting in, which they find themselves. This mutual
understanding is frequently absent with written communication. While in written
communication, information an author world like to assume the reader knows must be
included with a text. Writers trust make their biases explicit to assure full
understanding by the critical reader, and readers, unable to read body language, must
read the text carefully to find out attitudes or biases underlying it.
36. We can use nonverbal clues in both spoken and written communication.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Emphasis, dramatic pauses and changes in tone or ternp6 are verbal devices.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. We can even use gestures to express a marital proposal.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. In a conversation, only listening to thespeaker’s voice is enough for the listener
to understand thoroughly even the meanings of vague and ambiguous words
a. True b. False c. No information
40. Body language can also be read in a written text.
a. True b. False c. No information

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


In summary, for most visitors, the Japanese are (41) … and difficult to
understand. The graceful act of (42) … is the traditional greeting. However, they have
also adopted the western custom of shaking hands, but with a light grip. Meanwhile, to
(43) … respect for their customs, it would flatter them to offer a slight, bow when
being introduced. (44) … hugging and kissing when greeting. It is considered rude to
stare. Prolonged direct, eye contact is considered to be (45) … or even intimidating. It
is rude to stand with your hand or hands in your pockets, especially when greeting
someone (46) … when addressing a group of people. The seemingly simple act of
exchanging business cards is more complex in Japan (47) … the business card
represents not only one's identity but also his (48) … in life. Yours should Be printed
in your own language and in Japanese. The Japanese are not a touch-oriented society,
so avoid open displays of affection, touching or any prolonged (49) … ofbody contact.
Queues are generally respected; especially in crowded train and subway stations (50)
… the huge volume of people causes touching and pushing.

41. a. complex b. easy c. simply d. cheap


42. a. shaking b. hugging c. bowing d. looking
43. a. pay b. show c. point d. draw
44. a. Agree b. Avoid c. Recommend d. Allow
45. a. politely b. impoliteness c. impolitely d, impolite
46. a. or b. but c. either d. nor
47. a. because b. even if c. unless d, though
48. a. location b. stand c. status d. place
49. a. path b. route c. form d. style
50. a. that b. when c. which d. where

TEST YOURSELF A
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. A new … satellite has just been launched into the earth’s orbit to rake some
necessary photographs.
a. communicate b. communication
c. communicative d. communicatively
7 It is of great … to show your interest and politeness when you are having a job
interview.
a. importance b. important
c. importantly d. unimportant
8. Facial … show one’sfeelings when he is communicating.
a. expressions b. expresses
c. expressive d. expressively
9. Expressing … confidence is important to those who want to succeed in … job
interview.
a. a / the b. the / 0 c. a / a d. 0 / a
10. … nonverbal communication is different from culture to culture
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
11. Some people get married not simply because they are … love.
a. for b. with c. in d. on
12 Education is very necessary … leading a good life.
a. on b. in
c.for d. with
13 She never looks … anyone who she is talking … She seems to be lack
…..confidence.
a. at / to / of b. for / with / in c. up / for / with d. on / about / for
14. He came to … for what had happened because he had clearly been in the wrong.
a. apologize b. compliment c. promise d. serve
15. He had never experienced such discourtesy towards the president as it occurred at
the annual meeting in May.
a. politeness b. rudeness
c. encouragement d.measurement
16. John looked up at Jane and tried a smile of love, of … of gratitude.
a. dislike b. unreliability c. trust d. anger
17. Body language includes our … facial expressions, and gestures.
a. posture b. mature c. picture d. body
18. Parents interpret facial and vocal expressions as indicators of how a baby is
feeling
a. translate b. understand c. read d. comprehend
19. Later a wine reception will be followed by a concert before guests tuck into a
banquet.
a. an enormous breakfast b. a formal conference
c. an informal party d. a formal party
20. He asked us do not make so much noise … he was working.
a. and that if b. and c. and that d.and added that
21. She told him …
a. patient b. to be patient c. was patient d. that being patient
22. Daniel asked me if I thought …
a. it will rain today b. it will rain that day
c. it would rain today d. it would rain that day
23 Barbara asked me … the homework that week.
a. that she must do b. if she has to do
c. if she had to do d. if did she have to do
24. Robert wanted to know if I was Reaving the … Friday.
a. following b. ago c. previous d. before
25. Jennifer asked me … the week before.
a. where had I gone b. where I had gone
c. where did I gone d. I had gone where
26. I … to the shop, but I … anything because I … my wallet.
a. go / cannot buy / will lose b. was going / did not buy / have lost
c. am going / am not buying / will lose d.went / could not buy / had lost
27. I … well recently. I … to see my doctor yesterday. He said that I … some rest.
a. do not sleep / went / would need b. have not slept / went / needed
c. did not sleep / go / will need d. had not slept / went / had needed
28. They … him for weeks.
a. do not see b. did not see c. have not seen d. will not have seen
29. Every day Mary … on the computer, but today she… a type writer because there is
no power.
a. types / is using b. is tying / uses
c. has typed / will use d. types / has used
30. She said that she hadn't visited the UK ...
a. before b. then c. now d. ago

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Body postures and movements are frequently indicators of self-confidence, energy,
fatigue, or status. Cognitively, gestures operate to clarify, contradict, or replace verbal
messages. Gestures also serve an important function with regard to regulating the flow
of conversation. For example, if a student is talking about something in front of the
class, single nods of the head from the teacher will likely cause that student to
continue and perhaps more elaborate. Postures as well as gestures are used to indicate
attitudes, status, affective moods, approval, deception, warmth, and other variables
related to conversation interaction.
The saying “A picture is worth a thousand words” well describes the meaning of
facial expressions. Facial appearance - including wrinkles, muscle tone, skin
coloration, and eye color-offers enduring cues that reveal information about age, sex,
race, ethnic origin, and status.
A less permanent second set of facial cues-in eluding length of hair, hairstyle,
cleanliness, and facial hair-relate to an individual's idea of beauty. A third group of
facial markers are momentary expressions that signal that cause changes in the
forehead, eyebrows, eyelids, cheeks, nose, lips, and chin, such as raising the eyebrows,
wrinkling the brow, curling the lip.
Some facial expressions are readily visible, while others are fleeting. Both types
can positively or negatively reinforce the spoken words and convey cues concerning
emotions and attitudes.
36. Gestures …
a. can do nothing with a conversation
b. can clarify the meaning of verbal messages
c. may interrupt the flow of a conversation
d. can end a conversation more quickly than usual
37. A nod of the head from the teacher will likely ask his student to … what he is
saying.
a. go on b. give up c. put off d. throw away
38. According to the writer, a picture is worth a thousand words means …
a. a picture of a face is more valuable than a thousand words
b. a picture is more important than a thousand words
c. facial gestures can convey a lot of meanings
d. he has just bought a picture with a thousand words on it
39. How many categories of facial expressions are mentioned? 39. Có bao nhiêu loại nét mặt được đề cập?
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5
40. Facial expressions ...
a. cannot convey emotions b. cannot reinforce spoken words
c. can only express negative attitudes d. can be either visible or fleeting

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


The most dominant and reliable features of facial expressions provide a constant
channel of communication. They can be shifty and evasive; convey bate. fear, and
guilt; or (41) … confidence, love, and support.
Referred to as “mirrors of the soul” our eyes serve as the major decisive factor in (42)
… the spoken words. The eyes of the man converse as (43) … as their tongues, with
the advantage that the ocular dialect needs (44) … dictionary, but it is understood all
over the world. When the eyes say one thing, and the tongue another, a practiced man
reliefer eyes. Except (45) … extremely shy individuals, most people look for social
acceptance by studying the eyes of others. Eyes also can (46) … indicate a positive or
a negative relationship. People tend to look longer and more often at the people whom
they trust, respect and care about than at those whom they doubt or (47 … Normal eye
dilation is not under control of the individual.
Personally characteristics such as introversion and extroversion also influence eye
behavior. Eye behavior seems (48) … particular importance and is generally used to
indicate whether one is open to communication. This can be observed when a teacher
asks the class a question: students who think they know the answer will
generally (49) … at the teacher, (50) …students who do not know the answer will
usually try to avoid eye contact.
41. a. replace b. report c. consider d. express
42. a. interpreting b. changing c. exchanging d transporting
43. a. much b. many c. more d. a lot
44. a. not b. nor c. no d. none
45. a. in b. for c. of d. with
46. a. accurate b. accuracy c. accurately d. inaccurate
47. a. love b. long c. wait d. dislike
48. a. to be b. be c. being d. been
49. a. notice b. look c. think d. aim
50. a. as b. while c. so d. because
TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. He was so … that he could not even say a word
a. nerve b. nerves c. nervous d. nervously
7. I am really … in the way he talks, but the way he behaves.
a. interest b. interested c. interesting d. interestingly
8. His attitude made me really…
a. anger b. angers c. angry d. angrily
9. We can communicate not only through … words but also through….. body
language.
a.0/0 b. the /the c. 0/ the d. the / 0
10. He has not kept in touch with us for … long time.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
11. He got angry … me when 1said that he was wrong.
a. on b. upon c. with d. for
12. A smile is a sign … friendliness and interest.
a. on b. about c. of d. from
13. Peter is very busy …his new house,
a. over b. with c. for d. on
14. The meaning from touch is dependent … the context, the relationship between
communicators, and the manner of touch.
a. in b. upon c. with d. from
15. When communicating, nonverbal messages can … with verbal messages in some
ways.
a.act b. interact c. mix d. go
16 … can be defined as communication include handshakes, holding
hands, Kissing, back slapping, a pat on the shoulder, and brushing an arm.
a. Touches b. Eye contact c. Facial expressions d. Wink
17. A gesture is a non-vocal bodily … intended to express meaning.
a. action b. glance c. contact d. movement
18. Children can be a little … and they like to see quick results.
a. shy b. slow c. impatient d. polite
19. They do their work with such cheerfulness,… and unselfish dedication.
a. friendliness b. laziness c. politeness . d. shyness
20. An important source of dissatisfaction was a … of challenge.
a. lack b. measurement c. sight d. contact
21. When I … up this morning, my roommate … already.
a. am waking / leaves b. wake / has left
c. woke / had left d. was waking / left
22. Someone … at the door. I … it.
a. is knocking / will answer b. knocked / would answer
c. knocks / have answered d. would knock / was answering
23. In five minutes, they …. For three hours on the phone.
a. are talking b. have talked c. will talk d. will have been talking
24. These workers … on strike to ask for higher salary at present.
a. are going b. was going c. have gone d. had gone
25. I … him very much. He is so brilliant.
a. like b. am liking c. have liked d. was liking
26. John said that his brother … at home then.
a. is b. was c. were d. has been
27. Max told me … a book in the evening.
a. if he often reads b. he has often read
c. that he often read d. he was reading
28. Mary told me … home at that moment she … her parents with the farm work.
a. that if she was / had helped
b. if she were / will have helped
c. that if she had been / would have helped
d. that she had been /would have helped
29. Tim asked Sarah … English so far.
a. she had been learning how long
b. how long was she learning
c. how long she has been learning
d. how long she had been learning
30. Tom said that he had been to England ...
a. ten years before b. the years ago
c. the following ten years d. the next ten years

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Verbal and nonverbal messages within the same interaction can sometimes send
opposing or conflicting messages. A person verbally expressing a statement of truth
while avoiding eye contact may convey a mixed message to the receiver in the
interaction. Conflicting messages may occur for a variety of reasons often stemming
from feelings of uncertainty, ambivalence, or frustration. When mixed messages
occur, nonverbal communication becomes the primary tool people use to attain
additional information to clarify the situation; great attention is placed on bodily
movements and positioning when people perceive mixed messages during interactions.
Accurate interpretation of messages is made easier when nonverbal arid^ verbal
communication complement each other. Nonverbal cues can be used to elaborate on
verbal messages to reinforce the information sent when trying to achieve
communicative goals; messages have been shown to be remembered better when
nonverbal signals affirm the verbal exchange.
Nonverbal behavior is sometimes used as the sole channel for communication of a
message. People learn to identify facial expressions, body movements, and body
positioning as corresponding with specific feelings and intentions. Nonverbal signals
can be used without verbal communication to convey messages; when nonverbal
behavior does not effectively communicate a message, verbal methods are used to
enhance understanding.
Nonverbal behavior also regulates OUT conversations. Touch, voice pitch, and
gestures are some of the tools people use to accent or amplify the message that is sent.
Nonverbal behavior can also be used to moderate or tone down aspects of verbal
messages as well. For example, a person who is verbally expressing anger may stress
the verbal message by shaking a fist.
36. That verbal and nonverbal messages interact in a conversation may sometimes
send opposing or conflicting messages.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. That we aretalking to someone but do not have eye contact with him/ her may lead
to a mixed message?
a. True b. False c. No information
38. When mixed messages occurred, words are mainly used to clarify the meaning.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. Nonverbal communication is always effective.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. For some people, they shake hands and grin when they are happy.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
At some point, we have all done something for which we have hurt someone else or
have wronged someone in some way. We have done something for which
we feel compelled to apologize. We are human, (41) … of us, and as a fallible human
being, we have all made mistakes.
The problem is not in the number of mistakes we make, but rather in the (42) … we
handle those mistakes. However, most people do not know how to
apologize (43) … and by the same token, many do not know how to properly accept
an apology given.
When you have wronged someone in some way, intentionally (44) … not, and you
would like to repair the wrong you have done to them or at Jea.sl repair the rift in the
relationship that the wrong caused. (45) … apology is usually one of the first steps in
the process of showing your good (46) … Before you can apologize, you must know
what it is for which you should apologize. (47) … should you know what you are
apologizing for, but the person to whom you extend your apology should know as
well.
Keep these four simple how to apologize steps in (48) … :
1. Identify the behavior for which you should apologize.
2. Offer your sincere (49) … along with an explanation of why you are apologizing
3. Offer a solution to the problem or an assurance that the behavior will change.
4. Make every (50) … to resolve the issue or change the behavior.
If you keep these four steps about how to apologize in mind, and practice them when
the occasion arises for you to apologize, your apologies will mean more and diffuse
problem situations before they get out of hand and cause permanent damage to your

41. a. most b. the most c. almost d. mostly


42. a. trace b. path c. road d. way
43. a. excellently b. properly c. exactly d. accurately
44. a. but b. and c. nor d. or
45. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
46. a. attention b. attendance c. intention d. gestures
47. a. Nor b. neither c. only d. not only
48. a. hand b. brain c. mind d. heart
49. a. apology b. apologize c. apologizer d. apologetic
50. a. effect b. effort c. attempt d. best

UNIT 4: SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM


TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
if
6. Tommy left high school … the age … seventeen.
a. at / of b. in / for c. on / with d. of / in
7. The academic year in Vietnam is over … the end … May.
a. from / in b. for / on c. on / in d. at / of
8. In … most countries, it is compulsory for children to receive primary education.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
9. Over … past few decades, … schools in the USA have been testing various
arrangements.
a. the / 0 b. 0 / 0 c. a / the d. 0 / the
10. As an … , Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency.
a. educate b. education c educator d. educative
11. In England, primary education is provided by state schools run by the government
and by … fee-paying schools.
a. independent b. independently c. depended d. independence
12. The United Nations Secretary-General has often spoken of the need for individual
... and human rights in his speeches.
a. free b. freedom c. freely d. freeing
13. A/an … is an official document stating that you have passed an examination,
completed a course, or achieved some necessary qualifications,
a. certificate b. requirement c. education d. test
14. Peter is trying his best to study in hope that he will … fame and fortune in the near
future.
a. lose b. run c. move d. achieve
15…. is the study of the events of the past.
a. Geography b. History c. Arts d. Literature
16. She was the first in her family to enjoy the privilege of a university ...
a. schedule b. education c. science d. technology
17. English is an important … that is required in several national examinations.
a. language b. test c. evaluation d. subject
18. …is the study of the Earth’s physical features and the people, plants, and animals
that live in different regions of the world.
a. Science b. Geography c. History d. Technology
19. Bicycles … in the driveway.
a. must not leave b. must not be leaving
c. must not be left d. must not have left
20. Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony … next weekend.
a. is going to be performed b. has been performed
c. will be performing d. will have performed
21. Reagan … an actor years ago.
a. is said to be b. was said being
c. was said have been d. is said to have been
22. I hate … personal questions by newly-acquainted friends.
a. to be asking b. to be asked
c. being asking d. of asking
23. It … that learning a foreign language a lot of time.
a. says / is taken b. is saying / has been taken
c. is said / takes d. was said / was taken
24. All bottles … before transportation.
a. frozen b. were froze
c. were frozen d. are froze
25. The trees ....
a. were grown by John yesterday in the backyards
b. were grown in the backyard by John yesterday
c. were grown in the backyard yesterday by John
d. in the backyard were grown yesterday by John
26. … yet?
a. Have the letters been typed b. Have been the letters typed
c. Have the letters typed d. had the letters typed
27. English has become a second language in countries like India, Nigeria or
Singapore where … for administration, broadcasting and education.
a. is used b. it is used c. used d. being used
28. The telephone … by Alexander Graham Bell.
a. is invented b. is inventing
c. invented d. was invented
29. Lots of houses … by the earthquake.
a. are destroying b. destroyed
c. were destroying d. were destroyed
30. In the US the first stage of compulsory education … as elementary education,
a. to be generally known b. is generally known
c. generally known d. is generally knowing

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


The American education system requires that students complete 12 years of
primary and secondary education prior to attending university or college. This may be
accomplished either at public or government-operated schools, or at private schools.
These 12 years of schooling or their equivalent may also be completed outside the
USA, thus giving foreign students the opportunity to pursue the benefits of the
American education system and obtain a quality American education. Perhaps one of
the most impressive facts is that a large number of presidents, prime ministers and
leaders from other countries have experienced the American education system and
graduated from a university or school in the USA. In many fields and industries, the
American education system offers the most cutting-edge, sought-after programs at the,
world's best schools. That is why graduating from an accredited American school and
being exposed to the. rigors of the American education system is an investment in your
future.
Whether you want to study at a top USA university, a top USA college, a
vocational or high school, a thorough understanding of how the American education
system works is essential. Without a dear grasp of the American education system, an
international student will find it difficult to make the right academic choices. It is no
surprise that the American education system and the American school system host
more international students than any other country in the world!
36. The expression government-operated could best be replaced, by .
a. independent b. state c. vocational d. boarding
37. According to the text, students in the USA .
a. are made to take primary and secondary education in the country
b. are not necessarily take primary and secondary education in the country
c. spend less than 12 years for primary and secondary education
d. needn't take primary and secondary education
38. The writer… the US education.
a. appreciates b. underestimates c. overstates d. dislikes
39. Which is true?
a. The US education is not good enough for foreign students.
b. Foreign students are not offered opportunities in the US.
c. There are not many foreign students in the US
d. Many leaders all over the world have studied in the US.
40. What is the writer’s advice?
a. International students should not invest their future education in the US.
b. International students should not study at a top USA university, a top USA college,
a vocational or high school.
c. Without a clear grasp of the American education system, an international student
can make the right academic choices
d. International students should have a thorough understanding of how the American
education system works before going there to study.

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


Children in (41) … Netherlands must be at least four years old to (42) … primary
education. Almost all 4-year-olds (99.3%) in the country indeed attend primary school,
(43) … this is not compulsory until children reach the age (44) … 5. Primary school is
free of charge. In most school, children are grouped by (45) …
in mixed ability classes, with one teacher for all subjects. Primary school (46) … of 8
groups, thus school (47) … for 8 years. During the first two years, which (48) …
kindergarten, children receive an average of 22 hours of (49) … during the last
6 years children receive an average of 25 hours per week. Schools are open 5 days a
week, but children are free on Wednesday afternoon. At the end of primary school, or
in group 8, schools advice on secondary school choice. Most test (50) … by the
Central Institute for Test-development

41. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
42. a. afford b. enter c. come. d. run
43. a. although b. despite c. in spite d. due to
44. a. of b. On c. in d. for
45. a. old b. elderly c. aging d. age
46. a. includes b. contains c. consists d. composes

47. a. spends b. lasts lengthens c. lengthens d. takes


48. a. also called b. is also called c. is called also d. is also calling

49. a. educate b. educative c. educator d. education

50. a. develop b. to develop c. developed d. developing

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. The school library is open … all of the students and the teaching staff of the school.
a. for b. over c. to d. among
7. I have just taken a Test of English as a Foreign Language or TOEFL … short.
a. of b. in c. on d. for
8. He did not do well at school and left with few … qualifications.
a. academic b. academy c. academician d. academically
9. The Minister of the Education and Training Department appeared on TV last night
to … his new policy.
a. public b. publicly c. publicize d. publicizing
10. He owed his success not to privilege but to self-education and H driving desire for

a. achieve b. achiever c. achievement d. achievable
11. The college offers both … and professional qualifications.
a government b. experience c. requirement d. academic
12. Fee-paying schools, often called “independent schools”, “private schools" or “
… schools”
a. college b. primary c. secondary d. public
13. In the UK, … schools refer to government-funded schools which provide
education free of charge to pupils.
a. state b. secondary c. independent d. primary
14. Mathematics, a required subject in all schools, is … into many branches,
a. grouped b. prepared c: divided d. added
15. Education has been developed in … with modem industry and the mass media.
a. compulsory b. parallel c. selected d. following
16. School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools,
Đồng phục học sinh là bắt buộc ở hầu hết các trường học Việt Nam
a. depended b. required c. divided d. paid
17. … music is … popular pastime at many schools.
a. 0/a b. The / the c. A / the d. The / 0
18. To apply to … UK independent school, you’ll need to have …good standard of
education from your own country
a. a / a b. the / a
c. an / the d. the / the
19. Education … to be the most important element to develop a country.
a. often be considered b. can often consider
c. can often considered d. can often be considered
20. The preparations … by the time the guests…
a. had been finished / arrived b. have finished / arrived
c. had finished / were arriving d. have been finished / were arrived
21. … in that company?
a. Do shoes make b. Are shoes be made
c. Shoes are made d. Are shoes made
22. Portuguese … as an official language in this city since three hundred years ago.
a. has always been spoken b. has been spoken always
c. has always spoken d. had always spoken
23. More than ten victims … missing in the storm last week.
a. are reported to be b. are reported to have been
c. are reporting to have been d. are reporting to be
24 … by your father?
a. Did that book write b. Did that book written
c. Was that book written d. Was that book be writing
25. Something … immediately to prevent teenagers from … factories and mines,
a. should be done / being exploited b. we should do / exploiting
c. should do / be exploited d. should have done / exploited
26. This car .
a. was manufactured in Japan by Toyota last year
b. was manufactured by Toyota last year in Japan
c. was manufactured last year in Japan by Toyota
d. last year was manufactured by Toyota in Japan
27. Why … on time?
a. don’t the exercises finish b. weren’t the exercises be finished
c. aren’t the exercises being finished d. aren’t the exercises be finished
28. No longer … in our office since it ...
a. have typewriters been used / computerized
b. typewriters have been used / was computerized
c. have typewriters been used / was computerized
d. typewriters have been used / computerized
29. When ?
a. were computers used first b. were computers first used
c. did computers first use d. are computers first using
30. That machine is useless. It … not been used for a long time
a.is b. was c. did d. has

Read the two passages carefully and choose the correct answer.
In developing countries, people are sometimes unaware of the importance of
education, and there is economic pressure from those parents who prioritize their
children’s making money' in the short term over any long-term benefits of education.
Recent studies on child labor and poverty have suggested that when poor families
breach a certain economic threshold where families are able to provide for their basic
needs, parents return their children to school. This has been found to be true, once the
threshold has been breached, even if the potential economic value of the children’s
work has increased since their return to school.
Other problems are that teachers are often paid less than other professions a lack of
good universities and a low acceptance rate for good universities are evident in
countries with a relatively high population density.
India has launched EDUSAT, an education satellite that can reach remote parts of
the, country at a greatly reduced cost. There is also an initiative supported by Several
major corporations to develop a $100 laptop. The laptops have been available since
2007. The laptops, sold at cost, will enable developing countries^# give their children
a digital education. In Africa, an “e-school program" has been launched to provide all
600,000 primary and high schools with computer equipment, learning materials and
internet access within 10 years. Volunteer groups are working to give more individuals
opportunity to receive education in developing countries through such programs as the
Perpetual Education Fund. An International Development Agency project started with
the support of
American President Bill Clinton uses the Internet to allow co-operation by individuals
on issues of social development.
36. In developing countries, ...
a. people all know that education is very important all the time
b. all parents are rich enough to send their children to school
c. children have rights to get high schooling
d. children have to work instead of going to school
37. According to recent studies, when parents are able to overcome their financial
difficulty, …
a. they send their children back to school
b. they still make their children continue working
c. they have their children work even harder
d. they themselves continue their schooling
38. In populous countries, …
a. teaching is the highest-paid career
b. there are a lot of good universities
c. there is a lack of good universities
d. no other careers are better paid than teaching
39. The third paragraph is about ...
a. an Indian education satellite
b. the projects to computerize education in developing countries
c. the computerization of African education
d. President Bill Clinton who bought a lot of computers
40. How many projects are presented in the third paragraph?
a. One b. Two c. Three d. Four

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


The General Certificate of Secondary Education or the GCSE examinations for (41) …
are the standard school-leaver qualifications taken by (42) … UK students in the
May and June following- their 16th birthday. If you come to a IJK (43) … school
before you (44) … the age of 16, you will study towards GCSE examinations in up
to 12 subjects. Some subject are compulsory, including. English and mathematics, and
you can select (45) … , such as music, drama, geography and history from a series of
options GCSEs provide a good all-round education (46) … you can build on at college
and eventually at university.
AS- and A-Ievels are taken after GCSEs. They are the UK qualifications most (47) …
accepted for entry to university and are available in subjects from the humanities,
arts, sciences and social sciences as well as in (48)… subjects such as engineering, and
leisure and tourism. You can study up to four subjects’ at (49) … same time for two
years, (50)… AS-level examinations at the end of your first year (called the lower-
sixth) and A-level qualifications at the end of your second year (called the upper-
sixth).
41. a. short b. long c. big d. long
42. a. similarly b. fortunately c. approximately d. virtually
43 a. dependence b. independence c. independent d. independently
44. a. reach b. come c. approach d. go
45. a. other b. each other c. another d. others
46. a. what b. that c. where d. whose
47. a. wide b. widely c. width d. widen
48. a. practical b. apprentice c. vocational d. physical
49. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
50. a. holding b. choosing c. putting d. taking

TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. In England schooling is compulsory … all children from the age of 5 to 16.
a. with b. for c. to d. over
7 In Vietnam a school year lasts for nine months and is divided … two terms.
a. into b. to c. from d. on
8. To Vietnamese students, the … examination to university is very difficult
a. require b. requirement c. requiring d. required
9. Despite many recent … advances, there are parts where schools are not equipped
with computers.
a. technology b. technological c. technologically d. technologist
10. There is a wide range of … in the education system of the USA.
a. select b. selective c. selected d. selection
11. … objective primary education is to provide students with basic knowledge of the
country’s history, … geography and traditions.
a. The /0 b. An / the c. 0 / a d. The / the
12 … schooling is compulsory in Australia between … ages of six and seventeen.
a. The / 0 b. A / an c. 0 / the d. The / an
13.The functional skills such as fundamentals of agriculture, health and hygiene and
population education have also been incorporated in the primary School …
a. curriculum b. project c. plan d. schedule
14. Regardless of whether schools belong to the government or are independent,
they are … to adhere to the same curriculum frameworks.
a. told b. required c. demanded d. taken
15. In Scotland, students transfer from primary to secondary education at
approximately age 12.
a. compound b. base c. change d. move
16. He was so ill that he could not … his final examination and cancelled it to the next
year.
a. make b. do c. take d. gain
17. In Vietnamese schools, English, mathematics, and literature are three … subjects,
which are compulsory in many important national examinations.
a. core b. part c. center d. middle
18. Although he has not got necessary experience, he used to take a … in business
administration.
a. curriculum b. course c. school d. class
19. Everything that … remained a secret.
a. overheard b. had been overheard
c. had overheard d. was overhearing
20. The refreshments … by Karen.
a. are going to be prepared b.are going to prepare
c. are preparing d.are to prepare
21. … by the police.
a. The stealing car has just been found
b. The stolen car has just been found
c. The stealing car has just found
d. The stolen car has just found
22 … students required to wear uniforms at all times?
a. Are b. Do c. Did d. Will
23 … to you yet?
a. Are the book been giving back
b. Was the book been given back
c. Has been the book given back
d. Has the book been given back
24. What he has done to me …
a. cannot forgiven b. cannot be forgiven
c. cannot forgive d. cannot be forgiving
25. The keys … somewhere.
a. must have been leaving b. must have left
c. must be leaving d. must have been left
26. Japanese … at the meeting.
a. will speak b. will spoken c. will be spoken d. will be speaking
27. Although he tried his best, he could not make his voice ....
a. hear b. to hear c. hearing d. heard
28. I … in the lounge for ten minutes.
a. was told waiting b. was told to wait
c. was telling to be waited d was told to be waited
29. These students … so much that they feel very tired and bored.
a. are made to study b. are made study
c. are making to study d. are made to be studied
30. they … time and money doing such a thing.
a. were advised not to waste
b. were advised not to be wasted
c. were advising not to waste
d. were advising not to be wasted

Read the two passages carefully and choose the correct answer.
Vietnam’s education system can be divided into 5 categories: pre-primary, primary,
intermediate, secondary, and higher education.
Public kindergartens usually admit children from the age of 18 months to 5 years.
Children at 4 or 5 years of age are sometimes taught the alphabet and basic math. This
level of education is only popular in major cities.
Children normally start their primary education at the age of six. Education at this
level lasts 5 years and it is compulsory for all children. This compulsory education
may be one of the reasons why, despite remaining a less developed country, the
literate proportion of the country’s population is very high, over 90% on average.
Middle schools teach students from grade 6 to 9. This educational level is
generalized throughout most of the country - except in very remote provinces, which
expect to popularize and standardize middle education fully within the next few years.
Intermediate is a non-compulsory schooling form in Vietnam.
Secondary education, which consists of grades 10, 11 and 12, is standardized in all
major urban regions, but is not in rural provinces. After 3 high school terms, all
students must attend a graduation test. This test often consists of 6 subjects differently
selected each year but has to contain the 3 compulsory ones: Foreign Language
(mostly English), Mathematics and Literature. The Vietnamese government intends to
merge this test with the university entrance test in 2009.
36. Pre-primary education in Vietnam is popularized all over the country
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Primary education is compulsory in Vietnam.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Students from grade 6 to 9 have to take an important examination to continue their
education at high school.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. Secondary education is standardized in all over the country,
a. True b. False c. No information
40. The graduation test for all high school. students often consists of 6 subjects which
are fixed years after years.
a. True b. False c. No information

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


The UK Government ensures that all schools in the UK (41) … certain standards, and
this includes independent schools as well as those that are (42) … by the Government.
All qualifications are. awarded by national agencies accredited by the Qualification
and Curriculum Authority (QCA), (43) … the quality of the qualifications you will
gain is guaranteed.
At many independent schools in England, you will be encouraged to take part (44) …
extracurricular activities to develop your hobbies and learn new skills, and you may be
encouraged to take graded music exams (45) … by the Associated Board of the Royal
Schools of Music, or Trinity College. The exam grades gained from these are widely
accepted toward university entry (46) ...
Independent schools do not usually, offer vocationally focused qualifications but if
you are (47) … in these qualifications, you can find out more in the ‘career-based and
pre-university qualifications’ section.
The (43) … you pay to attend independent school, include your course fees,
accommodation and may include some or all extracurricular activities. To check
exactly what is included with the school you may be asked to pay extra for language
tuition.
Fees (49) … from school to school and are at the discretion of the institution; there are
no national standards. You should expect to pay a minimum of £8,000 per year and
fees can be (50) … high a £25,000.
41. a. see b. meet c. notice d. look
42. a. run b. worked c. indicated d. shown
43. a. if b. although c. so d. because
44. a. for b. in c. on d. of
45. a. offer b. to offer c. offering d. offered
46. a. questions b. troubles c. problems d. requitements
47. a. interested b. excited c. concerned d. worried
48. 4, bills b. funds c. fees d. donations
49. a. transfer b. vary c. exchange d. interfere
50. a. as b. much c. more d. far

Unit 5: HIGHER EDUCATION


TEST l
Choose a, by c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. It is a course … two years for those who want to work as a marketing agent.
a. of b. in c. for d. with
7. You can meet Mr. Pike, who is … behalf … the university to solve the problems of
foreign students,
a. on / of b. in / for e. with / at d. for / at
8. In most … developed countries/up to 50% of….. population enters higher education
at some time in their lives.
a. 0 / the b. the / a c. 0 / 0 d. the / 0
9. …colleges and … universities are the main institutions that provide tertiary
education.
a. The / 0 b. 0 / the c. The/ The d. 0 / 0
10 He graduated with doctorates of … and surgery from Florence, gaining the highest
honors that year.
a. medicine b. medical c. medicate d. medication
11 The making of good habits …a determination to keep on training your child
a. require b. requires c. requirement d. required
12. He was the only … that was offered the job.
a. apply b. application c. applicant d. applying
13. A university is an institution of higher education and research, which grants …
degrees at all levels in a variety of subjects.
a. secondary b. optional c. academic d. vocational
14. … is used to describe the work of a person whose job is to treat sick or injured
animals, or to describe the medical treatment of animal.
a. Chemistry b. Pharmacy c. Medicine d. Veterinary
15. A … is an area of knowledge or study, especially one that you study at school,
college, or university.
a. degree b. subject c. level d. vacancy
16. Most … are at senior level, requiring appropriate qualifications.
a. degrees b. grades c. colleges d. vacancies
17. She reads newspapers every day to look for the vacant … for which
a. institutions b. indications c. positions d. locations
18. He had been expected to cope well with examinations and … good results.
a. achieve b. consider c. Last d. object
19. You can choose four subjects either in Arts … in Sciences.
a. nor b. or c. and d. as
20. Either you or your friend …on charge today.
a. are b. is c. was d. were
21. I am flying to the States tonight. I … you a ring if I can find a phone.
a. will give b. would give c. could give d. have given
22. Well need more staff … we start the new project.
a. unless b. whether c. in case d. or
23. If I … 10 years younger, I … the job
a. am / will take b. was / have takers
c. had been / will have taken d. were / would take
24 … I had learnt English when I was at high school.
a. Unless b. Even if c. If d. If only
25. You are not allowed to use the club's facilities … you are a member.
a. unless b. if c. provided d. supposed
26. If she … the train last night, she … here now.
a. took / were b. were taking / is
c. had taken / would have been d. had taken / would be
27. … if a war happened?
a. What you would do b. What would you do
c. What will you do d. What will you do
28. I would send her a fax if I … her number.
a. know b. knew c. had known d. could know
29 … it were well paid, I would accept this proposal.
a. Providing b. Unless c. But for d. If only
30 … more carefully, He would not have had the accident yesterday.
a. If Peter driven b. If had Peter driven
c. Had Peter driven d. Unless Peter had driven

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer. °


University Entrance Examination is very important in Vietnamese students. High
school graduates have to take it and get high results to be admitted to universities. The
pressure on the candidates remains very high despite the measures that have been
taken to reduce the heat around these exams, since securing a place in a state
university is considered a major step towards a successful career for young people,
especially those from rural areas or disadvantaged families. In the year 2004, it was
estimated that nearly 1 million Vietnamese students took the University Entrance
Examination, but on average only 1 out of 5 candidates succeeded. Normally,
candidates take 3 exam subjects, and each lasts 180 minutes for the fixed group of
subjects they choose. There are 4 fixed groups of subjects: Group A: Mathematics,
Physics, and Chemistry; Group B: Mathematics, Biology, and Chemistry; Group C:
Literature, History, and Geography; Group D: Literature, Foreign Language, and
Mathematics.
In addition to universities, there are community colleges, art and technology
institutes, professional secondary schools, and vocational schools which offer degrees
or certificates from a-few-month to 2-year courses.
According to Vietnam's Ministry of Education and Training, there are currently 23
non-public universities, accounting for 11% of the total number of universities. These
non-public universities are currently training 119,464 students, or.,11.7% of the total
number of students. The government is planning to increase the number of non-public
universities to 30% by 2007.
36. University Entrance Examination in Vietnamese is very ...
a. interesting, b. stressful c. free d. easy
37. The word those refers to ...
a. exam subjects b. young people
c. universities d. examinations
38. In 2004, the proportion of the students who got success in University Entrance
Examination was about … percent.
a. 5 b. 10 c. 20 d. 50
39. Which sentence refers to the University Entrance Examination in Vietnam?
a. Students find it easy to get success in the University Entrance Examination.
b. Math, is compulsory in the University Entrance Examination.
c. Students are not allowed to choose -their exam subjects.
d. There are four fixed groups of exam subjects for students to choose.
40. According to the passage, ...
a. the Vietnamese government will close all non-public universities by next year.
b. the Vietnamese government does not appreciate non-public universities
c. the Vietnamese government encourages the establishing of non-public universities.
d. Vietnamese students have no alternative to continue their higher study besides
universities.

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


The University of Oxford, informally called “Oxford University”, or simply “Oxford”,
(41) … in the city of Oxford, in England, is (42) … oldest university in the English-
speaking world. It is also considered as one of the world’s leading (43) … institutions.
The university traced its roots back to at least the end of the 11th century, (44) … the
exact date of foundation remains unclear. Academically, Oxford is consistently
ranked in the world's top ten universities. The University is also open (45) … overseas
students, primarily from American universities, who may (46) … in study abroad
programs during the summer months. For more than a century, it has served as the
home of the Rhodes Scholarship, (47) … brings highly accomplished students
from a number of countries to study at Oxford as (48) ... The University of Oxford is
also a place where many talented leaders
from all over the world used to study. Twenty-five British Prime Ministers attended
Oxford, including Margaret Thatcher and Tony Blair. At (49) … 25 other international
leaders have been educated at Oxford, and this number includes King Harald V of
Norway and King Abdullah II of Jordan. Bill Clinton is the first American President to
attend Oxford. Forty-seven Nobel (50) … winners have studied or taught at Oxford.
41. a. put b. placed c. located d. stood
42. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
43. a. learning b. academic c. graduating d. scholar
44. a. although b. because c. since d. if
45. a. to b. for c. from d. up
46. a. write b. name c. enroll d. require
47. a. that b. where c. whose d. which
48. a. postgraduates b. postgraduated c. postgraduation d. postgraduate
49. a. last b. least c. late d. lately
50. a. present b. gift c. medal d. prize

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6 There are two types of higher education in … UK higher general education and
higher vocational education.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
7. The examination results of the A-Levels determine if … student is good enough to
go to……… university or college.
a. 0/ the b. a / a c. the / an d. 0 / an
8. Many parents do not let their children make a decision … their future career.
a. in b. about c. on d: out
9 You are old enough. I think it is high time you applied … a job.
a. in b. of c. for d. upon
10. He has not been offered the job because he cannot meet the ……..of the company.
a. requirements b. applicants
c. information d. education
11 … educationis normally taken to include undergraduate and post graduate
education, as well as vocational education and training.
a. Primary b. Tertiary
c. Secondary d. Intermediate
12 The University of Cambridge is a prestigious……. of higher learning in the U.K.
a. tower b. hall
c. house d. institute
13. Which subject do you … at University? – I major in Math.
a. do b. make
c. practice d. demonstrate
14. A … is an official document that you receive when you have completed a course
of study or training.
a. vocation b. subject c. certificate d. grade
15 In many countries, prospective university students apply for … during their last
year of high school.
a. achievement b. information
c. course d. admission
16. Parents can express a … for the school their child attends.
a. prefer b. preference
c. preferential d. preferable
17. Many people have objected to the use of animals in … experiments.
a. science b. scientist
c. scientific d. scientifically
18. I would like to invite you to participate in the … ceremony.
a. graduate b. graduated
c. graduation d. graduating
19. You can either come by bus … take a taxi.
a. and b. or c. not d. nor
20. Either you or I … going to meet Professor Pike at the airport.
a. am b. were c. are d. has been
21. If you … to my advice, you … in trouble now.
a. listened / were not b. listen / are not
c. had listened / would not have been d. had listened / would not be
22. If you take the 8 a.m. flight to New York you … change planes.
a. could not have to b. will not have to
c. had not had to d. would not to have to
23. If it … warm yesterday, we would have gone to the beach.
a. was b. were c. had been d. could be
24. If it … an hour ago,the streets … wet now.
a. were raining / will be b. had rained / would be
c. rained / would be d. had rained / would have been
25 … here, he would helped us with these troubles.
a. Were Peter b. If were Peter c. Unless were Peter d Unless Peter were
26 … that problem with the car, we wouldn’t have missed the speech.
a. If we had had b. If had we had
c. Unless we had had d. Provided that we had had
27. If I were a little taller, I … be able to water the plant oil the top shelf.
a. did b. would c. had d. would have
28. If you hear from Susan today, …her to ring me.
a. tell b. to tell c. telling d. will tell
29. She had to have the operation …
a. unless she would dies b. if she would die
c. otherwise she will die d. or she would die
30. If the traffic … bad, I may get home late.
a. is b.were c. was d. had been

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


As Chinese society changes, higher education is undergoing major transformations.
The university model of the United States and other Western countries has a powerful
influence. New trends in Chinese higher education are attracting the attention of global
educators. Since the establishment of Western-oriented modem universities at the end
of nineteenth century, Chinese higher education has continued to evolve. Over the past
two decades, however, tremendous economic development in China has stimulated
reforms in higher education that have resulted in some remarkable changes.
The first modern institution, Peiyang University, was founded in Tianjin. The
university changed its name to Tianjin University in 1951 and became one of the
leading universities in China. Next, Jiaotong University was founded in Shanghai in
1896. In the 1950s, most of this university was moved to Xi’an, an ancient capital city
in northwest China, and became Xi’an Jiaotong University; the part of the university
remaining in Shanghai was renamed Shanghai Jiaotong University.
Tianjin University celebrated its hundredth anniversary in 1995, followed by Xi'an
Jiaotong and Shanghai Jiaotong Universities in 1996. Other leading universities, such
as Zhejiang University (1897), Beijing University (1898), and Nanjing University
(1902) also recently celebrated their hundredth anniversaries, one after another. These
celebrations marked the beginning of a new chapter in Chinese higher education.
36. The text is about ...
a. Chinese education system
b. some famous universities in China
c. the western influences on Chinese education
d. application for a university in China
37. Chinese higher education …
a. is not affected by any others
b. has not really well-developed
c. has developed since the end of nineteenth century
d. is not paid any attention by global educators
38. Chinese higher education …
a. has been stable since nineteenth century
b. has decreased over the past two decades
c. has not- got any changes
d. has been affected by the country’s economic development
39. Tianjin University was founded in ...
a. 1895 b. 1896 c. 1950 d. 1951
40. Which university celebrated the hundredth anniversaries in 2002?
a. Nanjing University b. Shanghai Jiaotong University
c. Xi’an Jiaotong University d. Beijing University

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


Since China adopted its open-door (41) … approximately twenty-five years ago,
Chinese higher education has begun once again to draw closer to the (42) …
Western world. China’s (43) … to send scholars and students to the United States at
the end of the 1970s, after thirty years of hostility between the two countries, marked a
dramatic turning (44) … in the nation’s educational history. Today, about 50,000
Chinese students are studying in the United States, accounting (45) … 10 percent of
the total international students in the country. More and (46) … Chinese students have
gone toother countries to study. According to statistics from the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNTESCO), China (47) … more
students than any other country to study abroad. In the other direction, many students
from the United States and (48) … are going to China to study language, culture,
history, traditional Chinese medicine, science, engineering, and other (49) … The
increasing number of international students worldwide demonstrates a relatively quick
change in the of global education.

41. a. way b. law c. rule d. policy


42. a. progress b. advanced c. head d. reach
43. a. decide b. decisive c. decision d. decider
44. a. point b. spot c. top stain
45. a. for b. to c. up d. over
46. a. as b. more c. than d. much
47. a. regards b. mails c. posts d. sends
48. a. elsewhere b. wherever c. where d. whereas
49. a. matters b. things c. fields d. items
50. a. interfere b. integration c. exchange d. mixture

TEST3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. We will be sitting for our final examination in the last week … May.
a. in b. on c. for d. of
7. These are requirements … those who want to become a pharmacist.
a. of b. in c. about d. for
8. The A:level (short for Advanced Level) is a General Certificate of Education set of
exams … in the U.K.
a. taken b. spent c. met d.indicated
9. In all cases, applicants must meet the course requirements … by the admitting
institution.
a. written b. listed c. typed d. valued
10. Most universities … students who want to attend the university to pass three A-
Levels
a. receive b. tell c.require d. ask
11. An … is a student at a university or college who is studyingor her first degree.
a. undergraduate b. application
c. insurance d. exam
12 Entry to university is competitive so some … with the minimum entrance
qualifications will find themselves without a place
a. tutors b. professors c. teachers d. applicants
13. Students also have the opportunity to choose from a wide range of … courses in
the university.
a. compulsory b. optional c. required d. limited
14. Mr. Pike provided us with an … guide to the full-time and part-time programs on
offer to a range of candidates drawn from schools and colleges.
a. inform b. informative c. informed d. information
15. Not many places at the universities are left, so choice is on a severe ...
a. limiting b. limitation c. delimitation d. limited
16. Higher education … have risen this year for the first time in more than a decade.
a. applies b. applications c. applicable d. applicants
17. If you get … A as a mark for a piece of work or in … exam,
your work is extremely good.
a. an/an b. the / 0 c. a / an d. 0 / a
18. It is … education that can make life of people m developing countries less
miserable.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19 After leaving high school, a student can apply for a position either in a university
… vocational college.
a. with b. and c. nor d. or
20. English or French, you can choose…..
a. not b. either c. both d. so
21. If it … last night, it … so hot today.
a. rained/ is not c. was raining / were not
b. had rained / would not have been d. had rained / would not be
22. Without your recommendation, we … any success last year.
a. had not got b. did not get
c. will not have got d. would not have got
23. … he gets here soon, we will have to start the meeting without him.
a. Suppose b. Provided c. Unless d. If
24. … as much money as Bill Gates of Microsoft, I would retire.
a If I had b. If did I have c. Unless I had d. If I hadn’t had
25. If I … it was a formal party. I wouldn’t have gone wearing jeans and a jumper.
a. knew b. had known
c. had been knowing d. could know
26. Tom's company will almost certainly fire him … he improves his attitude.
a. unless b. or c. otherwise d. if
27. If my client … me her fax number, I … to post a letter to her.
a. gave / will not have b. will give / do not have
c. had given / wouldn’t have had d. had given / will not have had
28 … I had brought my laptop to the meeting yesterday.
a. If b. If only c. Even if d. As if
29. If I … the lottery last week, I … rich now.
a. had won / would be b. had won / would have been
c. won / would be d. won / would have been
30. Carrie said she will join the company if the starting salary … her expectations.
a. meets b. met c. has met d. had met

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


According to the Academic Ranking of World Universities, more than 30 of the
highest-ranked 45 institutions are in the United States, as measured by awards and
research output. Public universities, private universities, liberal arts colleges, and
community colleges all have a significant role in higher education in the United States.
An even stronger pattern is shown by the Webometrics Ranking of World Universities
with 103 US universities in the World's Top 200 universities.
The 2006 American Community Survey conducted by the United States Census
Bureau found that 19.5 percent of the population had attended college but had no
degree, 7.4 percent held an associate's degree, 17.1 percent held a bachelor's degree,
and 9.9 percent held a graduate or professional degree.
Educational attainment in the United States is similar to that of other developed
countries. Colleges and universities in the U.S. vary in terms of goals: some may
emphasize a vocational, business, engineering, or technical curriculum while others
may emphasize a liberal arts curriculum. Many combine some or all of the above.
Students can apply to some colleges using the Common Application. There is j no
limit to the number of colleges or universities to which a student may apply, though an
application must be submitted for each.
Graduate study, conducted after obtaining an initial degree and sometimes after
several years of professional work, leads to a more advanced degree such as a master's
degree. After additional years of study and sometimes in conjunction with the
completion of a master's degree, students may earn a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.d.) or
other doctoral degree.
Only 8.9 percent of US students ever receive postgraduate degrees, and. most, after
obtaining their bachelor's degree, proceed directly into the workforce.
36. Not any other country has more highest-ranked universities and institutions than
the US does.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Higher, education in the USA is the-same as that in the China,
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Each student can apply only one college or university
a. True b. False c. No information
39. Students can continue studying to get a more advanced degree after working for
some years.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. After getting their bachelor’s degree, most of US students continue their studies
a. True b. False c. No information

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


Here's some advice for trying to find the university that works for you.
1. You need to examine (41) … and your reasons for going to university before
you start your search. Why are you going? What are your abilities and strengths? What
are your weaknesses? What do you want out of life? Are you socially self-sufficient
(42) … do you need warm, familial (43) … ? Talk with
your family, friends and high-school counselors as you ask these questions. The
people (44) … know you best can help you the most with these important issues.
2. Very few high-school students have enough information or (45) … to choose a
major. You need to be well (46) … to determine your interest and aptitude. Many
students (47) … their minds two or three times before they settle on a major.
3. If you do not have to go to university right (48) …. it is never too late. There
is no such thing as the perfect time to start university. Some students benefit from a
year off to work, study or travel, and these experiences (49) … them to be better, more
engaged students. Some students choose to apply to university and gain admission and
then defer their entrance, while others wait to apply until after they have had (50) …
alternative experience.
41. a. you b. your c. yours d. yourself
42. a. or b. but c. nor d. either
43 a. support b. bringing c. feeding d. growth
44. a. which b. whom c. who d. whose
45. a. expenditure b. experience c. experiment d. expert
46. a. prepare b. prepared c. preparation d. preparative
47. a. transform b. translate c. change d. convert
48. a. for b. up c. over d. away
49. a. allow b. make c. let d. advise
50. a. a b. an c. the d. 0

UNIT 6: FUTURE JOBS


TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning: to the original one.
6. I am so … that I cannot say anything, but keep silent.
a. nerve b. nervous c. nervously d. nervousness
7. … speaking, I do not really like my present job.
a. Honest b. Honesty c. Honestly d. Dishonest
8. A letter of … is sometimes really necessary for you in a job interview.
a. recommend b. recommended
c. recommender d. recommendation
9. Her job was so … that she decided to quit it.
a. interesting b. satisfactory c. stressful d. wonderful
10. Some days of rest may help to … the pressure of work.
a. reduce b. lower c. chop d. crease
11. Can you please tell me some information that … to the job?
a. indicates b. expresses c. interests d. relates
12. Not all teenagers are well … for their future job when they are at high school.
a. interested b. satisfied c. concerned d. prepared
13. Qualifications and … are two most important factors that help you get a good job.
a. politeness b. experience c. attention d. impression
14. Before the interview, you have to send a letter of application and your resume to
the company.
a. recommendation b. reference
c. curriculum vitae d. photograph
15. I have just been called … a job interview. I am so nervous.
a. for b. in c. over d. with
16. What, do I have to bring … me to the interview.
a. with b. upon c. in d. along
17. Knowing your skills and strengths is … important part of the job search process.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. Students who need … extra money can find … part time job.
a. 0 / a b. an / the c. the / 0 d. a / the
19. My father works for a construction company in ...
a. Winchester, which is a city in the U.K.
b. Winchester, that is a city in the U.K.
c. Winchester is a city in the U.K.
d. Winchester where is a city in the U.K.
20. Ms. Young, to … many of her students are writing, is living happily and
peacefully in Canada.
a. who b. whom c. that d. whose
21. I saw a lot of new people at the party, … seemed familiar.
a. some of whom b. some of who c. whom d. some of that
22. My friend eventually decided to quit her job, … upset me a lot.
a. that b. when c. which d. who
23. He is the man … car was stolen last week.
a. whom b. that c. which d. whose
24. They have just found the couple and their car … were swept away during the
heavy storm last week.
a. that b. which c. whose d. when
25. It was the worst winter … anyone could remember.
a. when b. which c. where d. why
26. 1 would, like to know the reason … he decided to quit the job.
a. why b. which c. that d. when
27. … instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview.
a. John Robbins to that I spoke by telephone,
b. John Robbins, that I spoke to by telephone,
c. John Robbins I spoke to by telephone,
d. John Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,
28. He was always coming up with new ideas, … were absolutely impracticable.
a. most of whom b. that c. most of which d. most of that
29. She always had wanted to go to places … she could speak her native tongue.
a. that b. in that c. which d. where
30, February is the month … many of my colleagues take skiing holidays.
a. when b. that c. in that d. which

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


These following tips may help you make a good impression on your job
interviewer during the interview:
Before entering enquire by saying, “May I come in sir/madam?”.
If the door was closed before you entered, make sure you shut the door behind you
softly.
Look at the interviewer and confidently say "Good day sir/madam”.
If the interviewer wants to shake hands, then offer a firm grip first maintaining eye
contact and a smile
Seek permission to sit down. If the interviewer is standing, wait for them to sit down
first before you, take your seat.
An alert interviewee, would diffuse the tense situation with light-hearted humor and
immediately set rapport with the interviewer.
The interviewer normally pays more attention if you display an enthusiasm in
whatever you say. This enthusiasm comes across in the energetic way you put forward
your ideas.
You should maintain a cheerful disposition throughout the interview.
A little humor or wit thrown in the discussion occasionally enables the interviewer to
look at the pleasant side of your personality.
You must maintain eye contact with the interviewer. This shows your self-confidence
and honesty. Many interviewees while answering questions, tend to look away. This
conveys you are concealing your own anxiety, fear and lack confidence. Maintaining
an eye contact is a difficult process. As the circumstances in an interview are different,
the value of eye contact is tremendous in making a personal impact.
Interviewers appreciate a natural person rather than an actor. It is best for you to talk in
natural manner because then you appear genuine.
36. The writer attitude is ...
a. optimistic b. pessimistic c. advisory d. informative
37. According to the writer, ....
a. shaking hands is a must in a job interview
b. you should slam the door after entering the room
c. you needn’t ask for a permission to enter the room
d. eye contact is necessary in a job interview
38. The writer advises that ...
a. permission to sit down is unnecessary
b. you should not take your seat before the interview sits down
c. you should shake the interview’s hand as firmly as possible
d. you should conceal your enthusiasm
39. Which is not advised in a job interview?
a. a lack of confident b. honesty
c. a sense of humor d. a cheerful disposition
40. During your job interview, you should communicate … with the interview.
a. naturally b. dramatically c. anxiously d. dishonestly

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


What do you do well? What do you enjoy doing? Your answers to these two
questions wilt help you identify your (41) ... An employer will consider you seriously
for a (42) … when you can show them that you know who you are,
what you can offer and which you have studied. Sometimes it is difficult to know
what your weaknesses are. Clearly not everyone is equally good (43) … everything.
You may need to improve yourself and so (44) … courses in that field could turn a
weakness into strength.
You will need to (45) … sometime on your self-assessment. Your honesty and the
desire for self-improvement will lead to (46) … in getting the right job. Explore the
following seven areas to start to get to know yourself: your aptitude, your skills, your
personality, the level of responsibility you feel comfortable with, your interests and
your needs.
Ask (47) … if you have any special talents and if you need to consider your
physical health when choosing a job. Be as honest and realistic as you can, and
ask for other people’s (48) … if necessary. Make a list of these things. It is usually a
good idea to talk about your aptitudes with teachers, family and friends.
If you are considering a career that (49) … a special talent, such as art, acrobatics,
mathematics or music, discuss your aptitudes with (50) … expert in that area and
discover how they fit the needs of the occupation.
41. a. strong b. strength c. strengthen d. strengthened
42. a. position b. location c. spot d. room
43. a. upon b. in c. at d. for
44. a. meeting b. taking c. choosing d. interviewing
45. a. use b. make c. lose d. spend
46. a. success b. successful c. successfully d. succeed
47. a. you b. your c. yours d. yourself
48. a. interests b. fields c. opinions d. attendances
49. a. requires b. asks c. tells d. urges
50. a. a b. an c. the d. no article

TEST 2
Choose a, by c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. It is of great importance to create a good impression … your interviewer.
a. on b. about c. for d. at
7. Good preparations … your job interview is a must.
a. with b. upon c. in d. for
8. Many children are under such a high … of learning that they do not feel happy at
school.
a. recommendation b. interview c. pressure d. concentration
9. She likes meeting people and travelling so she wants to apply for a … of a
receptionist or tourist guide.
a. location b. position e. site d. work
10. To my … , I was not offered the job.
a. happiness b. dream c. joy d. disappointment
11. Being well-dress and punctual can help you create a good … on your interviewer.
a. impression b. pressure c. employment d. effectiveness
12. She often reads newspapers and look through the Situations … columns every day,
but up to now she has not found any job yet.
a. Article b. Space c. Vacant d. Spot
13. Many people will be out of … if the factory is closed.
a. work b. career c. profession d. job
14. His dream of becoming … doctor became true after seven years of learning hard.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
15. … informationyou need is in this book. Read it carefully,
a. A b. An c. The d. 0
16. Doctors have to assume … for human life.
a. Responsible b. responsibly c. responsibility d. responsibles
17. … is increasing which results from economic crisis.
a. Employment b. Unemployment c. Employ d. Unemployed
18. He was offered the job thanks to his … performance during his job interview.
a. impress b. impression c. impressive d. impressively
19. There was no one ...
a. 1 could ask for help b. when I could ask for help
c. I could ask whom for help d. for that I could ask for help
20. The children were quite attracted by the tamer and his animals … were performing
On the stage.
a. that b. which c. whom d. who
21. Is there anything else … you want to ask?
a. what b. where c. whom d. that
22. 1 come from the Seattle area, … many successful companies such as Microsoft
and Boeing are located.
a. which b. that c. where d. whom
23 They have just visited the town … location was little known.
a. where b. whose c. which that
24 … one of the most creative artists in rock’ a roll, came from California.
a. Frank Zappa, who was b. Frank Zappa was
c. Frank Zappa, that was d. Frank Zappa whom was
25. He came to the party wearing only a pair of shorts and a T-shirt, … was a stupid
thing to do.
a. who b. whom c. which d. that
26. He lives in a small town ...
a. where is called Taunton b. which is called Taunton
c. is called Taunton d. that called Taunton
27 The house … is more than 100 years old.
a. where I live b. in where 1 live c.in that I live d. where I live in
28 … want to get a god job have to have certain qualifications and experience.
a. Who b. Those which
c. Those who d. Those whom
29. Wild fires are common in the forest areas of Australia, of the US and Canada, …
the climate is. moist.
a. in where b. in that c. where d. which
30. King Henry, … was Elizabeth I, led England into the Age of Empire.
a. daughter b. whom daughter c. which daughter d. whose daughter

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer


Preparation is a key to a successful interview. Does the idea of going to a job
interview make you feel a little nervous? Many people find that it is the hardest part of
the employing process. But it is not really true. The more you prepare and practice, the
more comfortable you will feel. You should find out as much as possible about the
company before you go to the interview. Understand the products that they produce
and the services that they provide. It is also good to know who the customers are and
who the major competitors are. Practice makes perfect. It will also make you feel more
confident and relaxed. So, practice your answers to common questions. Make a list of
questions to ask, too. Almost all interviewers will ask if you have questions. This is a
great opportunity for you to show your keenness, enthusiasm, and knowledge.
Make a great impression. The interview is your chance to show that you are the
best person for the job. Your application or resume has already exhibited that you are
qualified. Now it is up to you to show how your skills and experience match this
position and this company. The employer will be looking and listening to determine if
you are a good fit. He/she will be looking for a number of different qualities, in
addition to the skills that you possess. To make the best impression, dress,
appropriately; express your strengths; arrive early, by about 10-15 minutes; be
enthusiastic; shake hands firmly; be an active listener; sit up straight and maintain eye
contact; and ask questions.
After the interview, follow up with a thank-you note. This is a chance for you to
restate your interest and how you can benefit the company. Your best bet is to try to
time it so that the note gets there before the hiring decision is made. You should also
follow up with a phone call if you do not hear back from the employer within the
specified time.
36. The pronoun it refers to ...
a. the job b.the interview c. the interviewer d. the preparation
37. What does the writer advise you to practice?
a. Asking and answering questions related to the job.
b. Making products that the company produces.
c. Providing services that the company serves.
d. Meeting some customers and competitors.
38. Which should not be shown during your interview?
a. Punctuality b. A firm hand shaking
c. Being properly-dressed d. Weaknesses
39. You can show your qualifications in the ...
a. dressing style and punctuality b. competing with the competitors
c. resume and letter of application d. eye contact with the interview
40. Which is not included in the writer's advice?
a. You should not communicate with the interviewer after the interview.
b. You should make the best impression in the interview.
c. You should write a note to say thanks to the interviewer after the interview.
d. You should telephone the interviewer for any information after the interview.
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
The interview is one of the most important (41) … in the job search process. When an
employer invites you to an interview, he/she is indicating an (42) … in yourself. The
interview gives both of you the opportunity to (43) … enough information to
determine if you are a good “fit” for each other. Think of an interview as a highly
focused professional conversation. You should (44) … the limited amount time you
have learning about the employer's needs and discuss the ways you can meet these
needs. In many cases, you will interview at least twice before being employed for a
(45) …. Once in a brief screening interview and at least once again in a (46) …
serious meeting when you may also talk to many of your potential coworkers.
A job interview is a strategic conversation with a purpose. Your goal is to show the
employer that you have the (47) … , background, and ability to do the job and that you
can successfully fit into the organization. The interview is also your (48) … to
gather information about the job, the organization, and future career opportunities to
figure out if the position and work environment are (49) … I for you. Most employers
do not hire people based on certificates or diplomas alone. Personality, (50) …,
enthusiasm, a positive outlook, and excellent interpersonal and communication skills
count heavily in the selection process.
41. a. parts b. roles c. fields d. facts

42. a. interest b. interesting c. interested d. interestingly


43. a. fill b. change c. exchange d. translate
44. a. make b. spend c. post d. apply
45. a. condition b. location c. satisfaction d. position
46. a. most b. mostly c. more d. more than
47. a. skills b. aspects c. appearances d. weaknesses
48. a. fates b. feasts c. lucks d. opportunities
49. a. fit b. right c. accurate d. exact
50. a. confide b. confidence c. confident d. confidently

TEST 3
Choose a, bf c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. His work involves helping students to find temporary … during their summer
vacation.
a. decision b. employment c. choice d. flection
7. To prepare for your job interview, you should jot down your qualifications and
experience as well as some important information about yourself.
a. draw b. place c. put d. write
8. When being interviewed, you should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying
or asking you.
a. be related to b. be interested in
c. pay all attention to d. express interest to
9. Before … for a position, check whether you can fulfill all the requirements from the
employer.
a. deciding b. applying c. requiring d. demanding
10. If you are … for a particular job, someone asks you questions about yourself to
find out if you suitable for it.
a. paid b. chosen c. interviewed d. recommended
11. You should ask the interviewer some questions about the job to show your … and
keenness.
a. anger b. thrill c. amazement d. interest
12. You should show the interviewer that you are really keen … the job you have
applied.
a. in b. for c. on d. over
13. They held a party to congratulate … their son's success to become an engineer.
a. with b. on c. for d. about
14. He was refused because he had no … experience related to … job he applied.
a. a / the b. an / 0 c. the / a d. 0 / the
15. Show your interviewer your sense of … responsibility for work.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
16. The interviewer gave his consent to John’s … for work and promised to give him a
job.
a. keen b. keenly c. keener d. keenness
17. … ! I have heard of your success in the new project.
a. Congratulate b. Congratulating c. Congratulation d. Congratulations
18. It is … to fail a job interview, but try again.
a. disappoint b. disappointing c. disappointedly d. disappointment
19. Frank invited Janet, … , to the party.
a. met in Japan. b. meeting in Japan
c. whom he had met in Japan d. that he had met in Japan
20 The singer, … most recent recording has had much success., is signing autographs.
a. whose b. that c. who d. whom
21. He likes shopping between 1.00 and 3.00 pm, … most people are at home.
a. when b. where c. in which d. at that
22. He took me to an expensive restaurant where we enjoyed a good meal
a. enjoyed a good meal b. to enjoy a good-meal
c. and enjoying a good meal d.we enjoyed a good meal in which
23. The fishermen and their boats … were off the coast three days ago have just been
reported to be missing.
a. which b. that c. who d. whom
24. The banker to … I gave my check was quite friendly.
a who b. that c. whom d. which
25. Birds make nests in trees … they can hide their young in the leaves and branches.
a. which b. where c. that d. in that
26. He lent me … yesterday
a. the book I need b. the book when I need
c.which book I need d. the book whose I need
27 … cheat on the exam have to leave the room.
a. Those b. Who c. Those whom d. Those who
28. … really a fish has no brain, no bones, and no face,
a. A jelly fish is not b. A jelly fish, it is not
c A jelly fish, which is not d. A jelly fish, that is not
29 We have a lot of things that we have to do today.
a. doing b. to do c. done d. do
30. The young man who lives next door is very kind to my family.
a. to live next door b. he lives next door
c. living next door d. lived next door

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


The purpose of a resume is to highlight your qualifications and get you an
interview. Your resume, along with your letter of application, introduces you to an
employer...It lets him/her know who you are and what you can do.
A perfect resume highlights the skills you possess that are relevant to the job. A.
resume can follow a variety of styles and formats, but most contain the same basic
information:
1. Identifying Information: This section includes basic contact information,
including your name, mailing address, phone number, and email address.
2. Objective: This is really just a brief description of your immediate career goals.
The key is to keep it short and concise and to make it relevant to the job for
which you are applying. If your objective is vague, leave it out.
3. Education: This section details your past and current educational endeavors. List
degrees, diplomas, or certificates you have earned or are working on. Start with
the most recent facts and work your way back. Include the , name of the school,
degree major, date of graduation, and honors or academic accomplishments.
4. Work Experience: This is a summary of your work experience. List your most
recent or current job first and work your way back. Include your job title, the
name and location of the organization, and the dates you worked. Describe your
job duties and accomplishments briefly using strong action verbs. Military,
intern, and volunteer experiences may be included here or detailed in another
section.
5. Volunteer Experience: If you have done a lot of volunteer work, list it in its own
section. Include where you volunteered and briefly describe what you did and
when you did it.
6. Interests and Extracurricular Activities: This section can be used to highlight
skills that were not gained through work or education, but are relevant to the job
for which you are applying. These may include leadership or teamwork skills
you picked up through professional clubs, academic teams, or organized sports.
7. Skills: Use this to highlight special skills you possess that are directly related to
the job for which you are applying. This is a good place to detail your computer
experience and list the programs you are familiar with.
8. References: This is always the last section of your resume, but references need
not actually be included in the resume itself.
36. According to the writer, a resume is much more important than a letter of
application.
a. True b. False c.No information
37. All resume have the same style and contents
a. True b. False c. No information
38. In a resume, your recent events must appear after the past ones,
a. True b: False c. No information
39. Your volunteer experience and extracurricular should be jotted down in your
resume.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. All resume must include all references that you have,
a. True b. False c. No information

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


After your letter of application and resume, the interview is your best opportunity
to (41) … the employer regardless of your background and experience. To do this, use
every possible strategy to develop (42) … interviewing skills. The best way is to
prepare a selective presentation of your background, thoughtful answers to potential
interview questions, well-researched questions about the organization, and an effective
strategy to introduce yourself. You should also consider your career goals and what
the available job offers (43) … you can discuss both of these topics with employers.
Interviewing is a skill that improves and (44) … easier with practice.
It is to your advantage to carefully research the job and the organization.
There are many (45) … to do this. You can ask for printed materials from the
employer, such as annual reports and job descriptions. This is an entirely (46) …
request, so do not hesitate to make it. Use your library and career center resources.
Ask colleagues, friends, and faculty about the organization, and about any personal
contacts at the organization they might have. Look, at the organization’s home page.
Knowing about the job will help you prepare a (47) … of your qualifications so that
you can show, point by point, why you
the best (48) …
Prepare a clear answer to each of the questions in the interview questions section.
Practice answering questions with a friend, or (49) … front of a mirror. Ask your
friend to give you constructive criticism on your speaking style, mannerisms, and
gestures. As you practice, avoid colloquialisms, such as '‘like” and you know. It is (50)
… to prepare yourself for talking with complete strangers.
41. a. impress b. press c. pressure d. regard
42. a. effect b. effective c. effectiveness d. effectively
43. a. that b. so as to c. so that d. because
44. a. comes b. lets c. makes d. becomes
45. a. ways b. practices c. drills d. forms
46. a. exact b. accurate c. proper d. correct
47. a. part b. list c. line d. sum
48. a. employer b. interviewer c. manager d. candidate
49. a. in b. on c. for d. at
50. a. thrilling b. exciting c. important d. unnecessary

TEST YOURSELF B
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. An “A-level” in Mathematics or a/ an … qualification, is normally required
a. equal b. same c. equivalent d. like
7. At the age of sixteen he … for a place at the University of Harvard.
a. expected b. submitted c. required d. qualified
8. GCSEs are often a requirement for taking A-levels, a common type of university …
requirement.
a. entrance b. enclose c. attendance d. assessment
9. GCSE courses are … in avariety of subjects, which are usually decided by the
students themselves.
a. spent b. taken c. made d. looked
10. GCSEs are not compulsory, but they are the most common qualification taken by
14-16-year-old students.
a. specialized b. fulfilled c. required d. applied
11. Secondary education is the … of education following primary school.
a. stage b. step c. level d. standard
12. Then he’ll know exactly what’s required … him.
a. of b. in c. with d. for
13. That language center has a wide variety … subjects for you to choose.
a. at b. upon c. of d. about
14. I admired him for being so confident … his age.
a. for b. at c. in d. on
15. She is a slow student. She seems to be unable to concentrate on anything in …
a. particular b. particularly c. particularity d. particularize
16. You should find a job to live … from your parents.
a. dependence b. independence c. independent d. independently
17. Those who do well on the test clearly have the … fluency.
a. require b. requirement c. requisite d. requiring
18. Most … students in … UK prepare carefully for A-level exams.
a. the / 0 b. 0 / the c. 0 / an d. the / an
19. Where is Peter? - He is at … school.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
20. … with my previous job, I would have won a higher promotion and I … in this
unfortunate position now.
a. Unless 1 had stayed lain not b. If I stayed / would not be
c. If had I stayed / will not be d. Had I stayed / would not be
21. If they … downthat old opera house, we would not have any historical architecture
left in the city.
a. tear b. tore c. torn d. were torn
22. I can’t stand him. If he … , I will quit.
a. is. employed b. employed
c. were employed d. had employed
23. Without my parents’ support, I … my overseas study.
a. will not complete b. did not complete
c. had not completed d. would not have completed
24. … at home, I would enjoy my favourite show.
a. Suppose I am b.Unless were I c. Were I d. If were I
25. The man and his dogs … were buriedin the demolished building after the
earthquake have just been rescued safely.
a. which b. who c. that d. whom
26. Since the global industrialization, the number of animal species … have become
extinct or nearly extinct has increased.
a. which b. when c. why d. whose
27. Of my students, Betty is the only one … has found a good job.
a. where b. that c. which d. whose
28. Have you ever visited New York harbor … the famous Statue of Liberty stands?
a. on where b. that c. on that d. where
29. Tell me the day … you want to leave.
a. which b. when c. in that d. where
30. That is the place … there used to be a monument.
a. where b. that c. why d. for which

Read the two passages carefully and choose the correct answer.
There is no age requirement for admission to Cambridge University, although the
vast: majority of undergraduates are 18 years or older when they come into residence.
All applicants will need to demonstrate that they have the maturity and personal skills
to cope with university level study. A student who will be over 21 on commencing a
course is classified as a mature student.
In previous years, the University has had minimum entrance requirements for all
applicants, known as matriculation requirements. These included the need for a
qualification in English, a language other than English, and a mathematical or
scientific subject. These requirements will be abolished from 2009 entry onwards.
Cambridge applicants are encouraged to study either four or five Advanced Subsidiary
(AS) levels in Year 12. Applicants taking four subjects will not be
disadvantaged compared with those taking five subjects. The university administration
would normally expect A grades in subjects which are particularly relevant to the
course a student is applying for. More challenging offers may be set to ensure that an
applicant can cope with pressure and the demands of exams.
Advanced Extension Awards (AEAs) cure based on A level subject criteria and
require no additional teaching or resources. They are designed to' challenge the most
able students and to provide opportunities for students to show logical and critical
thinking skills and a greater depth of understanding than required at A level.
36. “There is no age requirement for admission to Cambridge University” means
that ...
a. All students studying at Cambridge University must be under 18 years old
b. Any students can enter Cambridge University regardless of the age
c. Any students who are admitted to Cambridge University have to meet age
requirement
d. All Cambridge higher students must be more than 20 years old
37. To enter Cambridge University, students must be …
a. very wealthy b. under the level of university study
c. mature and personally skillful d. very intelligent
38. What is not a matriculation requirement, to enter Cambridge University?
a. A Bachelor of Art in Literature b. A language other than English
c. A qualification in English d. A mathematical or scientific subject
39. According to the third paragraph, …
a. Studying at Cambridge University is not a difficult task.
b. Examinations at Cambridge University are very difficult.
c. Students at Cambridge University do not to encounter any pressure.
d. Cambridge University does not require examinations.
40. Advanced Extension Awards (AEAs) are for … students.
a. poor b. foreign c. elderly d. good
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Here are tips that help succeed in your job interview:
Always arrive, early. If you do not know (41) … the organization is located, call for.
exact directions (42) … advance. Leave some extra time for any traffic, parking, or
(43) … events. If you are running late, call right away and let. someone know. The
best time to arrive is approximately 5-10 minutes early. Give (44) … the time to read
your resume one more time, to catch your breath, and to be ready for the interview.
Once you are at the office, treat everyone you encounter with respect. Be (45) … to
everyone as soon as you walk in the door.
Wear a professional business suit. This point should be emphasized enough.
First (46) … are extremely important in the interview process. Women should (47) …
wearing too much jewelry or make up. Men should avoid flashy suits or wearing too
much perfume. It is (48) … important that you feel comfortable. While a suit is the
standard interview attire in a business environment, if you think it is (49) … informal
environment, call before and ask. Regardless, you can never be overdressed (50) …
you are wearing a tailored suit.

41. a. why b. when c. where d. that


42. a. with b. in c. on d. for
43. a. expected b. unexpected c. unexpectedly d. expectedly
44. a. you b. your c. yours d. yourself
45. a. pleasant b. happy c. disappointed d. excited
46. a. attentions b. attendances c. impressions d. pressures^
47. a. avoid b. suggest c. enjoy d. mind
48. a. too b. also c. either d. so
49. a. a b. an c. the d. no article
50. a. as if b. why c. unless d. if

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a dose meaning to the original one.
6. He has been learning hard to prepare …the coming final exam.
a. for b. with c. on d. over
7. Assessment is commonly … form of written test.
a. on b. of c. at d. in
8. … the end of the course, the students have to take an exam on four basic skills of
the target language.
a. In b. At c. On d. For
9. The position require a BA degree or something ...
a. equivalent b, equivalently c. equivalence d. equivalences
10. Statistics indicate that depressed patients are more likely to become ill than are …
people.
a. normal b. normally c. normality d. normalize
11. They are university professors who … in the history of the Russian empire.
a. special b. specially c. specialize d.specialization
12. The purpose of secondary education is to give students common knowledge to …
for either higher education or vocational education.
a. require b. prepare c. ask d. demand
13. Secondary education in Hong Kong is largely based on the British education …
a. level b. work c. base d. system
14. In New Zealand students … secondary school at the ages from about 13 to 18.
a. do b. assess c. take d. attend
15. Secondary school in Pakistan begins from grade 9 and … for four years.
a. lasts b. spends c. requires d. prepare
16. What is your major … at university?-I learn physics.
a. assessment b. evaluation c. subject d. purpose
I7 After … the relevant A Level qualifications the student cad enter university.
a. assuming b. attaining c. meeting d. earning
18. … school is very important for … country to develop.
a. The / a b. The / 0 c.0/0 d. 0 / a
19. What time would we get there … the subway?
a. we took b. if we take
c. unless we take d. provided that we took
20. If it … an hour ago, we would have stayed inside.
a. rains b. rained c. had rained d. were raining
21. If I feel too excited to sleep, I … reading one of our reports.
a. will try b. try c. would try d. would have tried
22. If he … well on the training courses last year, he ……..offered the promotion now
a. did / were b. did f would be
c. had done / would have been d. had done / would be
23 . … I had earned English when I was at high school.
a. If b. Provided c. Unless d. If only
24 … he gets here soon, we will have to start the meeting without him.
a. Unless b. If only c. Even if d. If
25. He took me to the university …
a. he used to study b. in that he used to study
c. where he used to study d. which he used to study
26 … gets the highest grade will be awarded a scholarship.
a. Student b. Any student c. Any student who d. Any student when
27. He was the only. American representative … at the conference.
a. when we met b. we met c. where we met d. we met whom
28. My favorite month is always February … we celebrate Valentine’s Day.
a. that b. which c. in when d. in which
29. My father told me to tell him the reason …I had been home late.
a. why b. which c. for that d. for why
30. The Eiffel Tower … design was revolutionary at its time, is still a marvelous
structure.
a. which b. that c. whose d. whom

Read the two passages carefully and choose the correct answer.
The Test of English as a Foreign Language (or TOEFL for short) evaluates the
potential success of an individual to use and understand Standard American English at
a college level. It is required for non-native applicants at many English-speaking
colleges and universities. Additionally, institutions such as government agencies,
businesses or scholarship programs may require this test.
A TOEFL score is valid for two years and then is deleted from the official
database. Colleges and universities usually consider only the most recent score. The
TOEFL test is a registered trademark of Education Testing Service and is administered
worldwide.
The test was first administered in 1964 and has since been taken by nearly 20
million students. Since its introduction in late 2005, the Internet-Eased test (iBT) has
progressively replaced both the computer-based (CBT) and paper-based (PBT) tests.
The iBT has been introduced in with the United States, Canada, France, Germany, and
Italy in 2005 and the rest of the world in 2006, with test center added regularly.
Although the demand for test seats was very high, and candidates had to wait for
months, it is now possible to take the test within one to four weeks in most countries.
The four-hour test consists of four sections, each measuring mainly one of the basic
language skills (although some tasks may require multiple skills) focusing on language
used in an academic, higher-education environment. Note-taking is allowed during the
iBT. The test cannot be taken more than once a week.
36. TOEFL is required for all high school students in the US.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Students in Vietnam can take iBT since 2005.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. There are no government agencies that require TOEFL
a. True b. False c. No information
39. There are three forms of taking TOEFL
a. True b. False c. No information
40. The iBT takes four hours for each candidate to complete
a. True b. False c. No information

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


You will make the interview process easier for the employer if you prepare relevant
information about yourself. Think about how you want to present your
(41) …,experiences, education, work style, skills, and goals. Be prepared to
supplement all your answers with examples that support the statements you take. It is
also a good idea to review your resume with a critical eye and (42) … areas that an
employer might see as limitations or want further information. Think about how you
can answer difficult questions (43) … and positively, while keeping each answer brief.
An interview gives the employer a (44) … to get to know you. While you do want
to market yourself to the employer, answer each question with an honest (45) …
Never say anything negative about past experiences, employers, or courses and
professors. Always think of something positive about an experience and talk about
that. You should also be (46) … If you are genuinely interested (47) … the job, let the
interview know that.
One of the best ways to show you are keen on a job is to demonstrate that you are
researched the organization prior to the interview. You can also (48) … interest by
asking questions about the job, the organization, and its services and products. The
best way to impress an employer is to ask questions that build upon your interview
discussion. This shows you are interested and (49) … close attention-to the
interviewer. It is a good idea to prepare a few questions in advance, but an insightful
comment based on your conversation in make an even stronger statement. At the (50)
… of an interview, it is propriate for you to ask when you may expect to hear from the
employer.
41. a. pressures b. practices c. promotions d. strengths
42. a. hide b. identify c. express d. limit
43. a. sharply b. hardly c. accurately d. rightly
44. a. chance b. way c. change d. practice
45. a. expression b. respect c. response d. ability
46. a. enthusiastic b. enthusiast c. enthusiasm d. enthusiastically
47. a. on b. for c. with d. in
48. a. appear b. show c. cover d. conceal
49. a. make b. pay c. choose d. spend
50. a. final b. finish c. close d. end

UNIT 7: ECONOMIC REFORMS


TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. It is quite important … me to get on and think.
a. of b. to c. on d. with
7. If you think you may be allergic to a food or drink, eliminate it … your diet.
a. for b. without c. from d. on
8. The new policies include cutting … subsidies and, trade barriers.
a. agriculture b. agricultural c. agriculturalist d. agriculturally
9. The control of … has been carried out through measures rooted in monetarism
a. inflate b. inflationist c. inflation d. inflator
10. It is often a good idea to start with small, easily … goals.
a. achieve b. achievement c. achievable d. achiever
11. Economic reforms began in the Soviet Union in June 1985 by the Soviet leader
Mikhail Gorbachev to … the Soviet economy.
a. repair b. reproduce c. restructure d. reply
12. After more than a decade of Doi Moi or economic … the Vietnamese
Communist government has achieved diplomatic and economic links with numerous
foreign partners.
a. relation b. investment c. productivity d. renovation
13. For more than 20 years, the Vietnamese government has pursued the open- door
… and continued to woo foreign investment.
a. policy b. way; c. export d. guideline
14. After a decade of economic liberalization, Vietnam has seen a dramatic rise in
living … ,in urban areas.
a. surface b. standards c. levels d. backgrounds
15 … laws and regulations which impose restrictions on any rights should be revised
to comply with international law.
a. Domestic b. Program c. Encouraged d. Expanding
16. These new economic reforms have allowed for international … and development
in the country.
a. pay b. renovation c. investment d. opportunity
17. In 2001 … Vietnamese Communist Party approved a 10-year economic plan that
enhanced the role of the private sector while reaffirming the primacy of the state
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. It would also concomitantly attract foreign investment to Vietnam, not only from
… U.S.but also from … Europe, Asia, and other regions.
a. 0 / the b. the / the c. 0 / an d. the / 0
19 ... some German and British management styles are similar, there are many
differences between them.
a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite the fact that d. Despite
20. I could not eat … I was very hungry.
a. even though b. in spite
c. despite d. in spite the fact that
21. In spite ... the baseball game was not cancelled.
a. the rain b. of the rain
c. it was raining d. there Was a rain
22. … he had enough money, he refused to buy a new car
a In spite b. In spite of c. Despite d. Although
23 …, lie walked to the station.
a. Despite being tired b. Although to be tired
c. In spite being tired d. Despite tired
24. The children slept well, despite …
a .it was noise b. the noise c. of the noise d. noisy
25. She left, him … she still oved him
a. even if b. even though c. in spite of d. despite
26. … her lack of hard work, she was promoted.
a. In spite b. Even though c. ln spite of d. Despite of
27. … they are brothers, they do not look like.
a Although b. Even c. Despite d. In spite of
28. We are concerned with the problem of energy resources … we must also think of
our environment.
a. despite b. though c. as though d. but
29 … some Japanese, women are successful in business, the majority of Japanese
companies are run by men.
a. But b. Even if c. If d. As though
30. The teams played on in spite of the rain.
a. oven if b. if c. in case d. notwithstanding

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


Vietnam is a densely-populated, developing country that in the last 30 years has
had to recover from the ravages of war. Substantial progress was achieved from 1986
to 1997 in moving forward from an extremely low level of development and
significantly reducing poverty.
Since 2001, Vietnamese authorities have reaffirmed their, commitment to
economic liberalization and international integration. They have moved to implement
the structural reforms needed to modernize the economy and to produce more
competitive, export-driven industries.
Vietnam’s membership in the ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA) and entry into
force of the US-Vietnam Bilateral Trade Agreement in December 2001 have led to
even more rapid changes in Vietnam’s trade and economic regime. Vietnam’s exports
to the US doubled in 2002 and again in 2003.
Vietnam joined the WTO (World Trade Organization) in January 2007, following
over a decade long negotiation process. This should provide an important boost to the
economy and should help to ensure the continuation of liberalizing reforms.
Vietnam is working to create jobs to meet the challenge of a labor force that is
growing by more than one million people every year. Vietnamese authorities have
tightened monetary and fiscal policies to stem high inflation. Hanoi is targeting an
economic growth rate of 7.5- 8% during the next five years.
36. Vietnam’s economy is ...
a decreasing b. facing crisis c. developing d. backward
37. According to the Vietnam ...
a. used to be well-developed before 1986
b. Vietnam is still in extreme poverty
c. could recover from the consequences of the war soon
d. has been modernizing the economy
3S. Vietnam ...
a. does not export anything to the US
b. exported to the US in 2003 twice as much goods as in 2002
c. did not export goods to the US in 2002
d. did not export goods to the US in 2003
39 The word This refers to ...
a. Vietnam's joining the WTO b. the WTO
c. the negotiating process d. the Vietnamese economy
40. The word stem has a close meaning to ...
a. succeed b. stop
c. originate d. increase

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


Vietnam is considered a third world country, its people live (41) … poverty by the
millions. After the (42) …, Vietnam’s economy remained dominated by small-scale
production, low labor productivity, (43) … material and technological
shortfalls, and insufficient food and (44) … goods. The Doi Moi reforms that
were instated in 1986 have shed new light and added new features to the Vietnamese
economy. (45) … Vietnamese Communist Party plays a leading role in
establishing the foundations and principles of communism, mapping strategies for
economic development, setting growth targets, and (46) … reforms. Doi Moi
combined government planning with free-market incentives and (47) … the
establishment of private businesses and foreign investment, including foreign- owned
enterprises. By the late 1990s, the success of the business and agricultural
reforms ushered in under Doi Moi was evident. (48) … than 30,000 private
businesses had been created, and the economy was growing at an annual (49) … of
more than 7 percent. Farming systems research and the international development
projects are a source of new hope for the people of Vietnam. If these recent projects
are successful and Doi Moi continues on its current path the Vietnamese people may
(50) … a new standard of living. More reforms like Doi Moi need to take place in
order to create a more stable Vietnamese future.
41. a. for b. in c. on d. of
42. a. liberate b. liberation c. liberator d. liberal
43. a. application b. salary c. profession d. unemployment
44. a. consumer b. producer c. spender d. manufacturer
45. a. A b. An c. The d. 0
46. a. launching b. flying c. sending d. encouraged
47. a. found b. promised c. required d. raising
48. a. Much b. More c. As d. As more
49. a. rate b. level c. standard d. step
50. a. come b. approach c. reach d. arrive

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Economic reforms are often carried …..to promote the developing of a country.
a. out b. on c. for d. in
7. Being aware … the importance of economic reforms, the Vietnamese Communist
Party initiated an overall economic reform policy.
a. for b. at c. of d. in
8. For more than ten years, we have seen the significant … in the economy of our
country.
a. develop b. developments c. developers d. developed
9. Henry was a studious student. He needed no … to work hard.
a. encourage b. encouraging c. encouragement d. encouraged
10. During the time of economic reforms, the economy has grown … with only a few
major setbacks.
a. constant b. constantly c. constants d. constancy
11. The effect … of the new policy is that the farmer is now working for himself, and
not for the state sake.
a. legal b. common c. all d. overall
12. Considering peasants make up nearly 80% of Vietnam's population
a. specialists b. economists c. professors d. farmers
13. The Doi Moi reforms have … new possibilities in farming systems research in
Vietnam.
a. risen b. opened c. renovated d. called
14. The introduction of appropriate farming practices to Vietnam farmers can help
them achieve a higher output.
a. productivity b. renovation c. guideline d. achievement
15. This development project could be of great help to the … Vietnamese population.
a. major b. living c. rural d. domestic
16. In the South, … development concentrated on rice cultivation, and nationally,
rice and rubber were the main items of export
a. industrial b. agricultural c. mining d. textile
17. WTO accession also brings serious challenges, requiring Vietnam’s economic
sectors to open … door to increased foreign competition.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. The plan’s highest priority was to develop … agriculture.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19. Our new neighbors are quite nice … they are sometimes talkative.
a. despite b. in spite of the fact c. though d. as though
20 … of the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
a. In spite b. Despite c. But d. Although
21. In spite of his hard work he could not finish the job.
a. As hard as he work b. Despite he worked hard
c. Though he worked hard d. Although hard work
22. He went to work despite his headache.
a. nevertheless b. due to c. notwithstanding d. because of
23. Despite … we knew that he was guilty.
a. denied b. denying c. he denied d. his denial
24. Despite the fact that …, we enjoyed our trip.
a. the weather is bad b. it is a bad weather
c. the bad weather d. the weather was bad
25. Julie failed the exam … of working very hard.
a. despite b. in spite c. even if d. though
26. Tom went to work despite ...
a. that he did not feel very well b. of the fact not feeling well
c. he did not feel very well d. not feeling very well
27. Though … , they are good friends.
a. their sometimes quarrel b. to have a quarrel sometimes
c. they sometimes have a quarrel d. of having a quarrel sometimes v
28. Despite … we arrived on time.
a. the traffic b. of the traffic
c. there was heavy traffic d. of there was heavy traffic
29. John rarely sees Paul … they live in the same town.
a. notwithstanding b. despite c. in spite of d. although
30 It was very cold … she did not put on her coat.
a in case b. but c. even if d. even though
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Between 1945 and 1973, the economies of the industrialized nations of Western
Europe, Japan, and the U.S. grew fast enough to vastly improve living standards for
their residents. A similarly favorable growth was registered by some, but far
from all, of the developing or industrializing nations, in particular such thriving
Southeast Asian economies as Taiwan, Hong Kong, Singapore, and South Korea.
After the devastation of World War II, a substantial rebuilding boom, combined with
lavish flows of aid from the U.S., generated rapid growth in Western Europe and
Japan. American multinational corporations invented heavily in the rest of world.
Perhaps the most important of all, energy was plentiful and cheap.
Poor nations need aid from the rich nations in the form of capital and of
technological and organizational expertise. They also need easy access to the markets
of the industrialized nations for their manufactures and raw materials. However, the
political capacity of rich nations to respond to these needs depends greatly on their
own success in coping with inflation and unemployment. In democratic communities,
it is exceedingly difficult to generate public support for assistance to foreign countries
when average wage earners are themselves under serious financial pressure. It is no
easier politically to permit cheap foreign merchandise and materials to freely enter
American and European markets when they are viewed as the cause of unemployment
among domestic workers.
36. Japan carried out industrialization before World War II.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. After World War II, the US invested a lot in many countries,
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Vietnam got a lot of investment from the US from 1945 to 1973.
a. True b. False c, No information
39. Joining the markets of the industrialized nations is the need of many poor
countries.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. In many democratic communities, average wage earners are never under serious
financial pressure.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Vietnam’s economy expanded this year (2007) at the fastest pace since 1996,
led by manufacturing services, after the country (41) … the World Trade
Organization.
Gross domestic product (GDP) increased 8.5 percent. Foreign direct (42) …
jumped to more than $20 billion this year, from $12 billion in 2006. The government
is quite (43) … to its economic reforms. Industry and construction
account (44) … almost 42 percent of Vietnam’s GDP. Manufacturing grew 12.8
percent, construction increased 12 percent, and the hotel and restaurant (45)
expanded 12.7 percent, according to today's release.
Going forward, Vietnam has a lot of (46) … for tourism,which expects Vietnam's
economy to expand 8-5 percent in 2008. Vietnam's January (47)
to the World Trade Organization released it (48) … U-S. quotas on textile
exports and detailed market access to be given to overseas companies, helping
economic (49) … The government is targeting economic expansion of about 9 percent
next year. Vietnam is an economy with much development potential and (50) …
attractive destination for international investors.
41 a. struggled b. organized c. held d. joined
42 a. invest b. investable c. investment d. investor
43 a. committed b. excited c. called d. encouraged
44 a. over b. for c. at d. in
45 a. role b. region c. sector d. section
46 a. potential b. private c. stagnancy d. exports
47 a. walk b. path c. way d. accession
48 a. in b. at c. for d. from
49 a. grow b. growth c. grew d. grown
50 a. a b. an c. the d. 0

TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. There was a shortage … food and safe water after the flood
a. on b. with c. for d. of
7. The new measures are aimed … increasing the productivity of crops.
a. at b. over c. upon d. beyond
8. The … challenge of economic reform was to solve the problems of
motivating workers and farmers to produce a larger surplus
a. initial b. initiate. c. initiative d. initiation.
9. Since 1990, India has had high growth rates, and has emerged as one of the
wealthiest … in the developing world.
a. economics b. economies
c. economists d. economically
10. Those specialists are trying to find ways of making more … use of agricultural
land.
a. produce b. production c. productive d. productivity
11. Industry in the area consisted mostly of food-processing plants and factories …
consumer goods.
a. renovating b. initiating
c. developing d. producing
12. The government gave top … to reforming the legal system.
a. priority b. primary c. preference d. major
13. A … is money that is paid by a government or other authority in order to help an
industry or business, or to pay for a public service.
a. capital b. subsidy c. investment d. salary
14. They still remain the need for an integrated system of subsidies which will …
farmers to look after their upland environment and producing food.
a. enable b. adopt c. consume d. expand
15. Development plans were to focus equally on agriculture and industry and
investment was to favor projects that developed both … of the economy.
a. parties b. parts c. sections d. sectors
16. Despite the plan's emphasis on agricultural … , the industrial sector received a
larger share of state investment.
a. shortage b. commitment c. development d. achievement
17. Vietnam's economy, which continues to expand at … annual rate in excess of 7
percent, is one of the fastest growing in … world.
a. an / the b. 0 / a c. a / 0 d. the / a
18. Economic policy encouraged … developing of the family economy.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19 … the increase in their salaries, many French employees spend Saturday at work
a. Despite b. Even if c. Eventhough d. In spite
20 … he is the boss, he does not find solutions to problems very easily.
a. Although b. In spite of c. Notwithstanding d. Despite
21. Even if … they had to continue practicing
a. the players' soreness b. the players were sore
c. the fact that the players were sore d. it was the players' soreness
22. Gannon was a high-performing midfield linkman in spite ...
a. of he was at his age b. he was at his old age
c. of his age d. his age
23. Many Americans eat more food than they need, … they are harming their bodies
and minds by making unhealthful food choices.
a. but b. although c. though d. in spite of
24. I have not finished that report yet despite ...
a. of working overtime last night b. to work overtime last night
c. working overtime last night d. I worked overtime last night
25. Although sales fell sharply last month, we are on target for the year.
a. Even though felling sharply in sales last month
b. In spite of there was a sharp fall in sales last month
c. Despite the sharp fall in sales last month
d. Even if falling sharply in sales last month
26. Though he was appointed to a higher promotion ...
a. and he decided to quit his job. b. but he still decided to quit his job
c. but he decided to quit his job d. he decided to quit his job
27. Despite the increase in their salaries, 60 per cent of Japanese workers still spend
Saturday at work.
a. In spite of their salaries are increased
b. Although they has got the increase in their salaries
c. As their salaries have been increased
d. Even though their increasing salary
28…, he still went on working.
a. Tired as he was b. Tired although he was
c. Even if his tiredness d. Despite he was tired
29 …what I said last night. I still love you.
a. In spite b. Despite c. Even though d. Even if
30. I didn’t get the job ...
a. even as my qualifications b. in spite of I had some qualifications
c. without my qualifications d. despite my qualifications

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


In 1986 Vietnam launched a political and economic innovation campaign (Doi
Moi) that introduced reforms intended to facilitate the transition from a centralized
economy to a "socialist-oriented market economy.'’ Doi Moi combined government
planning with free-market incentives. The program abolished agricultural collectives,
removed price controls on agricultural goods, and enabled farmers to sell their goods
in the marketplace. It encouraged the establishment of private businesses and foreign
investment, including foreign-owned enterprises.
By the late 1990s, the success of the business and agricultural reforms ushered in
under Doi Moi was evident. More than 30,000 private businesses had been created,
and the economy was growing at an annual rate of more than 7 percent. From the early
1990s to 2005, poverty declined from about 50 percent to 29 percent of the population.
However, progress varied geographically, with most prosperity concentrated in urban
areas, particularly in and around Ho Chi Minh City. In general, rural areas also made
progress, as rural households living in poverty declined from 66 percent of the total in
1993 to 36 percent in 2002. By contrast, concentrations of poverty remained in certain
rural areas, particularly the northwest, north-central coast, and central highlands.
Government control of the economy and a nonconvertible currency have protected
Vietnam from what could have been a more severe impact resulting from the East
Asian financial crisis in 1997.
36. The Vietnamese Doi Moi campaign …
a. has not interfered with politics b. has focused on centralized economy
c. is not in favour of socialism d. came into being in 1986
37. From the content of the text, the readers can learn that ...
a. Vietnam used to have agricultural collectives
b. there used to be many foreign-owned enterprises before 1986 in Vietnam
c. before 1986, the Vietnamese government did not control prices on agricultural
goods
d. The Vietnamese Doi Moi Campaign has not allowed foreign-owned enterprises
38. Which rate has decreased?
a. Poverty b. population
c. Economy d. Business
39. The development Vietnam ...
a. has been equal in every part of the country
b. has focused only on. agriculture
c. is more prosperous in big cities than that in the countryside
d. is more prosperous in the countryside than that in big cities
40. According to the last paragraph, ...
a. the Vietnamese government did nothing to overcome the East Asian financial crisis
in 1997.
b. The Vietnamese economy was not affected by the East Asian financial crisis in
1997.
c. the Vietnamese government found it difficult to control the financial crisis.
d. the Vietnamese government could not protect the economy from the East Asian
financial crisis in 1997
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Economic issues have occupied people’s minds throughout the ages. Aristotle and
Plato in ancient Greece wrote about problems of wealth, property, and (41) ... Both of
them were against commerce, feeling that to live by trade was undesirable. The
Romans borrowed their economic ideas from the Greeks and showed the same
contempt for trade.
During the Middle Ages, the economic ideas of the Roman (42) … commerce as
inferior to agriculture. The development of modern nation during (43) …16th century
made many people to pay (44) … to the problem of increasing the wealth and (45) …
of individuals. The economic policy of the leaders of that time was to (46) … national
self-sufficiency. Gold and silver were regarded as an index of national power. Several
powerful countries, such as England and Spain, were trying to expand their colonies
and to (47) … the gold and silver mines from there. Many countries were always ready
to plunge into a new war for gold and silver mines. It was necessary for a nation to
keep wages low and the population large and growing. A large, ill- paid population
(48) … more goods to sell at low prices to foreigners. It also followed that the earlier
that children began to work, the better it was for their country's prosperity. One writer
had a plan for children of the poor: (49) … the children are four years old, they should
be sent to the workhouse, taught to read two hours a day, and kept fully employed the
rest of the time in any of the manufactures of the house which best suits their age, (50)
… and capacity."

41. a. medicine b. philosophy c. education d. trade


42. a. regarded b. chose c. selected d. wondered
43. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
44. a. attention b. interest c. showing d. expression
45. a. power b. powerful c. powerfully d. powered
46. a. rise b. encourage c. recover d. pull
47. a. research b. create c. invent d. exploit
48. a. invest b. restructured c. inflated d. produced
49. a. While b. When c. Although d. Since
50. a. standard b. property c. health d. wealth

UNIT 8: LIFE IN THE FUTURE


TEST 1
Unit 8 Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Many teenagers show signs of anxiety and … when being asked about their future.
a. depress b. depression c. depressing d. depressed
7. Constant … of attack makes everyday life dangerous here.
a. threat b. threaten
c. threatening d. threateningly
8. No one can predict the future exactly. Things may happen ...
a. expected b. unexpected
c. expectedly d. unexpectedly
9. Someone who is … is hopeful about the future or the success of some thing in
particular.
a. powerful b. optimistic c. stagnant d. pessimistic
10. There will be powerful network of computers which may come from a single
computing … that is worn on or in the body.
a. device b. machinery c. equipment d. Vehicle
11. A … is a spacecraft that is designed to travel into space and back to earth several
times.
a. plane b. corporation c. telecommunication d. shuttle
12. An economic … is a time when there is very little economic activity, which causes
a lot of unemployment and poverty
a. improvement b. depression c. development d. mission
13. In the future many large corporations will be wiped out and millions of jobs will
be lost.
a. companies b. services c. supermarkets d. farms
14. The more powerful weapons are, the more terrible the … is.
a. creativity b. history c. terrorism d. technology
15. The medical community continues to make progress in the fight against cancer.
a. speed b. expectation. c. improvement d. treatment
16. Let’s put off that meeting to next Monday.
a. postpone b. schedule c. arrange d. appoint
17. A nuclear station may tike risk going off due to unexpected incidents,
a. demolishing b. exploding c. developing d. running
18. She is looking … a new place to live because she does not want to depend … her
Unit 8
parents any more.
a. for / on b. after / with c. up / forward d. at / into
19. I was brought … in the countryside by my aunt after my parents had pass …
a. on / over b. for / on c. on / off d. up / away
20. Due to industrialization, we have to cope … the fact that many species are …
danger … extinction.
a. over / at / for b. at / upon / over c. for / on / with d. with / in / of
21. Boys! Put your toys ... It is time to go to bed. Don’t stay … late.
a. off / on b. away / up c. down / off d. around / for
22. She intended to quit her job to stay … home and look … her sick mother.
a. in / at b. at / after c. for / over d. up / on
23. He IS very worried … his new job because he is not quite prepared… working.
a. on / over b. to / off c. about / for d. in / at
24. Instead … petrol, cars will only run … solar energy and electricity.
a. of / on b. for / by c. in / over d. from / upon
25 She has a promising future ahead … her.
a. for b. from c. on d. of
26. What are your plans for … future?
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
27. Up to now, … space exploring still remains … very risky, complex, and expensive
endeavor.
a. the / the b. a / the c. a/0 d. 0 / a
28. Within … few years, … private space travel has gone from concept to reality.
a. 0 / an b. the / the c. the / a d. a / 0
29. With its long days, lack of … atmosphere, and wide-open spaces, … moon would
also make an ideal place to put massive solar power plants,
a. 0 / a b. an / the c. the/ a d. an / 0
30 … technology is already present in the form of computers, printers, scanners,
handheld devices, wireless technologies, and Internet connections,
a. A b. An c. The d. 0
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
In the future, genetic engineering will allow us to create the perfect human. It
will be hard to get used to. Parents will order a baby who will grow up to become
a genius or to have a Miss World appearance. Also, genetic engineering will allow
us to mix plants and animals.
As computers have advanced, they have helped us remember, calculate, organize,
and clarify. So it will become easier to deal with things, and much quicker. At a point
in a future time, some may claim that computers become about as' smart as Newton or
Einstein. More advanced computers will be able to be creative, respond to feelings in a
feeling way, develop intuition, recognize patterns, and suggest innovative alternatives.
There is a hope if we choose to take action. We can select Internet information wisely,
choose healthy computer games, limit our exposure to television commercials, and
select television programs carefully. People will be aware of the importance of
keeping active, getting outside to do more physical activities. We will also plan to
make a major sacrifice the next time we buy a car, take the bus. Everybody will be
more concerned about making environmentally friendly choices, eating healthy, and
helping build a healthier society by shopping at better stores that sell better food
Most people will be aware that a happy, loving family is a joy to be part of, and
that it is a necessary foundation for building a strong society. But it is extremely
important for our future that we maintain a healthy perspective. We need to value and
appreciate the importance of what can be achieved by loving and committed parents.
People need a strong foundation, so it is vital for our society that we encourage parents
to work.at creating love, joy, and happiness for their children in a decent, stable, and
Unit 8
productive atmosphere.
36. How many aspects of life in the future are referred in the text?
a. One b. Two c. Three d. Four
37. Which aspect is not referred in the text?
a. Education b. Genetic Engineering
c. Computers d. Family
38. The phrase to have a Miss World appearance means that ...
a. to become a Miss World b. to enter a beauty contest
c. to be intelligent d. to be beautiful
39. According to the text/in the future, ..
a. it will be difficult for us to select Internet information
b. people will prefer taking a bus to buying a car
c. food will not be sold at shops
d. TV viewers will not be able to escape from seeing a lot of advertising.
40. The last paragraph is about ...
a. family and parents’ responsibility in the future
b. children's education
c. children's health
d. how to build a strong society
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Over the next 20 to 50 years, it will become harder to tell the (41) … between the
human and the machine. All body (42) … will be replaceable. Computers will function
like the human (43) … with the ability to recognize feelings and respond in a feeling
way. They will then produce fake people. We will then be able to create a machine
duplicate of ourselves (44) … we will appear to be alive long after we are dead.
Maybe a few decades later, a way will be found to transfer our spirit, including our
(45) … and thoughts, to the new body. Then we can choose to live for as (46) … as we
want. It might be expensive. When it becomes possible to do a spirit transfer, they will
figure out (47) … to do them automatically. So we will be able, to reside within
whichever duplicate we want, whenever we want. Miniature robots will be built to
travel through your blood (48) … and repair damage. Also, larger robots will be used
when you are sick. When you have an upset stomach, you will (49) … a very small
cherry tasting robot which will travel through your stomach taking video of the mess.
It will be set up like a video game, so you can control the exploring and the selection
of images. Then you can replay the video to help a doctor (50) … your illness, or to
prove to your employer that you really were sick
41. a. variety b. change c. difference d. appearance
42. a. region b. place c. role d. parts
43. a. brain b. limb c. skull d. liver
44. a. such b. as c. so d. but
45. a. experience b. memories c. actions d. health
46. a. long b. far c. much d. soon
47. a. what b. when c. why d. how
48. a. line b. creek c. stream d. river
49. a. swallow b. chew c. vomit d. drink
50. a. notice b. diagnose c. watch d. observe

Unit 8 TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. In the future, the number of tiny but … computers you encounter every day will
number in the thousands, perhaps millions.
Unit 8
a. power b. powerful
c. powerfully d. powered
7. Advances in computing … , from processing speed to network capacity and the
internet, have revolutionized the way scientists work.
a. technology b. technological
c. technologically d. technologist
8. What will the relationship between computing and … bring us over the next 15
years?
a. science b. scientific
c. scientifically d. scientist
9. Someone who is … thinks that badthings are going to happen.
a. optimistic b. pessimistic c. threatened d. hopeful
10. Domestic chores will no longer be a burden thanks to the inventions of laborsaving
devices.
a. Official b. Household c. Schooling d. Foreign
11 … is the technology of sending signals and messages over long distances using
electronic equipment, for example by radio and telephone.
a. Telecommunication b. Telegraph
c. Multifunction d. Information technology
12. Peter was asked to … to a newspaper article making predictions for technological
progress in 10 years.
a. expect b. invent c. develop d. contribute
13. Strict … measures are in force in the capital to protect it from terrorism.
a. scientific b. normal c. transportation d. security
14. The … of the future will no longer be remedial. It will be preventive.
a. communication b. education c. medicine d. technology
15. Doctors and pharmacists have to assume … for human life.
a. responsibility b. achievement c. optimism d. aspect
16. If you have ever watched television, you have seen plenty … drug ads
a. with b. of c. for d. about
17. The space shuttle crashed and went … in flames.
a. of b. for c. over d. off
18. Elevators in tall building make the top floors accessible … everybody.
a. to b. with c. about d. at
19. While I am waiting … my bus. I often listen … music.
a. on / at b. for / to d. toward / about d. upon / in
20. Those spacecrafts are used … taking photographs … space.
a. about / through b. for / in c. of / at d. in / off
21. Will you take care … my little dog when I am … business?
a. through / away b. about / at c. for / over d. of / on
22. According … Bill, there's something wrong … my computer.
a. after / for b. on / about c. to / with d. upon / at
23. He depends … his sister … assistance.
a. to / from hi from / in c. on / for d. at / with
24. By 2015, it will be widely accepted that schools and pre-schools have …
extremely important role to play in … future of our world.
a. an / a b. an / the c. the / the d. 0 / 0
25. On … Internetand with cable television we can select information from … wide
variety of sources.
a. the/ a b. an / the c. the / 0 d. 0 / the
26. There is one … thing we can be sure: … energy will be more challenging and
more important in the future.
a. the / 0 b. the / an c. a / the d. 0 / 0
27 … Europe and Asia are coming to rely more and more on … nuclear generation.
Unit 8
a. An / a b. 0 / 0 c. The / the d. The / a
28. He usually travels to … Philadelphia by … train.
a. 0 / 0 b.the / a c. the / the d. 0 / a
29. You frequently see this kind of violence on … television.
a. a b.an c. the d. 0
30. How do we know what … universe issupposed to look like?
a. a b.an c. the d. 0
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
What happens if, or when, robots are more intelligent than us? If we are going to
start to see robots running around with personalities equivalent to human beings, in
fifteen or twenty years. It is about time that we start thinking about that now. These
machines are being developed. What will be the ultimate effect of this? Should they be
allowed to make decisions regarding the application of labour force? What form and
how intimate should human-robot relationships become? Is it a good or bad thing if
robots become our natural successors and we fade into extinction?
Today's computers operate using transistors, wires and electricity. Future computers
might use atoms, fibers and light. A new NASA-developed computing device allows
machines to work much like the brain. This technology may allow fast-thinking
machines to make decisions based on what they see. A planetary rover might use this
technology to avoid obstacles. A spacecraft might use the technology to avoid hazards
and identify a pre-selected landing site with very high precision. The device works
much like the brain, whose power comes from the complex networks of
interconnections called “synapses” between brain cells. Networks of these brain cells,
called neurons, allow humans to make instant decisions based on an observed image or
scene.
What might the world be like, if computers with the size of molecules become a
reality? There will be the types of computers that may be everywhere, but never be
seen. Bio - computers with very small size will target specific areas inside your body.
Imagine the ways that billions of tiny, powerful computers will change, our society.
36. In the future, robots will take place of the human labor force.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Human beings will be in danger of extinction due to robots' destruction
a. True b. False c. No information
38. So far, the scientists from NASA have developed machines, which work in the
same way as the brain.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. A new NASA-developed computing device can help a spacecraft avoid hazards
and identify a pre-selected landing site with very high precision.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. New computers in the future will have such a small size that they cannot he seen
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Robots are already a part of our lives. Industrial robots widely used in
manufacturing. Military and police organizations use robots to (41) … in dangerous
situations. Robots can (42) … be found from vacuuming the floors in your home to
exploring the surface of Mars.
Within a few more years a whole host of robotic adaptations will be running
many aspects of our lives. “I think in (43) … next thirty years, we are going to see a
transformation between the industrial sorts of robots to personal robots,” says Brooks
from Brooks’ company, IRobot, markets floor cleaning robots for homes.
“The advances in robotics make it clear that many household (44) … will be easily
handled by a robot in the near future,75 says Bob Christopher, who works for a robotic
technology company that is marketing a toy robot (45) … Pleo. “We have only one
child hut I could easily (46) …five or six robots in the home as well.”
Unit 8 Within the next 10 years one will be able to (47) … to lease or purchase a domestic
robot that not only does the household cleaning and prepare and serve
his meals, (48) … also can carry him to the bathtub if he cannot walk.
Demographic changes, such as a rapidly aging population and a shrinking
workforce, will drive forward the application of new (49) … There is going to be a
real pull for increasing the productivity of working age people. So there is going to be
a real push, for robotics to help people. (50) … addition it is likely that in the near
future we will see robots taking on some of the w care functions elderly, or long-term
ill people.

41. a. assist b. increase c. make d. create


42. a. so b. either c. too d. also
43. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
44. a. aspects b. chores c. works d. jobs
45. a. which called b. called c. calling d. that called
46. a. hope b. think c. imagine d. look
47. a. afford b. attain c. offer d. affect
48. a. either b. as c. and d. but
49. a. technology b. technological c. technique d- technician
50. a.. At b. In c. For d- With O'

Unit 8 TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one,
6. There is a wide … of computersin that shop for you to choose.
a. vary b. various c. variety d. variously
7. There are several places where residents face the threat of … every day.
a. terrorist b. terrorism c. terrorize d terror
8. Many people think that in some more years we will see the complete … of
newspapers and magazines due to the Internet,
a. disappear b. disappearance
c. appear d. appearing
9. A specific area of biotechnology that shows great promise for treatment and cure of
life … diseases.
a. developing b. threatening c. hoping d. fitting
10. Telecommunication is bound to have a huge influence on various aspects of our
lives.
a. depression b. technique
c. expect d. impact
11. We sometimes go away from the city to the countryside for a … of fresh air.
a. feeling b. sip c. swallow d. breath
12. The idea of building a … with human intelligence is not only ambitious but also
highly unconventional
a. robot b. corporation c. line d. road
13. Washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and dish washers are labor…. devices which
help us do housework easily and quickly.
a. improving b. making
c. saving d. employing
14. Pollution has killed half the species of fish in the river
a. taken off b. put away c. wiped out d. gone over
15. The computer allows us to work fast and …
a. efficiently b. differently c. variously d. freshly
16. They arrived … that train station late because their taxi had broken.
a. at / down b. for / off c. on / over d. on / up
17. Those workers are in difficulty because wage increases cannot keep up …
inflation.
a. with b. for c. over d. on
18. They argued … us … the problem last night, but we could not find the solution.
a. with / about / out b. on / for / off
c. upon / with / in d. to / on f up
19. Williams is working … an export company. He intends to apply … another job
because he is not satisfied … the salary.
a. in / on / at b. for / for / with c. at / out / into d. from / oil / for
20. Is Miss Wilson very fond … French food? - No, she is not used … having French
food.
a. over / with b. of / to c. off / for d. in / about
21. Look ! The tree is going to fall.
a. over b. off c. in d. out
22. I think we maybe run … natural resources some day.
a. in to b. up to c. out of d. away from
23 … whom do these English books belong?
a. Prom b. To c. For d. With
24. Thanks … the inventions … labor-saving devices, women have more free time to
take part … social work.
a. through / over / for b. bn / from / with
c. forward / for /from d. to / of / in
25. It is predicted that … computing technology will increase in value at … same time
it will decrease in cost.
a. 0 / the b. a / the c. the / a d. a / 0
26 … computers will continue to get smaller, faster and more affordable.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
27 … aspirin is recommended to many people as … good pain killer.
a. An / the b. The / 0 c. 0/a d. A / the
28. Many people believe that … human beings will never used up all … natural
resources on earth.
a. 0 / the b. the / a c. the / 0 d. a / the
29. Like other forms of … energy, natural gas may be used to heat homes cook food,
and even run … automobiles.
a. 0 / the b. an/ the c. the / an d. 0 / 0
30. I told Mom we would be … home in … hour or so.
a. the / 0 b. a / the c. 0 / an d. the / a

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


In the future, maybe all cars that run on petrol will be replaced by solar cars, which
have been around for a while, but with recent developments in solar car design and the
measurement of photovoltaic cells becoming smaller, the dream of a truly efficient
solar car is more reality than fantasy. A solar car is a vehicle powered by photovoltaic
cells, also called solar cells, which convert sunlight (light energy) into electrical
energy. As a source of energy on earth, there is nothing like the Sup: in a mere one
thousandth of one second (.001), the sun emits enough energy to fulfill our planet's
energy needs for the next 5,000 years. It is a staggering fact, and an exciting one.
Since the energy from the sun is responsible for renewable resources such as wind,
tides, and heat, solar energy seems to offer the brightest future for not only cars, but
for the entire energy crisis. Despite the appearance that solar energy may be the least
feasible among the current crop of alternative fuel propositions, new solar powered
devices and more specifically solar powered cars are beginning to be developed. How
do Solar Cars work?
Unit 8
The photo-voltaic cells absorb photons from sunlight. This action generates heat,
which the cells then convert into electrical energy and stores in an on- board battery.
This process of conversion is called the photovoltaic effect Not surprisingly, such a
vehicle has zero emissions, and is very environmentally. friendly. Unfortunately, at the
moment photovoltaic cells are extremely inefficient, yet as time progresses the
efficiency of these cells will grow. This will make solar energy and solar cars the fuel
and car of the future -a closer reality.
36. According to the text, ...
a. up to now, we have designed some solar cars
b. solar cars have been very popular for many years
c. we have not produced any solar cars yet
d. solar cars are not as much appreciated as other kinds of car
37. A solar car is supplied power from …
a. gas b. petrol c. photovoltaic cells d. electricity
38. Which can not help us to solve the problem of energy crisis?
a. wind b. tide c. the sun d. heat from the moon
39. According to the text, ...
a. no powered solar devices have been developed so far
b. besides solar car, we have also developed solar powered device
c. solar energy plans are more feasible than: wind energy plans
d. tide can supply more energy than the sun
40. The photovoltaic effect is …
a. the process of operating a solar car
b. the process of absorbing photons from the sun
c. the developing of solar cars and solar powered devices
d. the converting of heat from the sun into electricity
Unit 8
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Market trends suggest that the demand for energy resources will (41) … dramatically
over the next 25 years:
* Global demand for all energy sources is (42) … to grow by 57% over the next 25
years.
* U.S. demand for all types of energy is expected (43) … by 31% within 25 years.
* By 2030, 56% of the world's energy use will be in Asia.
* Electricity demand in the U.S. will grow by at (44) … 40% by 2032.
* New power generation equal (45) … nearly 300power plants will be needed to (46)
… electricity demand by 2030.
* Currently, 50% of U.S. electrical generation relies on coal, (47) … fossil fuel; while
85% of U.S. greenhouse gas (48) … result from energy-consuming activities
supported by fossil fuels.
If energy prices also go (49) … dramatically due to increased demand and constrained
supply, business impacts may include: Reduced profits due to high operating costs,
Decline of sales of energy-using products, and Loss of (50) … in energy intensive
businesses.

41. a. raise b. rise c. wipe d. soar


42. a. encouraged b. depended c. forecast d. broadcast
43. a. increase b. to increase c. increased d. increasing
44. a. last b. late c. less d. least
45. a. to b. at c. for d. of
46. a. see b. notice c. look d. meet
47. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
48. a. inventions b. developments c. emissions d. evolutions
49. a. over b. off c. ahead d. up
Unit 8
50. a. compete b. competitive c. competitiveness d. competitively
Unit 8
TEST YOURSELF C
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. People used to know more or less how their children would live.
a. almost b. generally c. lately d. definitely
7. Our children should be educated and trained well enough to perform the jobs of
contemporary society.
a. safe b. diagnostic c. fiction d. high-tech
8. Two thousand people are …as having cancer of the mouth every year; and 60
percent of them will die within five years.
a. regarded b. diagnosed c. checked d. killed
9. John has sent five letters to his friend but he has not received any reply.
a. information b. postscript c. letter d. answer
10. Peter is so … that he never thinks of anything bad and unsuccessful
a. optimistic b. disappointed c. pessimistic d. keen
11. In case of … you can call me at the office.
a. fiction b. automation
c. urgency d. importance
12. I sometimes read … fictions inmy spare time.
a. science b. scientific
c. scientist d. scientifically
13. … surely leads to the loss of many factory jobs.
a. Automatic b. Automation
c. Automate d. Automatically
14. We needed some more money for the … work and Peter promised to help us.
a. prepare b. preparation
c. preparatory d. prepared
15. I cannot really imagine what … world will be like.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
16 … United States is … world’s biggest consumer of energy.
a. The / the b. 0 / a c. An / the d. The / 0
17. Miss Linda speaks … Chinese very well although she is from … UK.
a. the / 0 b. a / 0 c. the / an d. 0 / the
18. We sometimes have … pizza for … lunch.
a. the / a b. 0/ 0 c. a / the d. the / the
19. Which is … highest mountain in the world?
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
20. She had not studied well, … fortunately she passed the final exam.
a. although b. but c. despite d. in spite of
21 … we have worked overtime for weeks, we have not completed the project.
a. In spite of b. Even though the fact that
c. Despite d. Despite the fact that
22. Although she has live in London for three years, …
a. but she cannot speak English b. she cannot speak English
c. but cannot speak English d. and cannot speak English
23. In spite … his did not get the highest grade in the final exam.
a. of his intelligence b. he was intelligent
c. his intelligence d. of he was intelligent
24. We had the school picnic ...
a. even though the rain b. despite of the rain
c. although it raining d. in spite of the rain
25. She looked … to see who was going … her.
a. round / after b. up / off c. at / to d. for / with
Unit 8
26. She is a friendly girl who gets … everyone she meets.
a. out of b. on with c. away from d. into
27. 1 had my sister take care … my children while I was … business
a. with / for b. in / away c. for / in d. of / on
28. He took a lot of interest … our work and he promised to help us … any troubles.
a. in / with b. for / on c. about / at d. for /from
29. Are you very familiar … that new device?
a. upon b. over c. with d. for
30. According … the US Census Bureau the world’s population will reach 7.6 billion
people by 2020.
a. to b. in c. for d. through
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Consider activities that most take for granted, particularly those who live in
industrialized nations: drinking a glass of water; driving a car or traveling by mass
transportation; living in a decent house or apartment; using modem household
appliances; using tools to build, fix and repair; even breathing fresh air. These
activities improve our quality of life. Have you considered that to do all of the above
requires the availability of natural resources, whether used as raw materials or in
finished products?
The United Nations predicts that the global population will increase from the
present 6.65 billion to 7.95 billion by the year 2025. At the same time, the world is
becoming more prosperous. The average person is consuming more food, water,
energy and metals. Multiple millions in nations that were once poor are now moving
into the middle class. They are driving cars, acquiring household appliances, using
electronic gadgets and adopting high-protein diets, similar to Western industrialized
nations. The subject of natural resources has been in the news for years. The media has
long reported that the world’s supply of oil, minerals, fresh water, and lumber are in
danger of running out. Yet very few people take this seriously.
Within the next 50 years, the world's population is projected to rise by 40%. This
growth, coupled with increasing industrialization and urbanization, will result in
greater demand for water. Water will become much scarcer. The United Nations
figures suggest that there are around 800 potential conflicts over water all over the
world. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), about one-sixth of the
world’s population lacks access to clean water, while 40% are without access to proper
sanitation services.
36. Which future problems are referred in the text?
a industrialization and transportation b. natural resources and water
c. household appliances and food d. cars and tools
37. The first paragraph means that ...
a. all things that make our lives convenient and comfortable need natural resources
b. people who live in industrialized countries travel everywhere by car
c. people can enjoy more and more fresh air in the future
d. we need more finished products than raw materials
38. According to the second paragraph, ...
a. population will decrease
b. many people will become poorer
c. people use more food and energy
d. there will be no poor people
39. Natural resources ...
a. will never be used up
b. have not ever been mentioned by the media
c. have been the subject of the media for many years
d. are being renovated
40. According to the text, …
a. industrialization and urbanization have greater demand for water
b. clean water is always available for everybody ail the time
c. we will find more and more sources of safe water
d. everybody on earth will be supplied enough safe water in the future
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Robots already have a (41) … role in-medicine. Robots are helping doctors achieve
more (42) … in the operating room, performing safer, less invasive techniques. For
example, The Da Vinci Surgical System by Intuitive Surgical helps simplify complex
procedures, and lets surgeons work through much smaller incisions, thus making
patient (43) … easier and quicker.
Advances in bio-robotics are leading to even more and more applications in
surgery (44) … robots have the potential to perform better than human surgeons in
certain respects.
The pace of technological change is rapid, and it is easily possible to foresee a time
(45) … robots will become our teachers, policemen and even s soldiers.
Robots will be better soldiers than humans. They can strictly (46) … the rules of
engagement, codes, of conduct, and war protocols (47) … better
than more passionate humans, resulting (48) … a reduction of war crimes.
Most robots in the future will do jobs which are the sorts of things that people used
to do. They will take away a lot of the mundane physical jobs certainly.
Some (49) ... predict that it is not just manual jobs that will be replaced. The more
advanced the technology becomes, the more it forces us to (50) … on those things that
are fundamentally human.
41. a. pessimistic b. disappointed c. significant d. minor
42. a. difficulty b. mistake c. precision d. decision
43. a. recovery b. discovery c. illness d. diseases
44. a. although b. because c. if d. however
45. a. when b. which c. that d. where
46. a. chase b. pursue c. admit d. follow
47. a. more b. many c. as d. much
48. a. for b. in c. with d. about
49. a. managers b. agriculturalists c. experts d. runners
50. a. look b. spend c. focus d. achieve

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. He analyzed our country's economic problems profoundly. He must be a/an ...
a. fiction writer b. expert c. messenger d. scientist
7. We can take our photographs with a ...
a labor-saving device b. computer c. camera d. screen
8. Economic … are very necessary in a certain time to help develop a country.
a. reforms b.transformations
c. changes d. conversion
9. … refers to books and stories about imaginary people and events, rather than books
about real people or events?
a. Science b. Fiction c. Reference d. Dictionary
10. He … of being a famous journalist, but he is not really keen- on learning.
a. daydreams b. prepares c. chooses d. needs
11. I did not have enough lexical knowledge to … that article from Vietnamese into
English.
a. translate b. convert c. transmit d. reform
12. He fixed his eyes to the computer … without paying attention to what happened
around.
a. slide b. curtain c. layer d. screen
13. Those books are necessary for your thesis. They are really ...
a. inform b. information
c. informer d. informative
14. The Japanese are … at lowering manufacturing costs.
a. expert b. expertise c. expertly d. expertises
15. After a nature disaster, there is always an … need for food and water.
a. urgent b. urge c. urgently d. urgency
16. I am still not accustomed … the weather in London. Except ….weather I like
everything there.
a. up / over b. on / with c. to / for d. with / from
17. I’ll be ready to leave … about twenty minutes. Please come and pick me ….to the
station.
a. away / toward b. in / up c. for / on d. at / out
18. Computers have had a great effect … our lives sinceits appearance.
a. on b. at c. for d. to
19. Don’t keep shouting … me. I hate it.
a. in b. for c. with d. at
20. What’s the matter … you? You look pale and tired?
a. on b. with c. for d. upon
21. We are tired … doing the same work day after day.
a. of b. up c. for d. over
22 … the plane took off late, we still reached our destination on time
a. Though b. In spite c. Despite d. As though
23. He had a terrible cold … he insisted on going swimming.
a. despite b. although c. in spite of d. but
24 … I became a millionaire, 1 would carry on working.
a. Even though b. Despite of c. In spite d. Although that
25 … , he managed to complete the race.
a. In spite he was severely hurt b. Despite he was severely hurt
c. Even though being severely hurt d. Despite being severely hurt
26. In spite … , we understood most of what he was saying.
a. of he was lisping b. his lisp c. of his lisp d. he was lisping
27. Mary is … independent woman with … wise and … enthusiasm
a. an/0/0 b. a / the / the c. the/a/an d. 0 / a / the
28. One of … students said,“… professor is late today”
a. the / A b. the / The c. 0 / A d. a / 0
29. Peter likes to play … volleyball, but he is not … good player
a. the / 0 b. 0 / a c. the/ the d. a / the
30. My daughter is learning to play … violin at … school
a. the / a b. a/ the c. the / 0 d. 0 / the
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Computer and telecommunications are already giving us access to large amounts of
information. They are increasing our brain power. As computers become more
powerful they will grow more intelligent. There seems no reason why machines should
not become more intelligent than people in the future. Computers will start to design
and build other computers. They will then be able to evolve. There will then be two
forms of “life”. Many thousands of years in the future there might be competition for
power between computers and life. Which will win?
Well, computers certainly have many advantages over life. They can
• process large amounts of information quickly
• be switched off for years, then start to work perfectly when they are switched back
on
• be made very small, and control tiny machines
• work together in networks to solve big problems Furthermore
• Electronics is much simpler than life's chemistry and does not need liquid water.
• Unlike animals, which rely on plants to turn sunlight into chemical energy.
semiconductors (the material that computers are made from) can turn sunlight
directly into electricity.
When you compare computers to people the advantages are even more obvious.
• Computers do not have the instincts to fight which people seem to have.
• It takes only a few seconds to load a program into a computer but years to educate a
human. %
• When computers get out of date their information can be passed to new computers,
but when people get old and die all their knowledge is lost.
For all these reasons computers are believed to be more successful and important
than life many thousands of years in the future. It will be computers, not people, to
colonize the other planets and explore the Galaxy. Life will be left behind on Earth, as
a treasured relic of where computers came from. However it is possible that computers
and life might merge to make a new, even more powerful form of intelligent being.
36 In the future, mankind and computers will have a serious war for survival.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. A computer can design and build other ones.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Computers will have instincts to fight as human beings do.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. If a computer has not been used for a long time, all data will lose.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. Computers will explore the universe,
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase
If you think that life in 2030 sounds unrealistic, consider this: how many people in
1985 thought that computers and mobile phones could (41) … such a central role in
our lives today or that children would be gaining on the Internet. No one can
accurately (42) … the future. One thing is certain: the rapid change that we have seen
since the 1980s will not slow down. It will speed (43) … so much that, in some ways,
our lives in 2030 will be unrecognizable today.
It is predicted that one billion people will be 65 (44) … older by 2030. Japanese
scientists are already developing robots to (45) … alter the elderly, and robots will be
a permanent (46) … of everyday life all across Europe. People in 2030 will routinely
reach the (47) … of 130. The weather in 2030 is likely to be extreme, but the solution
to the energy crisis will be to harness natural clean energy sources, such (48) … solar,
hydro, wind and geothermal. The internet will have developed into a “super combined
web” which is always on and always (49) ... It is also explained that some aspects of
daily life in 2030 will seem very (50) … to today. We will still live in houses and
apartments, although they will be much more energy efficient. Children will still go to
school, but will be aided by virtual learning.
41. a. enjoy b. play c. take d. do
42. a. diagnose b. prefer c. tell d. predict
43. a. up b. on c. over d. above
44. a. and b. but c. or d. nor
45. a. look b. take c. follow d. run
46. a. human b. feature c. personality d. character
47. a. old b. elder c. aging d. age
48. a. as to b. as many as c. more d. as
49. a. contacted b. stuck c. connected d. attached
50. a. familiar b. similar c. different d. fond

UNIT 9: DESERTS
TEST 1

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the


underlined part, or has a dose meaning to the original one.
6. … Sahara of …..Africa is the world’s largest desert.
a. 0 / the b. The / 0 c. A / an d. The / an
7. Deserts can be defined as areas that receive … average annual precipitation of less
than 250 mm.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
8. The Sahara contains complex linear dunes that are … by almost 6 kilometers.
a. developed b. separated c. lay d. located
9. A … is a landscape or region that receives very little precipitation.
a. dune b. desert c. sandy area d. shrub land
10. Deserts are often composed of … and rocky surfaces.
a. water b. trees c. oil d. sand
11. Three great stretches of sandy deserts almost circle the center of Australia.
a. dunes b. valleys c. lands d. areas
12. Deserts are also classified by their … location and dominant weather pattern.
a. geographical b. aerial c. sandy d. facial
13.Thanks to pictures taken by satellites, deserts have not … a mystery in our time.
a. hidden b. intended c. remained d. attained
14. Deserts take … one-third of the Earth's land surface.
a. up b. on c. over d. after
15. The Simpson Desert was named … Mr. Simpson, President of the South
Australian Branch of the Royal Geographical Society of Australia.
a. with b. at c. after d. for
16. In 1953, Peveril Meigs divided desert regions … Earth … three categories
according to the amount of precipitation they received.
a. through / in b. from / with c. on / into d. in / for
17. More and more … are very excited at discovering as many interesting things in the
deserts as possible:
a. explores b. explorations
c. explorers d. exploratory
18. Can you make a … estimate of how much our expedition in the desert may be?
a. rough b. roughly c. roughing d. roughen
19. After Peter had returned from the Sahara desert, be was confined to bed by a …
disease.
a. mystery b. mysterious c. mysteriously d. mysteriousness
20. I want to work as an interpreter in the future, … I am studying Russian at
university.
a. but b. so c. however d. therefore
21. I am going shopping for food this evening … I do not have to go at the weekend.
a. so b. but c. however d. moreover
22. When she got the news from her family, she could not do anything, … cry.
a. but b. and c. so d. however
23. Mrs. Lindon has …..that she is unable to get a job
a. but not enough education b. so little education
c. however little education d. such little education
24. That small car, … , is advertisedin many current magazines.
a. so inexpensive and comfortable
Unit 9
b. however inexpensive and comfortable
c. inexpensive but comfortable
d. and inexpensive but comfortable
25. We live in the same building … we have hardly seen each other
a. and b. therefore c. but d. so
26. I went to buy a Rolling Stones CD … the shop didn't have it.
a. and b. but c. therefore d. so
27. Anna needed some money, … she took a part-time job.
a. furthermore b. moreover c. however d. therefore
28. Julie has a guitar … she plays it really well.
a. and b. so c. but d. therefore
29. My fingers were injured … my sister had to write the note for me.
a. and b. however c. so d. but
30. The concert was cancelled … we went to a nightclub instead
a. so b. however c. so on d. but
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
A desert is a hostile, potentially deadly environment for unprepared humans.
In hot deserts, high temperatures cause rapid loss of water due to sweating, and the
absence of water sources with which to replenish it can result in dehydration and death
within a few days. In addition, unprotected humans are also at risk from heatstroke.
Humans may also have to adapt to sandstorms in some deserts, not just in their
adverse effects on respiratory systems and eyes, but also in their potentially harmful
effects on equipment such as filters, vehicles and communication equipment.
Sandstorms can last for hours, sometimes even days.
Despite this, some cultures have made hot deserts their home for thousands of
years, including the Bedouin, Tuareg tribe, and Pueblo people. Modern technology,
including advanced irrigation systems, desalinization and air conditioning, has made
deserts much more hospitable. In the United States and Israel for example, desert
farming has found extensive use.
In cold deserts, hypothermia and frostbite are the chief hazards, as well as
dehydration in the absence of a source of heat to melt ice for drinking. Falling through
pack-ice or surface ice layers into freezing water is a particular danger requiring
emergency action to prevent rapid hypothermia. Starvation is also a hazard; in low
temperatures the body requires much more food energy to maintain body heat and to
move. As with hot deserts, some people such as the Inuit have adapted to the harsh
conditions of cold deserts.
36. The text is about ...
a. troubles that human beings have to face in a desert
b. dessert storms and desert inhabitants
c. hot deserts and cold deserts in the United States
d. desert hospitality and environment
37. Which is not a problem for an unprepared man in a hot desert?
a. sandstorm b. loss of water c. irrigation d. heatstroke
38. Sandstorms ...
a. do no harm to machinery
b. have effects only on the eyes
c. never lasts more than one hour
d. have bad effects on both human beings and machinery
39. Which sentence is true?
a. No one can survive in both hot and cold deserts.
b. Modern technology makes deserts more hospitable.
c. In the United States, all deserts are quite uninhabited.
d. There are no deserts in Israel.
40. Which is not a problem in cold deserts?
a. Starvation b. Hypothermia c. Frostbite d. Body heat
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Desert biomes are the (41) … of all the biomes. In fact, the most important
characteristic of a desert is that it receives very little (42) ... Most deserts receive less
than 300 mm a year compared (43) ... rain forests, which receive over 2,000 mm. That
means that the desert only gets 10 percent of the rain that a rainforest gets! The
temperature in the desert can (44) … drastically from day to night because the air is
(45) … dry that heat escapes rapidly at night. The daytime temperature averages 38°C
(46) … in some deserts it can get down to -4°C at night. The temperature also varies
greatly depending on the (47) … of the desert.
Since desert conditions are so severe, the plants that live there need to have …(48)...to
compensate for the lack of water. Some plants, such as cacti, (49) … water in their
stems and use it very slowly, while others like bushes conserve water by growing
few leaves or by having large root systems to gather water or few leaves. Some
desert plant species have a short life cycle of a few weeks that (50) … only during
periods of rain.
41. a. coldest b. hottest c. driest d. wettest
42. a. rain b. rainfall c. raindrop d. raincoat
43. a with b. for c. about d. in
44. a. change b. exchange c. transform d. transfer
45. a. such as b. such c. so much d. so
46. a. when b. while c. as d. because
47. a. part b. region c. area d. location
48. a. adaptations b. agreements c. accepts d. achievements
49. a. place b. put c. store d. hold
50. a. spend b. take c. Last d. experience

Unit 9 TEST 2

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the -


underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. The Simpson Desert is in … north of … Lake Eyre.
a.0/0 b. the / the c.a/ the d. the / 0
7. Cold deserts can be covered in … snow or ice and frozen water is unavailable to
plant life.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
8. In the northern part of the Simpson Desert, the dunes are separated by … of low
open shrubland:
a. streets b. ways c. corridors d.lines
9. San Francisco is built on 40 hills and some are very ...
a. short b. steep c. plain d. stable
10. A … is a small raised area of ground, like a very small hill.
a. slope b. hummock c. dune d. shrub
11. We used to climb up the crest of the hill to get a good view of the surroundings.
a. top b. foot c. middle d. face
12. To … a desert is a danger activity which requires careful preparation for risks.
a. comprise b. circle c. remain d. explore
13. Scientific … help to explore some places and discover more and more remote parts
of the world.
a. survey b. lead c. research d. expedition
14. The wind that blows in the desert comes … far away waters.
a. for b. with c. in d. from
Unit 9
15. Some sand dunes may be over 200 meters … height
a. with b. at c. on d. in
16. If you look on a map you will see that there is a desert next … the Rocky
Mountains in the United States.
a. of b. to c. with. d. for
17. … is the process by which a piece of land becomes dry, empty, and unsuitable for
growing trees or crops on.
a. desert b. deserted c. desertify d. desertification
18. Several … advanced countries have had plans to make desert more hospitable.
a. science b. scientific c. scientifically d. scientist
19. The desert biome includes the hottest places in the world because it absorbs
more … from the sun than land in humid climates do.
a. heat. b. hot c. hotly d. heating
20. Many people have law degrees, …
a. but some of them do not practice it
b. however it is not practiced by all
c. so some are not practicing law
d. but not all of them practice law
21. This is an expensive … very useful book.
a. but b. so c. therefore d. however
22 … long it takes, I will wait for you.
a. However b. But c. So d. Therefore
23. I must say that you have done very well. …,you should be aware that you still have
a lot of thing to learn.
a. Therefore b. So c. But d. However
24 …. That we stopped for a rest.
a. But we were tired b. So tired were we
c. However we were tired d. Therefore, we were tired
25. He is only sixteen, and … he is not eligible to drive a car.
a. nevertheless b. but c. therefore d. however
26. Maria tried to read a novel in French … the book was too difficult for her to
understand.
a. so that b.therefore c. but d. and
27. To get from Vancouver to Victoria, you can fly, … you can ride the ferry.
a. or b. but c. so d. however
28. I bought a bottle of wine …." we drank it together.
a. therefore b. so c. and d. but
29. The waiter was not very Wee, … , the food was delicious.
a. however b: but c. so d. and so
30 … hard he worked, he could earn enough money to support the family.
a. But b.However c. Therefore d. Whatever
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Approximately one-third of the Earth’s land surface is. desert, arid land with
meager rainfall that supports only sparse vegetation and a limited population of people
and animals. Deserts have been portrayed as fascinating environments of adventure
and exploration. These arid regions are called deserts because they are dry. They may
be hot. They may be cold. They may be regions of sand or vast areas of rocks with
occasional plants.
Deserts are natural laboratories in which to study the interactions of wind and
sometimes water on the arid surfaces of planets. They contain valuable mineral
deposits that were formed in the arid environment or that were exposed by erosion.
Because deserts are dry, they are ideal places for human artifacts and fossils to be
preserved. Deserts are also fragile environments. The misuse of these lands is a serious
and growing problem in parts of our world.
Unit 9
There are many animals in the desert. Some are very large, like the kangaroo or the
gazelle. Both are big and have to travel long distances for water at a spring, or an
oasis. Another fairly large animal is the addax. The addax is a desert antelope. They
live in the Sahara Desert. All addaxes are herbivores. There are less than 200 of them
left because of hunting and tourists. Some animals crawl along. Examples of these are
snakes and lizards. Snakes rarely drink water; they get their moisture from other prey
that they eat. So do others, like the kangaroo rat. Lizards are commonly found in the
desert. They stay out of the sun and move as little as possible. There are also other
animals in the desert. The fennec lives in northern Africa in the Sahara Desert. They
are a relative of the fox. They eat mice, small birds, lizards, and insects. When
necessary, they will eat fruit. One more desert: animal is the jerboa. The jerboa is a
small, long distance jumper that lives in the desert. They are free drinking animals and
they eat plants, seeds, and bugs.
36. Deserts ...
a. are rare in the world b. are more and more populous
c. are all hot all the time d. may be both hot and cold
37. The word They refers to ...
a. deserts b. natural laboratories c. planets d. mineral deposits
38. Which is not true about deserts?
a. arid b. hot c.humid d. dry
39. According to the second paragraph, …
a. we should use desert land properly to avoid serious problems
b we can exploit as much fossil as possible in deserts
c. there are no erosion in deserts
d. deserts are ideal places for growing land
40. The last paragraph expresses that ...
a. none of animals can survive in deserts
b. hunting and tourists cause the decreasing of addaxes in the Sahara Desert.
c. snakes in deserts need more water than any other species
d. addaxes are the most populous species in deserts
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Most traditional human life in deserts is nomadic. It (41) … in hot deserts on finding
water, and on following infrequent rains to (42) … grazing for livestock. In cold
deserts, it depends on finding good hunting and fishing grounds, on sheltering from
blizzards and winter (43) … , and on storing enough food for winter. Permanent
settlement in both kinds of deserts requires permanent water, food sources and
adequate shelter, or the technology rind energy sources to (44) … it.
Many deserts are flat and featureless, lacking landmarks, or composed of repeating
landforms such as sand (45) … or the jumbled ice-fields of glaciers. Advanced skills
or devices are required to navigate through such landscapes and (46) … travelers may
die when supplies run (47) … after becoming lost. In addition, sandstorms or blizzards
may cause disorientation in severely-reduced visibility.
The (48) … represented by wild animals indeserts has featured in explorers’ accounts
but does not cause higher (49) … of death than in other environments such as
rainforests or savanna woodland, and generally does not affect human distribution.
Defense against polar bears may be advisable in some areas of the Arctic. Precautions
against snakes and scorpions in choosing (50) … at which to camp in some hot deserts
should be taken.
41. a. locates b. selects c. follows d. depends
42. a. earn b. demand c. obtain d. require
43. a. extremes b. poles c. tops d. heights
44. a. grow b. supply c. comfort d. bring
45. a. dunes b. piles c. valleys d. stores
Unit 9
46. a. inconsistent b. incapable c. inexperienced d. independent
47. a. of b. out c. in d. over
48. a. danger b. dangerous c. endanger d. endangered
49. a. level b. rate c. scale d. standard
50. a. sight b. lies c. sites d. seats

TEST 3
Choose a, bf c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. … sand cover sonly about 20 percent of Earth's deserts.
a. A b. An c. The d. 0

7. Deserts have … reputation for supporting very little life, but in ….reality deserts
often have high biodiversity
a. a / 0 b. the f the c. a / the d. the / a
8. The hill was so … that it took us more than five hours to climb up.
a. sloping b. enormous c. arid d. stable
9. In the northern part of the Simpson Desert, the dunes are parallel.
a. mysterious b. steep
c. plenty of sand d. similar in some ways
10. Several deserts are a quite vast and uninhabited ...
a. plain b. territory c. corridor d. shrub
11. A … is a large animal that lives in deserts and is used for carrying goods and
people.
a. slope b. dune c. spinifex d. camel
12. The … of a cliff, or mountain, is a vertical surface or side of it.
a. face b. bolder c. crest d. lake
13. Most deserts are enormous sandy areas
a. mysterious b. narrow c. immense d. aerial
14. Camels were often, used … transportation by people of the desert.
a. as b. with c. to d. about
15. Camels have one or two humps used … storing water and food.
a. to b. for c. over d. at
16. Many tall and wide mountain ranges do not let much rain get … the desert.
a. into b. away c. out d. from
17. I wanted to go a more … route across Montana..
a. north b. northerly c. northerner d. northernmost
18. We often enjoy walking barefoot across the damp … to the water's edge.
a. sand b. sanding c. sandy d. sandily
19. If the deserts are … managed, theremay be troubles for scientific expeditions.
a. loose b. loosen c. loosening d. loosely
20. He told me not to do it, …,I did it.
a. Therefore b. So c. But d. However
21. We have not yet won; … , we will keep trying.
a. moreover b. however c. therefore d. so as
22. I am afraid that the company is in deep trouble … ,we are going to make some
people redundant
a. Therefore b. However c. But d. and
23. I wanted to give him some money after he helped me with the car … he absolutely
refused to accept it.
a. so b. but c. therefore d. and so
24. Everyone is ready for the discussion, … him
a. However b. but c. so d. therefore
25. … she could not say anything
Unit 9 a. so upset was she that b. so upset was she
c. however upset was she that d. therefore upset was she that
26. do it…
a. so do you want b. but as you want
c. however you want d. therefore you want
27. … you prepare for the exam, there will still be a few questions on which you won’
t be sure of the answer
a. so much as b. much but c. however much d. so much
28. the first part of the test was easy; the second …, took hours
a. therefore b. but c. so d. however
29. … I cannot keep pace with Johnny
a. so I have tried hard b. I have tried hard so
c. However hard have I tried d. However hard I have tried
30. He has done nothing to prepare for the final examination, … played
a. but b. so c. therefore d. and
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
The Sonoran Desert is a North American desert which expands part of the United
States- Mexico border and covers large parts of Arizona and California and the
Mexican states. It is one of the largest and hottest deserts in North America, with an
area of 311.000 km2
The Sonoran Desert contains a variety of unique plants and animals. The desert
includes 60 mammal species, 350 bird species, 20 amphibian species, more than 100
reptile species, 30 native fish species, and more than 2000 native plant species.
Despite the common stereotype that it does not rain in deserts, the Sonoran Desert is
considered the wettest desert in the world, receiving 3 to 14 inches per year
(depending on location in the desert)
Many plants not only survive the harsh conditions of the Sonoran Desert, but they
actually thrive. Many have evolved to have specialized adaptations to the desert
climate. The Sonoran Desert such plant from the agave family, palm family, cactus
family, legume family, and many others. This desert is the only place in the world
where the famous saguaro cactus grows in the wild
The desert is home to seventeen aboriginal American culture. The largest city in the
Sonoran Desert is Phoenix, Arizona, the USA. This metropolitan area in central
Arizona is one of the fastest- growing metropolitan areas in the United States, with a
population of 4 million. In the North Phoenix area, desert is losing ground to
development at a rate of approximately 4.000 m2 per hour. The next largest cities are
Tucson, in Southern Arizona, with a metro area population of around 900.000, and
Mexicali, Baja California, Mexico, whose municipality also has a population of
around 900.000. The municipality of Hermosillo, Sonora, Mexico has a population of
around 700.000.
36. There are more rainfalls in the Sonoran Desert than any others
a. True b. false c. No information
37. Fish cannot survive in the Sonoran Desert
a. True b. false c. No information
38. No place else in the world has famous saguaro cactus growing in the wild but the
Sonoran Desert
a. True b. false c. No information
39. There are a lot of American citizens in the Sonoran Desert
a. True b. false c. No information
40. The second largest city in the Sonoran Desert is Tucson
a. True b. false c. No information

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


The Middle East and North Africa are one of the driest regions on earth. Nearly
Unit 9
two-thirds of the region is desert. The Sahara Desert-of northern Africa is the largest
desert in the world.
Desert air (41) … little moisture, so few clouds form over the land. Without clouds
to block the sun, temperatures may reach as (42) … as 125°F during the day. At night,
without the clouds to contain the heat, the temperature can fall to as low as 125 °F.
Extreme temperatures (43) … with little rainfall make desert life difficult for
people, plants, and animals. (44) … some life forms have adapted to even the most
severe desert (45) … Camels are able to survive long periods without food or water.
Many desert plants have long, shallow (46) … systems. This allows the plants to reach
out to collect water over great distances. Other desert plants have taproots. Taproots
grow very deep (47) … they can tap sources of underground water. Plant life in the
desert is usually spread out over great distances. This is (48) … deserts are often
described as barren, or lifeless.
When many people think of a desert they often think of endless miles of hot sand,
but a desert does not have to be hot or sandy. Most of the land of the Middle East and
North Africa as hot, dry desert land, (49) … some deserts look very different. Most of
Antarctica is a desert but there is no sand on the continent and the climate of
Antarctica is (50) … coldest on earth.

41 a. contains b. comprises c. consists d. includes


42 a. much b. far c. long d. high
43 a. located b. combined c. explored d. separated
44 a. Therefore b. So c. However d. But
45 a. environment b. place c. society d. atmosphere
46 a. leave b. bark c. root d. branch
47 a. as b. because c. but d. so
48 a. what b. why c. how d. when
49 a. since b. as c. so d. but
50 a. a b. an c. the d. 0

Unit 10 UNIT 10: ENDANGERED SPECIES


TEST 1

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the


underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6 … is a branch of Natural Science, and is the study of living organ isms and how they
interact with their environment.
a. Biology b. Biological c. Biologist d. Biologically
7. A / an … species is a population of an organism/Which is at risk of becoming
extinct.
a. dangerous b. endanger c. endangered d. endangerment
8. Only a few of the many species at risk of extinction actually make it to the lists and
obtain legal ...
a. protect b. protection c. protective d. protector
9. Probability of extinction depends … both the population size and fine details of the
population demography.
a. on b. in c. from d. for
10. Many modem medicines are derived ... plants and animals
a. on b. for c. from d. in
11. 15,589 species (7,266 animal species and 8,323 plant species) are now considered
Unit 10
… risk … extinction.
a. at / of b. on / in c. for / with d. in / at
12. Internationally, 189 countries have signed … accord agreeing to create
Biodiversity Action Plans to protect endangered and other threatened species
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
13. Known worldwide by its panda logo, World Wildlife Fund (WWF) is dedicated
to protecting … world's wildlife and the rich biological diversity that
we all need to survive.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
14. WWF is … leading privately supported international conservation organization in
the world, and has sponsored more than 2,000 projects in 116 countries,
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
15. Many nations have laws offering protection to these species, such as forbidding
hunting, restricting land development or creating …
a. agencies b. reserves c. awareness d, challenges
16. Being listed as an endangered species can have negative effect since it could make
a species more desirable for collectors and poachers.
a. awareness b. preservation c. support d. impact
17. World Wide Fund for Nature was formed to do the mission of the preservation of
biological diversity, sustainable use of natural resources and the reduction of
pollution and wasteful consumption.
a. contamination b. energy c. extinction d. development
18. The Bali Tiger was declared extinct in 1937 due to hunting and habitat loss.
a. reserve b. generation c. natural environment d. diversity
19. It is found that endangered species are often concentrated in areas that are poor and
densely populated, such as much of Asia and Africa.
a. disappeared b. increased c. threatened d. reduced
20 … is the existence of a wide variety of plant and animal species living in their
natural environment.
a. Biodiversity b. Conservation c. Globe d. Individual
21. She … be ill. I have just seen her playing basketball in the school yard.
a. needn’t b. shouldn’t c. mustn’t d. can’t
22. Hiking the trail to the peak … be dangerous if you are not well prepared for
dramatic weather changes. You….. research the route a little more before you
attempt the ascent.
a. might / can b. may / mustn’t c. can / should d. must / needn’t
23. Peter has been working for 10 hours. He … be very tired now.
a. needn’t b. must c. has to d. should
24. He is unreliable. What he says … be believed.
a. cannot b. must not c. may not d. might not
25. 1 … find my own way there. You … wait for me.
a should / can’t b. have to / must c. can / needn’t d. might / mustn’t
26. I was reading the book last night before I went to bed. I never took it out of
this room. It … be lying around here somewhere. Where … it be?
a. might / needn’t b. can / should c. shouldn’t/ may d. must / can
27. When you have a small child in the house, you … leave small objects lying
around. Such objects … be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.
a. should / must b. should not / might
c. needn’t / may d. mustn’t / can’t
28. Frank’s wallet is lying on the coffee table. He … it here last night.
a. must have left b. should have left c. must be leaving d. needn’t leave
29. Jenny’s engagement ring was precious! It … have cost a fortune.
a. must b. should c. can d. needn’t
30. You … take your umbrella along with you today. It … rain later on this afternoon.
Unit 10 a. ought to / mustn’t b. needn’t / will
c. will / must d. should / might
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Species that belong to an area are s-aid to be native species. Typically, they have
been part of a given biological landscape for a long period, and they are well adapted
to the local environment and to the presence of other native species in the same
general habitat. Exotic species are interlopers, foreign elements introduced
intentionally or accidentally into new settings through human activities. In one context
an introduced species may cause no obvious problems and may, ever time, be regarded
as being just as “natural” as any native species in the same habitat. In another context,
exotics may seriously disrupt delicate ecological balances and create a cascade of
unintended consequences.
The worst of these unintended consequences arise when introduced species put
native species in destruction by preying on them, altering their habitats, or out-
competing them in the struggle for food resources. Although biological introductions
have affected environments the world over, the most destructive effects have occurred
on islands, where introduced insects, cats, pigs, rats, mongooses, and other nonnative
species have caused the grave endangerment or outright extinction of literally
hundreds of species during the past 500 years.
One of other reason to cause species extinction is overexploitation. This word
refers to the utilization of a species at a rate that is likely to cause its extreme
endangerment or outright extinction. Among many examples of severe
overexploitation, the case of the great whales stands out in special relief By the middle
of the 20th century, unrestricted whaling had brought many species of whales to
incredibly low population sizes. In response to public pressure, in 19S2 a number of
nations, including the USA, agreed to an international moratorium on whaling. As a
direct result, some whale species which are thought to have been on extinction’s
doorstep 25 years ago have made amazing comebacks, such as grey whales in the
western Pacific. Others remain at great risk. Many other species, however, continue to
suffer high rates of exploitation because of the trade in animal parts. Currently, the
demand for animal parts is centered in several parts of Asia where there is a strong
market for traditional medicines made from items like tiger bone and rhino horn.
36. Native species ....
a. are not used to the local environment
b. never get along well with other native species in the same environment
c. tend to do harm Jo exotic species
d. have been part of a given biological landscape for a long period
37. Exotic species ...
a. do no harm to native species and the local environment
b. may kill native species for food
c. always shar£ the environment peacefully with native species
d. help to make the local environment more ideal to survive
38. According to the first paragraph, ...
a. non-native species have caused badly damage to native ones
b. introducing new exotic species to local environments is necessary
c. exotic species have never been introduced on islands
d. very few native species have been damaged by exotic; species
39. According to the second paragraph, by the middle of the 20 century …
a. whale population was the most crowded in marine life
b. whale hunting was illegal
c. whale population increased dramatically
d. whaling was not restricted
40. Tiger bone and rhino horn ...
a. are not popular in Asian markets
Unit 10
b. are never in the trade of animal parts
c. are used for making traditional medicines
d. cannot be found in Asian markets
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) is an international (41) … governmental
organization for the (42) … research, and restoration of the environment. The
organization was (43) … as a charitable trust on September 11, 1961, in Morges,
Switzerland, under the name World Wildlife Fund. It was an initiative of Julian
Huxley and Max Nicholson.
It is the world's largest, independent conservation organization with over 5 million
(44) … worldwide, working in more (45) …90 countries, supporting 100 conservation
and environmental projects around the world. It is a charity, with (46) … 9% of its
funding coming from voluntary (47) … by private individuals and businesses.
The group says its mission is “to halt and reverse the (48) … of our environment”.
Currently, much of its work focuses on the conservation of three biomes that contain
most of the world's biodiversity: forests, freshwater ecosystems, and oceans and
coasts. Among other issue, it is also concerned (49) … endangered species, pollution,
and climate change. The organization (50) … more than 20 field projects worldwide.
In the last few years, the organization set up offices and operations around the world.
41. a. non b. not c. no d. nor
42. a. challenge b. keeping c. conservation d. awareness
43. a. produced b. discovered c. used d. formed
44. a. supporters b. residents c. inhabitants d. citizens
45. a. as b. than c. to d. as to
46. a. generally b. individually c. commercially d. approximately
47. a. deposits b. donations c. refunds d. loans
48. a. destroy b. destructive c. destruction d. destroyed
49. a. on b. by c. with d. upon
50. a. goes b. walks c. reaches d. runs
Unit 10
TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Almost half of turtles and tortoises are known to be threatened with ...
a. extinct b. extinction c. extinctive d. extinctly
7. Current extinction rates are at least 100 to 1,000 times higher than … rates found in
the fossil record.
a. nature b. natural c. naturally d. naturalness
8. It is reported that humans are the main reason for most species’ declines
and habitat … and degradationare the leading threats.
a. destroy b. destructive c. destructor d. destruction
9. We have to apply effective measures to save many plant and animal species …
extinction.
a. from b. in c. for d. on
10. Over-exploitation for food, pets, and medicine, pollution, and disease are
recognized … a serious threat … extinction.
a. as / of b. to / for c. over / with d. upon / at
11. Clearing forests for timber has resulted … the loss of biodiversity.
a. with b. at c. in d. for
12. Humans depend on species diversity to provide food, clean air and water and
fertile soil for agriculture.
a. destruction b. contamination c. fertilizer d. variety
13. The world’s biodiversity is declining at an unprecedented rate, which makes
wildlife …
Unit 10
dễ bị tổn thương
a. prosperous b. prefect c. vulnerable d. remained
14. Life on Earth is disappearing fast and will continue to do so unless urgent action is
taken.
ay vanishing b. damaging c. polluting d. destroying
15…. Is the protection of environment and natural resources.
a. Survival b. Commerce c. Conservation d. Extinction
16. Hunting for meat and burning forests for soil cause destruction to wildlife.
a. organization b. contamination c. protection d. damage
17. Toxic chemicals from factories are one of the serious factors that leads wildlife to
the … of extinction. hàng rào bờ vực
a. wall b. fence c. verge d. bridge
18. Species become extinct or endangered for … number of reasons, but … primary
the number...số ít
cause is the destruction of habitat by human activities. a number ...số nhièu
a. 0 / a b. a / the c. the / a d.0/0
19. Since … 1600s, worldwide overexploitation of animals for … food
and other products has caused numerous species to become extinct or endangered, a.
the / a b. the / 0 c. 0 / the d. the / the
20. I … be at the meeting by 10:00, I will probably… take a taxi if 1 want to be on
time.
a. must /have to b. may / must c. should / needn't d. mustn’t / shouldn't
21. You … forget to pay therent tomorrow. The landlord is very strict about paying on
time.
a. needn't b. mustn’t c. do not have to d. may not
22. The television isn't working. It … during the move.
a. should have been damaged b. needn’t be damaged
c. must have been damaged d. ought not be damaged
23. I am not deaf. You … shout
A. must b. mustn’t c. need d. needn't
24. John failed again. He … harder.
a. must have tried b.should have tried c.can tried d. may have tried
25 … I borrow your lighter for a minute? - Sure, no problem. Actually, you keep it if
you want to.
a. May / can b. Must / might
c. Will / should d. Might / needn’t
26. I do not mind at all. You … apologize.
a. shouldn’t b. needn't c. mustn’t d. oughtn’t to
27. Teasd flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He … exhausted after such
a long flight now.
a. must be b. must be being
c. must have been d. should have been
28. The lamp … be broken. Maybe the light bulb just burned out.
a. should not b. might not c. must not d. will not
29. It is a top secret. You … tell anyone about it.
a. mustn’t b. needn't c. mightn’t d. won’t
30. We have plenty of time for doing the work. We … be hurried.
a. needn’t b. shouldn’t c. mustn’t d. mayn’t
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
We live in a dynamic world, and habitats are always undergoing changes at all
sorts of levels. However, natural changes usually occur at a slow pace so that impacts
on individual species tend to be slight - at least in the short term. When the pace of
change is greatly accelerated, there may be no time for individual species to react to
new circumstances, and the effects can be disastrous.
Briefly, this is the reason rapid habitat loss is regarded as the chief cause of species
endangerment, and there is no force more powerful in this regard than human being.
Unit 10
To some extent, every part of the earth has been affected by human activities,
especially during this past century. This applies on virtually every scale, from the loss
of microbes in soils that once supported tropical forests, to the extinction of fish and
other aquatic species in polluted freshwater habitats, to changes in global climate
caused by the release of greenhouse gases.
From the perspective of an individual human lifetime, such changes may be hard
to detect and their effects on individual species may be hard to predict; But the lesson
is clear enough. For example, although many countries hive had plans to grow many
tropical forests, they are highly susceptible to destruction because the soils in which
they grow are poor in available nutrient Centuries may be required to bring back a
forest that was cut down or burnt out in the space of a few years. Many of the world's
severely threatened animals and plants live in such forests, and it is certain that huge
numbers of them will disappear if present rates of forest loss continue.
36. Habitats in the world are unchangeable and fixedly exist.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. All species can adapt themselves to new circumstances easily and quickly.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Human beings are the main cause that leads to rapid habitat loss,
a. True b. False c. No information
39. Many kinds of fish are also in danger, of extinction because water habitats are
polluted.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. Many countries have grown as many tropical forests as they destroyed in the past
years.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
When the word “endangered” is mentioned, people usually think of particular species,
like the panda or whooping crane. However, we would like to encourage
you to think about (41) … in a broader context. It is (42) … , the physical places
where species live and interact with one another. Although the development of special
breeding programs, also known as captive conservation, may help some species in
some cases, it is clearly not (43)… answer to the global problem! Indeed, (44) … we
are able to protect natural areas where endangered species actually live, they have no
future.
Species become endangered for a wide (45) … of reasons. By analyzing and grouping
many individual cases, however, we find the same broad causes (46) … again and
again. They are Habitat Destruction, Exotic Species, and Overexploitation. Among
other factors threatening particular species are limited distribution, disease, and
pollution. Limited distributions are often a consequence of other threats: populations
confined to one or a few small areas because of habitat (47) … for example, may be
disastrously affected by random factors. Diseases can have severe (48) … on species
lacking natural genetic protections against particular pathogens, like the rabies and
canine dis- temper viruses that are currently devastating carnivore populations in East
Africa. Domestic animals are usually the reservoirs of these and other diseases
affecting wild (49) … showing once again that human activities lie at the root of most
causes of endangerment. Pollution has seriously done harm (50)...... number of
terrestrial species, although species living in freshwater and marine ecosystems are
also suffering.
41. a. development b. endangerment c. pollution d. contamination
42. a. plants b. conservations c. habitats d. organizations
môi trường sống
43. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
44. a. so b. but c. if d. unless
45. a. variety b. commerce c. extinction d. destruction
46. a. expressing b. showing c. disappearing d. appearing
Unit 10
47. a. benefit b. reserve c. loss d. gone
48. a. impact b. interest c. infection d. absorption
49. a. needs b. populations c. natures d. medicines
50. a. to b. for c. with d. at

TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. They eventually realize that reckless … of the earth's resources can lead only to
eventual global disaster. (a) liều lĩnh
sự khai thác
a. exploit b. exploitable c. exploitation d. exploitative
7. Farmers make their soil more productive by distributing ...
a. fertile b. fertility c. fertilizers d. fertilizable
(n) môi trường sống
8. Chemical wastes from factories are … that cause serious damage to species habitat.
a. pollutes b. pollutants c. pollutions d. polluters
9. Contamination and global warming have driven many species of animals and plants
… the threat of extinction.
a. for b. to c. with d. on
10. Although we are aware … the importance of environment, we still overexploit it.
a. from b. on c. for d. of
11. They have built a particular reserve which is suitable … pandas.
a, at b. upon c. in d. for
12. We should do something immediately to conserve … nature.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
13.Everyone knows what is happening to … earth but we just do not how to stop it.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
14. Many species have become extinct each year before biologists can identify them.
a. destroy b. drain c. endanger d. discover
15. If an area is … ,all the trees there are cut down or destroyed.
a. endangered b. deforested c. contaminated d. polluted
16. Humans depend on species diversity to provide food, clean air and water, and
fertile soil for agriculture.
a. raise b. produce c. supply d. reserve
17. Many schools provide environmental education to increase students’ awareness of
conservation needs.
a. effort b. benefit c. exploitation d. knowledge
18. All the countries of the area have … to protect their wildlife but they are rarely
enforced.
a. efforts b. laws c. results d. reserves
19. Forest dwellers had always hunted the local … but their needs had been small.
a. wildlife b. commerce c. reserve d. generation
20. Keep quiet. You … talk so loudly in here. Everybody is working.
a. may b. must might d. mustn’t
21. John is not at home. He … go somewhere withDaisy.I am not sure.
a. might b. will c. must d. should
22 … I have a day off tomorrow? Of course not. We have a lot of things to do.
a. Must b. Will c. May d. Need
23. The computer … reprogramming. There is something wrong with the software.
a. must b. need c. should d. may
24 …I be here by 6 o’clock? - No, you ...
a. Shall / mightn't b. must / needn’t c. Will / mayn’t d. Might / won’t
25. If I had gone white water rafting with my friends, I … down the Colorado River
right now.
Unit 10
a. should have floated b. must be floating
c. would be floating d. would have been floating
26. You … touch that switch, whatever you do.
a. mustn’t b. needn’t c. won’t d. wouldn’t
27. Susan … hear the speaker because the crowd was cheering so loudly.
a. mustn’t b. couldn’t c. can't d. needn’t
28 You … be rich to be a success. Some of the most successful people I know haven’t
got a penny to their name.
a. needn't b. couldn’t c. mayn’t d. mustn’t
29. - Oh no! I completely forgort we were supposed to pick Jenny up at the airport this
morning.
- She … there waiting for us.
a. needn't sit b. might still sit c. must still be sitting d. should have sat
30. Jane often wears beautiful new clothes. She … be very rich.
a. must b. could c. might d. needn’t
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
By the year 2025, the Earth could lose as many as one fifth of all species known to
exist today. In recent centuries, hundreds of species have disappeared, almost always
as a result of human activities. The passenger pigeon, one familiar example, was a
source of food until excessive hunting and habitat loss caused its extinction in 1914.
Th& North American bison, whose populations were decimated by settlers and market
hunters in the 1800s, came close to sharing the same fate. Bison survive today only
because of the efforts of early conservationists.
Today, species require such efforts more urgently than ever. An essential task that
falls to present-day conservationists is to determine which species are most
endangered, so that conservation resources can be applied where action is needed
most, species are categorized by the degree to which their survival in the wild is
threatened. World Wildlife Fund offers a sampling of animals and plants that fall
mainly within the two most serious categories of threat: critically endangered and
endangered. What threatens these species’ existence? Some of the top threats are
habitat destruction by unsustainable logging and ever-encroaching human settlement;
pollution of water, soil, and air by toxic chemicals; unnatural climate changes due to
fossil fuel use; unmanaged fishing that exhausts fish stocks; and illegal hunting: to
supply the demand for skins, hides, traditional medicines, food, and tourist souvenirs.
The list which conservationists presents only a fraction of the species at risk of
extinction today and does not include thousands of species whose status we do not yet
know. Hundreds of species- without common names have been left out, which means
that while many mammals are on this list, only a few insects and mollusks are
included.
Species listed here range from the largest animal on Earth, the blue whale, to "the
majestic tiger, to the humble thick-shell pond snail. Large or small, beautiful or ugly,
all species play a role in the complex circle of life. All of us depend on the natural
resources of our planet. Each time a species is lost, the complexity, natural balance,
and beauty of our world is diminished. And what threatens plants and animals
ultimately threatens people as well.
36. According to the first paragraph ...
a. species extinction is only caused by hunting
b. human beings protect wife life much more than they do harm to them
c. the main cause of species extinction is human activities
d. we can stop radically species extinction by 2025
37. The North American bison …
a. was completely extinct in 1800s.
b. was not the aim of human hunting
c. was raised by settlers in 1800s
Unit 10
d. has escaped from extinction thanks to conservationists
38. Species are categorized …
a. to prevent hunting b. to provide food
c. to destroy their habitats d. to give preferential right to conserve
39. Which sentence is true?
a. Medicine is not a factor to cause species extinction.
b. The list which conservationists present does not include all kinds of species.
c. Pollution does nothing to species extinction.
d. Conservationists have good knowledge of all kinds of mollusks.
40. According to the last paragraph, ...
a. species extinction Has no relationship to human beings
b. what threaten plants and animals can do nothing to human beings
c. human beings depend on natural resources to survive
d. not every species has a role in the circle of life
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Nearly 200 of the 1500 native plant species in Hawaii are at risk of going extinct in
the near future because they have been (41) … to such low numbers. Approximately
90 percent of Hawaii's plants are found nowhere else in the world but they are (42) …
by alien invasive species such as feral goats, pigs, rodents and non- (43) … plants.
The Hawaii Rare Plant Restoration Group is striving to (44) … the extinction of the
182 rare Hawaiian plants with fewer than 50 individuals remaining in the (45) ... Since
1990, (46) … a result of their ‘Plant Extinction Prevention Program’, sixteen species
have been brought into (47) … and three species have been reintroduced. Invasive
weeds have been removed in key areas and fencing put up in order to (48) … plants in
the wild.
In the future the Hawaii Hare Plant Restoration Program aims (49) … collecting
genetic material from the remaining plants in the wild for storage as a ‘safety net’ for
the future. They also aim to manage wild populations and where possible reintroduce
species into (50) …
41. a. disappeared b. reduced c. increased d. developed
42. a. guarded b. invested c. conserved d. threatened
43. a. nation b. native c. national d. nationally
44. a. prevent b. encourage c. stimulate d. influence
45. a. wild b. atmosphere c. hole d. sky
46. a. so b. due c. as d. but
47. a. contamination b. production c. cultivation d. generation
48. a. derive b. vary c. remain d. protect
49. a. at b. for c. with d on
50. a. shelters b. reserves c. gardens d. halls

TEST YOURSELF D: TEST 1


Choose a, b7 c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Hunting wild animals is prohibited … law in many countries but it does not seem to
be effective.
a. in b. on c. with d. by
7. A ban was given … all trade inivoryin 1989.
a. with b. on c. for d. from
8. There was a huge decline … the number of panda
a. in b. for c. of d. out
9. She was involved in conservational … and began to devoted herself to the wildlife
protection movement
a. act b. action c. activity d. acting
10. According to present law, the authorities can give poachers a severe …
a. punish b. punishable c. punishment d punishing
11. Many Asian people … like hunting elephants for their ivory and tigers for their
bones.
a. particular b. particularity c. particularly d. particularize
12. A … is the skin of a large animal such as a cow, horse, or elephant,
which can be used for making leather.
a. tooth b. hide c. ivory d. tusk
13. Many wildlife parks have been installed security cameras to guard against … who
regularly hunt wild animals illegally.
a.poachers b.conservationists c. environmentalists d. authority
14. It is … that about 700 deer have been killed in the last few years due to their horns.
a. declined b. grown c. damaged d. estimated
15. We use … to attack or to fight against other people.
a. weapon b. hide c. punishment d. poaching
16 … is a hard cream-colored substance which forms the tusks of elephants. It is
valuable and can be used for making carved ornaments.
a. Horn b. Tooth c. Ivory d. Hide
17. In 1989, a ban was given on all international trade in ivory.
a. action b. contamination c. destruction d. prohibition
18. Unrestricted whaling during the 20 century is …..example of overexploitation.
th

a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19. Due to the trade in animal parts, many species continue to suffer high rates of …
exploitation.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
20. The whaling industry brought many species of … whales to extremely low
population sizes.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
21. I can’t find my book anywhere. I have … left it on the train. I am not sure.
a. must b. needn't c. should d. might
22. You … lunch.We have already eaten.
a. need preparing b. needn’t have prepared
c. should prepare d. should have prepared
23. If I had gone to the University of Miami, I … in their Spanish immersion program.
a. should participate b. needn’t participate
c. could have participated d. must have participated
24. Let’s do something to protect the environment, … we?
a. must b. need c. will d. shall
25. I will do everything. You … do anything unless you really want to.
a. may b. needn’t c. must d. ought to
26. You … forget to learn the lesson by heart. The new teacher is so strict
a. needn’t b. mustn't c. mayn’t d. mightn’t
27. They … be away for the weekend, but I am not sure.
a. might b. can c. must d. should
28: You … now if you wish.
a. must leave b. may leave c. need leaving d. mustn’t leave
29. You …..worry so much. I will help you.
a. must b. mustn’t c. mightnot d. needn’t
30. If there is anything you ... Let me know.
a. must b. should c. need d. may
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Plants and animals hold medicinal, agricultural, ecological value. Endangered
species must be protected and saved so that future generations can experience their
presence and value.
Plants and animals are responsible for a variety of useful medications. In fact,
about forty percent of all prescriptions written today are composed from the natural
compounds of different species. These species not only save lives, but they contribute
to a prospering pharmaceutical industry worth over $40 billion annually.
Unfortunately, only 5% of known plant species have been screened for their medicinal
values, although we continue to lose up to 100 species daily. The Pacific yew, a slow-
growing tree found in the ancient forests of the Pacific Northwest, was historically
considered a “trash” tree. However, a substance in its bark was recently identified as
one of the most promising treatments for ovarian and breast cancer. Additionally,
more than 3 million American heart disease sufferers would die within 72 hours of a
heart attack without digitalis, a drug derived from the purple foxglove
There are an estimated 80,000 edible plants in the world. Humans depend upon
only 20 species of these plants, such as wheat and corn, to provide 90% of the world's
food. Wild relatives of these common crops contain essential disease-resistant
material. They also provide humans with the means to develop new crops that can
grow in inadequate lands such as in poor soils or drought-stricken areas to help solve
the world hunger problem. In the 1970s, genetic material from a wild com species in
Mexico was used to stop a leaf fungus that had previously wiped out 15% of the U.S.
com crop.
Plant and animal species are the foundation of healthy ecosystems. Humans depend on
ecosystems such as coastal estuaries, prairie grasslands, and ancient
forests to purify their air, clean their water, and supply them with food. When species
become endangered, it is an indicator that the health of these vital ecosystems is
beginning to unravel. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service estimates that losing one
plant species can trigger the loss of up to 30 other insect, plant and higher animal
species. The northern spotted owl, listed as threatened in 1990, is an indicator of the
declining health of the ancient forests of the Pacific Northwest. These forests are the
home to over 100 other old-growth dependent species, which are at risk due to decades
of unsustainable forest management practices. Pollution off the coast of Florida is
killing the coral reefs along the Florida Keys, which serve as habitat for hundreds of
species of fish. Commercial fish species have begun to decline, causing a threat to the
multi-million dollar tourism industry, which depends on the quality of the
environments
36. Plants and animals ...
a. contain medicaments
b. will not exist until the future generations can experience their value
c. do some harm to medication
d. take no responsibility for medication
37. Plants and animals ...
a. take up all recent prescriptions are
b. play no role in pharmaceutical industry
c. can be used to save lives
d. cause difficulty to pharmaceutical industry
38. According to the text, ...
a. human beings do not like to use plants as medicine
b. human beings depend on plants for food and medicine
c. there is no disease-resistant material in edible plants
d. edible plants do not include, wheat and com
39. Which sentence is true?
a. Humans do not depend on Ecosystem.
b. The loss of one species may lead to the loss of others.
c. Unsustainable forest management practices have no effects on species.
d. The coast of Florida does not suffer any pollution.
40. The word trigger has a close meaning to ...
a. cause b. pollute c. contaminate d. decline
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
There are a (41) … of causes that can contribute directly or indirectly (42) … the
extinction of a species or group of species. Just as each species is unique, and (43) …
is each extinction. The causes for each are varied – some subtle and complex, others
obvious and simple. Most simply, any species that is unable to (44) … or reproduce in
its environment, and unable to move to a new environment where it can do so, will
(45) … out and become extinct.
Extinction of a species may come suddenly when a healthy species is wiped out
completely, as when toxic pollution makes its entire (46) … unlivable or may occur
gradually over thousands or millions of years, such as when a species gradually loses
out in (47) … for food to better adapted competitors.
The question of whether more extinction in the fossil record have been caused by
evolution or by catastrophe is a subject of discussion. When talking about species
extinction has been raised, most expert concern with the (48) … of climate change and
technological disasters. Currently, environmental groups and some governments are
concerned (49) … the extinction of species caused by human beings, and are
attempting to combat further extinctions through a variety of conservation programs.
Humans can cause extinction of a species ,
through overharvesting, (50)… habitat destruction,introduction of new predators and
food competitors, overhunting, and other influences.
41. a. popularity b. differences c. variety d. many
42. a. to b. for C. with d. at
43. a. otherwise b. so C. but d. or
44. a. damage b. deforest c. disappear d. survive
45. a. go b. put c. die d. take
46. a. nature b. reserve c. diversity d. habitat
47. a. compete b. competition c. competitor d, competitive
48. a. effects b. efforts c. destructions d. punishment
49. a. for b. at c. about d. against
50. a. pollution b. planting c. raising d. agriculture

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. People have hunted animals … food, hides, and ivory.
a. on b. for c. in d. with
7. Protecting wildlife … being extinct requires strict laws and forces.
a. from b. on c. at d. over
8. The number of the world's elephants is restricted … somecertain countries
a. at b. into c. to d. upon
9. Our environment is … because of serious pollution and endangerment
a. threat b. threatened c. threatening d. threaten
10. A … punishment is necessary to prevent poaching and cutting trees illegally.
a. severe (a) nghiêm trọng b. severely c. severity d. severities
11. An … of the number of elephants in Asia is about 5 million.
a. estimate b. estimable c. estimated d. estimation
12. … passenger pigeon, one of several species of extinct birds, was hunted to
extinction over … few decades.
a. The / 0 b. 0 / the c. The / a d. A / the
13 Since the 1600s, humans have rapidly increased … rate of extinction because of
population growth and resource consumption.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
14. Today, most of … world’s habitats are changing faster than most species can
evolve, or adapt to such changes.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
15. We need … actions and interventions of the local authorities to prevent national
parks from being destroyed by pollution.
a. excitedly b. threateningly c. approximately d. timely
16. There was no scientific evidence that the catastrophic … in Britain’s song-birds
was due to the unwelcome attention of birds of prey.
a. appearance b. decline c. increase d. development
17 … weapons have made more contribution to poaching and killing wild animals.
a. Huge b. Light c. Advanced d. Commercial
18. Are pandas … to only China? Do they survive in any other countries?
a. restricted b. distributed c. submitted d. threatened
19. Poachers deserve strict … for what damage they have caused to wildlife.
a. estimation b. award c. location d. punishment
20. Although the government has taken certain measures to protect elephants,
numerous threats remain for them.
a. too much b. a lot of c. some d. a few
21. ... you open the window, please? It is so hot in here.
a. May b. Might c. Could d. Need
22. You … go to the shop. I. have already bought the milk.
a, ought to b. needn't c. should d. may
23. Family … spend more time talking, instead of just watching TV.
a. must b. should c. might d. needn’t
24. Please, keep silent. You … speak during the exam.
a. may not b. might not c. needn’t d. must
25. You … drive at more than 70 miles per hour in the UK,
a. mustn't b. needn’t e. may not d. might not
26. Yesterday, I had to cram all day for my French final … ,I did not get to sleep until
after midnight.
a. Nevertheless b. However c. Therefore d. But
27. While hiking in Alaska, you have to keep an eye out for bears. If you see one, you
…..approach it. It is dangerous.
a. might not b. may not c. needn’t d. must not
28. Polar bears are beautiful animals; … , they are wild and unpredictable in nature.
a. despite b. however c. so d. therefore
29. You do not have to be afraid of bear, ... educating yourself about the dangers can
help keep you safe.
a. but b. so c. therefore d. although
30. You … leave the table once you have finished your meal and politely excused
yourself.
a. must b. needn’t c. may d. mustn’t

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


One of the most important ways to help threatened plants and animals survive is to
protect their habitats permanently in national parks, nature reserves or wilderness
areas. There they can live without too much interference from humans. It is also
important to protect habitats outside reserves such as on farms and along roadsides.
You can visit a nearby national park or nature reserve. Some national parks have
special guided tours and walks for kids. Talk to the rangers to find out whether there
are any threatened species and how they are being protected. You and your friends
might be able to help the rangers in their conservation work.
When you visit a national park, make sure you obey the wildlife code: follow fire
regulations; leave your pets at home; leave flowers, birds’ eggs, logs, bushes and rocks
where you find them; put your rubbish in a bin or, better still, take it home.
If you have friends who live on farms, encourage them to keep patches of bush as'
wildlife habitats and to leave old trees standing, especially those with hollows suitable
for nesting animals.
Some areas have groups which look after local lands and nature reserves. They do
this by removing weeds and planting local native species in their place. You could join
one of these groups, or even, start a new one with your parents and friends. Ask your
local parks authority or council for information.
By removing rubbish and weeds and replanting with native plants, you will allow
the native bush to gradually regenerate. This will also encourage native animals to
return.
36. Plants and animals can live without too much interference from humans in
national parks, nature reserves or wilderness areas,
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Never visiting a national park is a good way of helping conserve wildlife.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Tourists cannot ask anything about threatened species when they are in a national
park.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. Farms are also ideal places for conserving species,
a. True b. False c. No information
40. Native species will reproduce some day in the future,
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
The current global extinction rate is (41) … at about 20,000 species per year
exponentially greater than the background extinction rate. Many (42) … believe
that we are in the middle of the greatest mass extinction episode since the (43) …
of the dinosaurs 65 million years ago.
From what is known about present-day populations and from (44) … theory, the
change in either the physical (45) … the biological environment is the key to
extinction. However, the vulnerability of a species depends (46) … a wide variety of
factors, such as its total population size, geographical (47) …, reproductive ability,
ecological relations with other species, and genetic characteristics. For example, more
emphasis is put on the greater vulnerability of species that reproduce slowly as
contrasted with those that reproduce (48 ) … Other factors, such as food-plant
specialization, may make many fast reproducers more vulnerable than species that
reproduce more slowly. No matter (49) … fast an insect species that depends on (50)
… certain plan can reproduce, it will still go extinct if that plant’s habitat is destroyed.
It has been estimated that about one half billion species have lived at one time or
another, and today's existing species are only 2% of those that have ever evolved. The
other 98% have either died out or evolved into something sufficiently different to be
called a new species.
41. a. increased b. distributed c. estimated d. added
42. a. biology b. biologists c. biological d. biologically
43. a. disappearance b. remain c. disposal d. limitation
44. a. evolve b. evolution c. evolutionary d. evolutionist
45. a. so b. and c. nor d. or
46. a: in b. on c. at d. about
47. a. opportunity b. follow c. spread d. distribution
48. a. rapidly b. cheaply c. cheerfully d. lastly
49. a. how b. what c. when d. which
50. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
UNIT 11: BOOKS
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Which subject is this book … ? Cuốn sách này thuộc chủ đề nào?
a. for b. on c. of d. up
7. Francis Bacon lived … about the same time as Shakespeare.
a. at b. for c. in over
8. People enjoy a book … different ways. Mọi người thưởng thức một cuốn sách theo những cách khác nhau
a. on b. with c. upon d. in
9. This book is not really … It is a waste opơpif money buying it
a. inform b. information c. informative d. informatively
10. Sometimes it is … to find suitable books for our children.
a. difficult b. difficulty c. difficultly d. difficulties
11. A book may be evaluated by a reader or professional writer to create a book ...
a. review b. reviewing Cy reviewer d. reviewed
12. As for me, I consider reading … important part of … life.
a. an / 0 b. the / a c. 0 / the d. an / a
13. Anne says that she reads about half … hour a day, at lease
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
14. Different people like specific types of books, and some people just like … literature
in general.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
15 … books are ones in which the story is told or illustrated with pictures
a. Comic b. Thriller c. Romantic d. Science
16. Boy, stop reading … the book down and go to bed.
a. Take b. put c. Set d. Pick
17. A book may be Studied by students as the … of a writing and analysis
exercise in the form of a book report.
a. limit b. time c. subject d. interest
18. It is a good book. I think it is interesting enough for you to ...
a. put down b. swallow c. look up d. understand
19. A … is a report in a newspaper or magazine in which a writer gives his opinion of
a book, a film, or a play.
a. Page b. subject c. review d. journey
20. If you … a book, you have a brief look at it without reading or studying it
seriously.
a. dip into b. put away c. pick up d. put down
21. Those letters … now. You can do the typing later.
a. need typing b. needn't be typed
c. need to type d. needn’t, typing
22. The museum is open to everybody. It … between 9am and 5pm.
a. visits b. visited c. can visit d. can be visited
23. The train … by bad weather. I am not sure,
a. might delay b. might be delaying
c. might have delayed d. might have been delayed
24 The room … once a day.
a. should clean b. should be cleaning
c. should be cleaned d. should have cleaned
25. Two tablets … twice a day to have you recover from the illness quickly.
Hai viên uống ngày 2 lần mới mau khỏi bệnh
a. must take b. must be taken
c. must have taken d. must be taking
26. Theresa walked past me without saying a word. She … me.
a. can’t have seen b. can’t see
c. can’t have been seen d. can be seen
27. I think the match ... Everybody’s gone into the stadium and you can hear them
cheering.
a. was started b. will be started c. must started d. must have started
28. We found the exam extremely easy. We … so hard
a. needn't study b. needn’t be studying
c. needn’t have studied d. needn’t have been studied
29. There is plenty of money: in our account so those cheques to … the bank today.
a. needn’t be taken b. needn't be taking
c. needn’t take d. needn’t taking
30. The picnic … because Peter has just had a traffic accident.
a. will cancel b. will be cancelling
c. will be cancelled d will have cancelled
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Reading, as you know, is a continuous and never ending process, very little
reading, or if you read only material that offers no challenge comprehension, your
reading will be of very little use. Once we reach a certain age, or once our formal
schooling is completed, many of us become so restricted in our choice of reading that
we rarely read any new type of reading experience. We tend to read only books in our
professional or business field, or only inspirational books, or only our favorite
newspapers every morning, or only one magazine for which we have developed a
preference. And the trouble starts here. You should neither read only for entertainment
nor only for information but you should also read for intellectual growth, for mental
stimulation, for enriching your background of knowledge, for wisdom, and for broader
outlook and mature understanding.
What kind of books should you read to continue your intellectual growth, to gain a
background for opinion and for judgment? The answer is simple one: Read books in
fields you have little or no acquaintance with, books that will open, for you new
horizons of learning, book that will help you explore new areas of knowledge and
experience, books that will make the world and people more understandable to you.
Sadly, more and more people today are giving up the printed word in favor of being
entertained and informed by watching TV, a popular entertainment device present at
almost homes. More and more children are being subjected to TV programming,
perhaps as a babysitter. More than two hours of TV time per day are now a part of
children development, generating physiological and mental problems that are of
growing concern among experts.
36. Reading ...
a. completely stops when we finish our schooling b. is an endless process
c. is of little use d. should be done a little
37. According to the text, ...
a. new type of reading experience often interests most of us
b. we should only read for entertainment
c. reading for intellectual growth is necessary
d. we should not read for mental stimulation
38. What kind of books is recommended?
a. Books in fields you have little or no acquaintance with
b. Books that will help you explore new areas of knowledge and experience
c. Books that will open for you new horizons of learning
d. All are correct
39. We can learn from the text that today ...
a. people spend more time watching TV than reading books
b. more and more people enjoy reading
c. most babysitters prefer watching TV
d. most children spend less than 2 hours a day watching TV
40. The writer ...
a. does not approve of reading process b. advises us to read as little as possible
c. prefers watching TV to reading d. appreciates reading
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
If you want to prepare yourself for great achievement and have more to (41) … to your
education or your work, try reading more books. (42) … up some of the interestingly
informative books and search for well-researched material that can help you grow.
We should (43) … our children to read more books and (44) … less time watching
TV. Some people have commented that this is inconsistent. “Why Is the written word
a superior way to get information than television?” That is (45) … interesting point of
view worth further (46) … Reading is a skill that is in much greater demand than the
demand for watching TV. There are no jobs that (47) … a person to be able to watch
TV but reading is an integral part of many jobs. The written word is an incredibly
flexible and efficient way of communication. You can write something down and, in
no time, it can be (48) … to many different people. Not only that, we can (49)
… vast amounts of information through reading in a
very short time. A good reader can acquire more information in reading for two hours
than someone watching TV can acquire in a full day. You are able to gain a lot of
information quickly because you are a fast reader with good (50) skills. It will save
you massive amounts of time and you will be able to assimilate vast quantities of
information.
41. a. contribute b. gather c. collect d. gain
42. a. Make b. Set c. Take d. Pick
43. a. discuss b. encourage c. suggest d. define
44. a. spend b. apply c. train d. waste
45. a. a b. an c. the d. no article
46. a. explore b., explorer c. exploration d. explorative
47. a. inquire b. tell c. require d. ask
48. a. submitted b. handed c. sent d. communicated
49. a. inhale b. breathe c. eat d. digest
50. a. apprehension b. enjoyment c. comprehension d. entertainment

TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
Điều quan trọng là học sinh phải đọc càng nhiều sách càng tốt
6. It is important … students to read as many books as possible.
a. up b. about c. to d. for
7. Who does the book belong …?
a. for b. to c. on d. through
8. He picked … the book and turned page after page. Anh cầm cuốn sách lên lật từng trang

a. up b. on c. away d. in
Đọc kỹ cuốn sách và bạn có thể tìm thấy thông tin mình cần
9. Read the book … and you can find the information you need.
a. care b. careful c carefulness d. carefully
10. Not many people find reading more … than watching TV.
a. interest b. interested c. interesting d. interestingly
11. To become a novelist, you need to be ...
a. imagine b. imagination c. imaginative d. imaginarily
12. A … is a story long enough to fill a complete book, in which the characters and
events are usually imaginary.
a. pleasure b. novel c. page d. review
13. A … is the story of atiểuperson’s life written by somebody else.
sử là câu chuyện về cuộc đời của một người được viết bởi người khác
a. romance b. fiction c. biography d. science
14. When a reader reads an interesting book slowly and carefully, he … it.
a. reviews b. chews and digests c. swallows d. dips into
Kể từ khi xuất hiện, sách là nguồn tri thức và niềm vui trước đây
15. Since their appearance, books are a previous … of knowledge and pleasure.
a. source b. pile c. amount d. sum
16. Many teenagers are not much… in reading books, except for what they are made to
read at school.
a. excited b. important c. slow d. interested
17. This book … to Peter. It is riot mine.
a. possesses b. owns c. has d. belongs
18. Have you ever read … “Oliver Twist”, … interesting novel written by Charles
Dickens?
a. the / the b. 0 / an c. 0 / 0 d. an / the
19. I like … books better than … films
a.0/0 b. the/ the c. 0 / the d. the / 0
20. The room is too dirty- It … now.
a. should clean b. should have cleaned
c. should be cleaning d. should be being cleaned
21. The situation … to continue.
a. cannot allow b. cannot be allowed
c. cannot have allowed d. cannot beallowing
22. The machine … on by pressing this switch.
a. can turn b. can be turned c. must turn d. should be turning
23. Everybody agrees that no more staff ...Mọi người đều đồng ý rằng sẽ không tuyển dụng thêm nhân viên nào nữa
a. should employ b. should not be employed
c. will not be employed d. will be employed
24. Things … clear to them sothat they can do the work in the way that you have told
them. Mọi thứ nên được làm rõ với họ để họ có thể thực hiện công việc theo cách mà bạn đã nói họ
a. are making b. ought to be made
c. have made d. needn’t be made
25. Cigarettes … at a bakery.
a. must buy b. cannot buy c. cannot be bought d. should not buy
26. The next meeting … in May.
a will hold b. will be held c. will be holding d. will have held
27… in simpler words? Không thể diễn đạt vấn đề này bằng những từ đơn giản hơn?
a. Has this issue expressed b. Can’t this issue express
c. Can this issue express d. Couldn't this issue be expressed
28. All traffic laws ...
a. is observed b. must be observed
c. must have observed d. had better observe
29. Tomatoes … before they are completely ripe. Có thể hái cà chua trước khi chín hẳn
a. can be picked b. can pick
c. needn’t pick d. should be picking
30. This letter …not hand written.
a. should be typing b. should be typed
c. needn't type d. needn’t be typed
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
It is often said that books are always a good friends and reading is an active mental
process. Unlike TV, books make you use your brain. By reading, you think more and
become smarter. Reading improves concentration and focus. Reading books takes
brain power. It requires you to focus on what you are reading for long periods. Unlike
magazines, Internet posts or e-Mails that might contain small pieces of information.
Books tell the whole story. Since you must concentrate in order to read, you will get
better.at concentration. Many studies show if you do not use your memory, you lose
it.: Reading helps you stretch your memory muscles. Reading requires remembering
details, facts and figures and in literature, plot lines, themes and characters.
Reading is a good way to improve your vocabulary. Do you remember that when
you were at elementary school you learned how to infer the meaning of one word by
reading the context of the other words in the sentence? While reading books,
especially challenging ones, you will find yourself exposed to many new words.
Reading is a fundamental skill builder. Every good course has a matching book to
go with it. Why? Because books help clarify difficult subjects. Books provide
information that goes deeper than just classroom discussions By reading more books,
you become better informed and more of an expert on the topics you read about. This
expertise translates into higher self-esteem. Since you are so well-read, people look to
you for answers. Your feelings about yourself can only get better.
Books give you knowledge of other cultures and places. The more information you
have got, the-richer your knowledge is. Books can expand your horizons by letting you
see what other cities and countries have to offer before you visit them.
36. Books have great influence on ...
a. TV b. friendship c. brain d. muscles
37. When you are reading a book, ...
a. you have to read small pieces of information
b. you use your brain in concentration and focus
c. you have to read during a very long time
d. you lose your memory
38. A challenging book ...
a. helps you to improve your vocabulary
b. is only for primary pupils
c. can translate all new words
d. contains a lot of difficult vocabulary
39. Books …
a. are compulsory in every course
b. are not needed in most of course
c. contain less information than class discussions
d. make a sick, patient feel better
40. Books cannot give you …
a. knowledge b. information c. self-esteem d. muscles
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
When a child learns to read and write, he must access the schema developed in his (41)
… As he reads, the child creates pictures in his mind and uses (42) … and points of
reference to put the story (43) … Television images do not through a complex
symbolic transformation. The mind does not have to decode and manipulate during the
television experience. Watching television and playing video games do not (44) … a
child’s skills in word recognition, decoding, vocabulary, spelling or high- level
thinking. The connection between television’s effects (45) … children’s reading
abilities and the (46) … in their writing skills in clear: there is no question in the
minds of educators that a student cannot read with the true comprehension will never
learn to write well. Writing, after (47) … , is book talk, and you only learn book talk
by reading. It has been shown that reading stimulates brain activity. While reading, we
imagine settings, characters and we become part of the world of the story. (48) … , it
has been shown that watching television prevents brain activity. Children who watch
too much television are less socially developed and have problems maintaining (49) …
Reading (50) … of watching television enriches our lives, develops the imagination,
and intellect, and is less brain deadening. Reading is good for us, it makes one a better
person.
41. a. brain b. heart c. forehead d. hand
42. a. imagine b. imaginative c. imaginary d. imagination
43. a. one another b. other c. together d. each other
44. a. digest b. chew c. advance d. develop
45. a. with b. on c. for d. at
46. a. decline b. stop c. harm d. discouragement
47. a. that b. it c. all d. whole
48. a. Conversely b. Successfully c. Totally d. Unhappily
49. a. education b. explanation c. concentration d. exploration
50. a. because/ b. instead c. consisting d. in spite

TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence,substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Many people are not interested … reading books as much as seeing films.
a in b. with c. for d. about
7. We spend more time watching TV than reading books. But … fact TV has not kill
reading.
a. for b. upon c. at d. in
8. Books are a wonderful source … knowledge and pleasure.
a. with b. of c. in d. about
9. After leaving school, many of us only read for ...
a. please b. pleasant c. pleasure d. pleasing
10. Mary enjoys reading … ,adventure, and whatever else she can either buy or
borrow.
a. romance b. romantic c. romanticize d. romanticism
11. The novel has had a tremendous impact on … and publishing markets.
a. entertain b. entertainer c. entertainment d. entertainingly
12. Please give me some advice to buy suitable books for my ten-year-old girl
a. recommendation b. information c. fiction d. interest
13. Tommy likes the books that he borrowed from the school library very much. He
has read them with ...
a. entertainment b. romance c. tasting d. pleasure
14. The reviewer … Mathew’s new novel as a new style of modem science fiction.
Người đánh giá đã mô tả cuốn tiểu thuyết mới của Mathew là một phong cách khoa học viễn tưởng hiện đại mới
a. chewed b. digested c. described d. drew
15. I have nearly finished reading the book. There are only a few … left.
a. pieces b. pages c. slices d. sheets
16. Can you … what it would be like to live without books?
a. imagine b. advise c. describe d. understand
17. A … is a book,film, or play that tells an exciting fictional story about something
such as criminal activities or spying.
a. non-fiction b. science c. thriller d. romance
18. Peter enjoys … science fictions … type of book based on imagined scientific
discoveries in the future. Peter thích khoa học viễn tưởng một loại sách dựa trên khoa học tưởng tượng khám phá trong tương lai.
a.0/0 b.the / 0 c. 0 / a d. the / the
19. Different people never read a book in … same way.
a. a b. an c. the d0
20. Before eating, … thoroughly with soap and clean water.
a. you should wash your hands b. your hands should be washing
c. you need washing your hands d. Your hands need washed
21. Fruits … in a freezer.
a. should not put b. should not be put
c. must put d. must be putting
22. The fire … by lightning.
a. must cause b. must be causing
c. must have caused d. must have been caused
23. The last decision …
a. will be made by the manager b. that the manager will be made
c. that will be made by the manager d. will be making by the manager
24. This work … today so that we … a holiday tomorrow.
a. will finish / are having
b. needn't be finished / will be having
c. should finish / can be had
d. must be finished / can have
25. I wish I …many times.
a. will not be interrupted b. would not be interrupted
c will not have interrupted d. would not have been interrupted
26. The package … carefully before it ...
a. must be wrapped / is posted b. needs wrapping / Will be posted
c. should wrap / is going to be posted d. will be wrapping: needs posting
27. The weather forecast says that … tomorrow.
a. it will snow b. it will be snowed thời tiết không dùng bị động nên loại b và d
c it needs snowing d. it must be snowed
28. The car … by Karen. The keys are still on the table.
a. must have taken b. must have been taken
c. can’t have been taken d. can’t have taken
29. The garden ... It hasjust started raining.
a. needn’t water b. needn’t be watered
c. needn’t be watering d. needn’t have watered
30. - I saw Grace this morning at the bank)
- It … Grace. She has been to Paris on her honeymoon.
a. can’t be b. must be c. can’t have been d. must have been
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer
Have you ever written a book report? First of all, you have to read the book., Your
next step will be to organize what you are going to say about it in your report. Writing
the basic elements down in an outline format will help you to organize your thoughts.
What will you include in the outline? Follow whatever instructions your teacher has
given you. If you are on your own, however, the following guidelines should help.
Let’s assume for the moment that you have chosen a work of fiction. We will start
with a description of the book. The description should include such elements as:
1. The setting: Where does the story take place? Is it a real place or an imaginary one?
If the author does not tell you exactly where the story is set, what can you tell about
it from the way it is described?
2. The time period: Is the story set .in the present day or in an earlier time period?
Perhaps it is even set in the future! Let your reader know.
3. The main characters: Who is the story mostly about? Give a brief description. Often,
one character can be singled out as the main character, but some books will have
more than one.
4. The plot: What happens to the main character? Warning! Be careful here. Do not
fall into the boring trap of reporting every single thing that happens in the story.
Pick only the most important events. Here are some hints on how to do that. First,
explain the situation of the main character as the story opens. Next, identify the
basic plot element of the story - Is the main character trying to achieve something
or overcome a particular problem? Thirdly, describe a few of the more important
things that happen to the main character as he/she works toward that goal or
solution. Finally, you might hint at the story’s conclusion without completely
giving away the ending.
The four points above deal with the report aspect of your work. For the final
section of your outline, give your reader a sense of the impression the book made upon
you. Ask yourself what the author was trying to achieve and whether or not he
achieved it with you. What larger idea does the story illustrate? How does it do that?
How did you feel about the author’s style of writing, the setting, or the mood of the
novel? You do not have to limit yourself to these areas. Pick something which caught
your attention, and let your reader know your personal response to whatever it was.
36. When you write a book report, you can organize your thoughts by writing the
basic elements down in an outline format.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. The background of the story, place and time, is not necessary in a book report.
a True b. False c. No information
38. Each book has only one main character.
True b. False c. No. information
39. In your book report, only important events are told.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. When you report a non-fiction work, you needn’t express your impression on the
book,
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Making time to read is something we all know we (41) ... do, but who schedules book
reading time every day? There are very few. That is why adding book reading to your
daily schedule and sticking to it can improve discipline.
Books are (42) ... You can take them almost anywhere. As such, you can learn almost
anywhere too.
By reading more books and exposing yourself (43) … new and more complete
information, you will also be able to come up with more (44) … ideas. When you have
read so many books on the subject, you can combine left sons from all of them into
new (45) …
Reading gives you something to talk about. Have you ever (46) … of things to talk
about with your best friend, wife or husband? This can be uncomfortable. It (47) …
even make married couples :wonder if their marriage is in trouble. (48) … , if you read
a lot of books, you will always have something to talk about. You can discuss various
plots in the novels you read, you can discuss the things you are learning in the
business books you are reading as well. The possibilities of sharing are endless.
Bocks are inexpensive (49) … to help you reduces stress. Many readers relax by
reading. Compared with the person who gets home from work and immediately (50)
… on the TV news, you are going from work stress to crime stress. TV as a source of
relaxation is too full of loud commercials and fast moving violent images. If relaxation
is something you want, turn off the TV or
computer and pick up a book.
41. a. should b. mustn’t c. needn't d. might
có thể thay đổi
42. a. durablebền chặt b. portablecầm tay c. changeable d. capable có khả năng
43. a. for b. with c. on d. to
44. a. disapproved b. dull c. creative d. required
45. a. solutions b. problems c. troubles d. difficulties
46. a. put b. had ^ c. walked d. run
47. a. should b. might c. need d. must
48. a. So b. Therefore c. However d. Although
49. a. entertainment b tensioncăng thẳng c. machinery d. media
50. a. gets b. turns c. takes d. makes
UNIT 12 T1
UNIT 12: WATER SPORTS
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. How many players are there in … water polo team?
Có bao nhiêu người chơi trong một đội bóng nước
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
7. … swimming is considered to be good way of losing weight.
a. 0 / a b. The/ a c. A / the d. The / the
8. They are going to … the pool to 1.8 meter.
a. deep b. depth c. deepen d. deeply
9. The referee had no hesitation in awarding the visiting team a …
a. penalty b. penalize c. penal d. penalization.
10. The crowd cheered as the goalkeeper deflected the ...
a. shoot b. shooting c. shooter d. shot
11 … defense, the players work to regain possession of the ball and prevent a goal
các lớp có thể di chuyển bóng bằng cách ném cho đồng đội hoặc bơi trong khi đẩy tiền bảo lãnh trước mặt họ
a. About b. Over c. Without d. On
12. Players can move the ball by throwing it … a teammate or swimming
while pushing the bail in front of them.
a. for b. into c. to d. from
13. Shots usually succeed when the goalie is out ... position.
a. into b. for c. of d. off
14. In water polo, a shot is successful if the ball completely passes between the goal
posts and underneath the ...
a. net b. crossbar c. ball d. goalie
15. A defensive player may only hold, block or pull a / an … who is touching
or holding the ball.
a. audience b. referee c. goalie d. opponent
16. If a defender … a foul within the five meter area that prevents a likely
goal, the attacking team is awarded a penalty throw or shot.
a. commits b. interferes c. punches d. touches
17. The more goals the players … the more exciting the match became.
a. marked b. made c. scored d. sprinted
18. After a tie, there are two overtime periods of three minutes each.
a. penalty b. draw c. score d. goal
19. The goalkeeper can also be ejected for twenty seconds if a major foul is
committed.
a. advanced b. sprinted c. played d. excluded
20. A goalie who aggressively fouls an attacker in position to score can be charged
with a … shot for the other team.
a. penalty b. preventing c. scoring d. ranging
Chèo thuyền là môn thể thao trong đó mọi người hoặc các đội đua với nhau trên những chiếc thuyền có mái chèo
21 … is a sport in which people or teams race against each other in boats with oars.
a. Rowing b. Windsurfing c. Swimming d. Water polo
22. I have never taken part in any water sports … I cannot swim.
a. because b. because of
c. due to d. partly because of
23. Many people do not like scuba diving …
a. because it is dangerous b. because of it is dangerous
b. because its danger d. due to it is dangerous
24 New Zealand … 1,000 miles southeast of Australia.
a. lies about b. is lain c is lying d. is laid about
25 John … across the lawn.
a. danced wildly b. was wildly danced
c. was dancing wild d. was being danced wildly
26 John … every summer.
UNIT 12 T1
a. plays softball and tennis b. plays with softball and tennis
c. is played softball and tennis d. is played with softball and tennis
27. The eagle … higher and higher in the sky.
a. soar b. soared c. is soared d. was soared
28. The ship … during the night. Con tàu vẫn ở bến cảng trong đêm
a. has remained the harbor b. was remained the harbor
c. remained the harbor d. remained in the harbor
29. The baby ...
a. was sleeping depth b. was slept deeply
c. slept in depth d. was sleeping deeply
30. They … by the sea.
a. are staying at a hotel b. are staying a hotel
c. are being stayed a hotel d. are being stayed at a hotel
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
There is very little documentation about the origins of water polo. It is known,
however, that the sport originated in the rivers and lakes of mid-19th century England
as an aquatic version of rugby. Early games used an inflated rubber ball that came
from India known as a “pulu” (the single Indian word for all “halls”).
Pronounced “polo* by the English, both the game and the ball became known as

water polo.” To attract more spectators to swimming exhibitions, the London
Swimming Association designed a set of water polo rules for indoor swimming pools
in 1870. At first, players scored by planting the ball on the end of the po6l- y with both
hands. A favorite trick of the players was to place the five-to-nine inch rubber ball
inside their swimming suit and dive under the murky water, they would then appear
again as close to the goal as possible. The introduction of the rules by Scottish players
changed the nature of water polo. It became a game that emphasized swimming, speed
and passing.
Scottish rules moved from a rugby variant to a soccer style of play. Goals became a
cage of 10 x 3 feet and a goal could be scored by being thrown. Players could only be
tackled when they “held” the ball and the ball could no longer be taken under water.
The small rubber ball was replaced by a leather soccer ball. If the player came up too
near the goal, he was promptly jumped on by the goalie, who was permitted to stand
on the pool deck. Games were often nothing more than gang fights in the water as
players ignored the ball, preferring underwater wrestling matches that usually ended
with one man floating to the surface unconscious. Water polo was first played in the
USA in 1888. The game featured the old rugby style of play which resembled
American football in the water. "American style” water polo became very popular and
by the late 1890's was played in such venues as Madison Square Garden and Boston’s
Mechanics Hall, attracting 14,000 spectators to national championship games.
36. According to the text, ...
a. the origins of water polo are written thoroughly in a lot of documents
b. water polo is an aquatic version of rugby
c. water polo first appeared somewhere outside England
d. people have played water polo since the early 19* century.
37. The present rules of water polo were invented ...
a. by Scottish players b. by Indian players
c. the London Swimming Association d. in 1870
38. In water polo, the players score a goal by ...
a. swimming b. passing
c. catching d. throwing
39. The present water polo ball is made of …
a. rubber b. leather c. bone d. wood
40. Water polo became popular in America in ...
a. the middle of the 19th century b. in 1870
UNIT 12 T1
c. in 1888 d. by the late 1890’s
Fid in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Rowing is a sport in which athletes race against each other on river, lakes or on the
ocean, (41) … on the type of race and the discipline. The boats are propelled by the
reaction forces on the oar blades (42) … they are pushed against the water. The sport
can be both recreational, focusing (43) … learning the techniques required, and
competitive where overall fitness plays a large role. It is also one of (44)… oldest
Olympic sports. In the United States, Australia and Canada, high school and collegial
rowing is sometimes referred to as crew.
(45) … rowing, the athlete sits in the boat facing backwards, towards the stem, and
uses the oars which are held in (46) … by the oarlocks to propel the boat forward,
towards the bow. It is a demanding sport requiring strong core balance as well as
physical (47) … and cardiovascular endurance.
Since the action of rowing (48) … fairly popular through out the world, there are many
different types of (49) ...These include endurance races time trials, stake racing, bumps
racing, and the side-by-side format used in the Olympic Games. The many different
formats are a result of the long (50) … of the sport, its development in different
regions of the world, and specific local requirements and restrictions.
41. a. depending b. creating c. interesting d. carrying
42. a. but b. because c. as d. as soon as
43. a. of b. on c. with d. about
44. a. a b. an c. the d. O
45. a. Over b. Of c. During d. While
46. a. area b. sight c. part d. place
47. a. strong b. strongly c. strength d. strengthen
48. a. was become b. has become c. is become d. is becoming
49. a. competition b. examination c. test d. round
50. a. work b. history c. period d. race
UNIT 12 T2
TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Water polo is played in … pool 1.8 meters deep.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
7. The goalie tried to catch … ball, but he failed
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
8. The final … was 3.0
a. score b. scoring c. scorer d. scores
9. The referee's … is the most important in any sport competition.
a. decide b. decisive c. decision d. decider
10. … players are not allowed to interfere with the opponent’s movements unless the
player is holding the ball.
a. Defense b. Defensive c. Defender d. Defensively
11. … the start of each period, both teams line up on their own goal line.
a. In b. For c. From d. At
12. A water polo ball is constructed of waterproof material to allow it to float … the
Một quả bóng nước được làm bằng vật liệu không thấm nước để nó có thể nổi trên mặt nước.
water.
a. upon b. over c. above d. on
13. There are six field player positions and a goalkeeper … each team.
a. on b. with c. from d. for
14 … is a sport in which two or more people perform complicated and carefully
planned movements in water in time to music.
a. Rowing b. Windsurfing c. Diving d. Synchronized swimming
15. If the tie is not broken after two overtime …,a penalty shootout will determine the
UNIT 12 T2
winner.
a. opponents b. waves c. parts d. periods
16. Minor … occur when a player impedes or otherwise prevents the free movement of
an opponent including swimming on the opponents shoulders, back or legs.
a. penalties b. shots c. fouls d. motions
17 … is a game played in a swimming pool in which two teams of swimmers
try to score goals with a ball.
a. Water polo b. Rowing c. Swimming d. Water skiing
18. Offensive players may be called for a foul by pushing off a defender to provide
space for a … or shot.
a. pass b. crossbar c. box d. goal
19. A penalty shot is … when a major foul is committed inside the 5-meter line.
a. prevented b. awarded c. committed d. ranged
20. A dry pass, meaning the ball does not … the water is thrown a few inches above
the head of the catching player.
a. catch b. hold s\vim d. touch
21 … is a sport in which you move along the surface of the sea or a lake on a long
narrow board with a sail on it?
a. Water polo b. Diving c. Windsurfing d. Scuba diving
22. Water polo bails … with a special texture so it will not slip from the hands of a
player.
a. cover b. are covered c. are being covered d. covered
23. Alexis … next week.
a. is swimming in the state championship
b. is swimming the state championship
c. is swum in the state championship
d. is swum the state championship
24. The news of war … and the world.
a. was shocked the nation b. was shocked by the nation
c. shocked the nation d. shocked by the nation
25. The player …
a. will reward for his hat-trick b. will be rewarded for his hat-trick
c. will reward his hat-trick d. will be rewarded his hat-trick
26. Before the end of the term, I … all the required reading.
a. was finished by b. had been finished by
c. had finished d. had been finished
27. The player was ejected because he committed a foul
a. as b. due to c. despite d. provided
28 John could not continue the match … his badly injured leg.
a. because b. since c. as d. because of
29. They cancelled the match ...
a. due to it rained heavily b. because of the heavy rain y
c. because of it rained heavily d. because the heavy rain
30. You need proper shoes to go hiking in the mountains, … the ground is
rough and hard.
a. though b. due to c. because of d. because
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Water sports are as challenging as they are fun. Although water sports are not as
popular as basketball or football, activities such as parasailing, water skiing, water
polo, wakeboarding, jet skiing and competitive swimming interest many people. All
water sports have an element of danger involved, which is why it is important to
follow these safety tips before you dive in.
Step 1: Learn how to swim. Sure, it seems obvious, but it is also extremely
important. Do not even think about skiing, tubing, wakeboarding or water polo if you
UNIT 12 T2
cannot stay afloat in water deeper than your height.
Step 2: Check your equipment and your life safety tools. Count your life vests and
have floatation devices nearby. If you are engaging in a sport that requires a lot of
equipment, such as wakeboarding, go over every piece to ensure proper functioning.
Step 3: Be physically fit. Put your pride aside and get in shape. Most water sports
are incredibly strenuous and require the player to have physical endurance. It can be
dangerous to participate in a water sport, such as water skiing or wakeboarding, when
your body isn’t ready.
Step 4: Save the tricks for the professionals. If you are an amateur, do not attempt
water sport tricks. It is tempting to push to the next level with' sports like skiing and
sailing, but train heavily first.
Step 5: Recruit a spotter. When you do water sports, always have an extra person
on hand to spot for you. This includes indoor sports like water polo, diving and
competitive swimming.
36. Water sports are much more popular than basketball and football.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Sometimes it is dangerous to play a water sport.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. The first thing you have to do is to learn how to swim if you want to take up a
water sport.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. You need to have a boat right beside all the time if you want to take up a
water sport.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. There are tricks which amateur players cannot play.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Sailing or boating may seem to be very interesting with the high level of technical
elements (41) … in the sport. Whether you choose a small (42) … or a catamaran,
whether you choose lake or ocean sailing, there are (43) … number of things you need
to master before you can start enjoying the pure (44) … of being on the water.
Getting the sailing skills which you need to start sailing your own boat is
easy if you just sign up with a sailing school. You can learn to sail (45) … any age.
There are ho (46) ... The best schools and instructors will teach you all you need to
know about sailing in a friendly and pleasant manner.
As with ail sports, sailing will get you into (47) … with new friends. There is a
closeness that develops out at sea, however, (48) … not many other sports have. Being
on the water in any capacity demands a healthy outlook and way of life. Sailing and
boating are two sports that (49) … all our senses to be at their peak. Sailing calls upon
physical strength, intelligence and intuition. It is one sport that allows you to leave all
your daily concerns and (50) ... back on the land and to be off with only your bare self.
41. a. invented b. consisted c. involved d. contained
42. a. fleet b. submarine c. ferry d. boat
43. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
44. a. please b. pleasure c. pleasant d. pleasantly
45. a. with b. at c. in d. for
46. a. investment b. disappearance c. discoveries d. restrictions
47. a. allowance b. pace c. contact d. keeping
48. a. which b. that c. when d. whom
49. a. ask b. say c. tell d. demand
50. a. cultures b. habits c. traditions d. customs

UNIT 12 T2
UNIT 12 T3
TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Where can people play … water polo?
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
7. No … water polo player except … goalie can hold the ball with both hands.
a. a / the b. the / 0 c. the / a d. 0 / the
8. The main task of a defender in a sport game is to … the opponents from scoring.
a. prevent b. preventing
c. prevention d. preventable
9. Many young men prefer scuba-diving because it is …
a. adventure b. adventurous c. adventurously d. adventurist
10.I … think that scuba diving is more of danger than adventure.
a. person b. personal c. personally d. personalize
11. What kind of sport one chooses to play mostly depends … and health.
a. with b. for c.in d. on
12. Most referees often wears … black. Hầu hết các trọng tài thường mặc đồ đen
a. in b. for c.with d. on
13. In water polo game, only the goalie can hold-the ball … two hands
a. at b. in c. with d. from
14. If the score is tied at the end of regulation play, two ... minutes each are played.
a. half b. halftime c. quarter d. overtime
15. A water polo cap is used to … the players heads and to identify them.
a. tie b. penalize c. protect d. move
16. If a defender … with a free throw, holds or sinks an attacker, he is excluded from
the game for twenty seconds,
a. punches b. passes c. plays d. interferes
17. Water polo is a team water game, with six field players and one goalie in each
team. The winner of the game is the team that scores more …
a. nets b. goals c. plays d. balls
18. As all field players are only allowed to touch the ball with one hand at a time,
they must develop the ability to catch and … the ball with either hand.
a. throw b. point c. score d. cross
19 … is the activity of swimming underwater using special breathing equipment'
a. Synchronized swimming b. Rowing
c. Water polo d. Scuba diving
20. When the offense takes possession of the ball, the strategy is to … the ball down
the field of play and to score a goal. đáp án D Eject : Đẩy ra
a. create b. ride c. advance d. eject
21. The referee signals with a whistle and by lowering his arm, and the player taking
the penalty … must immediately throw the ball with an uninterrupted motion
toward the goal.
a. arm b. shot c. net d. goal
22. Some of the students began to fall asleep … the lecture was boring and
irrelevant.
a. as b. due to c.because of d. on account of
23. Tommy joined the English Club… to increase his circle of friends.
a. because his desire b. because of his desire
c. because of he desired d. due to he desired
24 … I do not consider this composition acceptable.
a. Because of so many errors
b. Because of there were so many errors
c. On account of there were so many errors
d. As so many errors
UNIT 12 T3
25. The prisoner was given a harsh sentence … the nature of his crime.
a. since b. as c. because d.due to
26. The burglar …
a. has been disappeared with the cash b. disappeared the cash
c. disappeared with the cash d. was disappeared with the cash
27. Ellen … and sang her song.
a. nodded to the audience b. nodded the audience
c. was nodding the audience d. was nodded to the audience
28. Our teacher … to take the exam.
a. gave another chance each of us b. was given each of us by another chance
c. gave each of us another chance d.was given each of us another chance
29. If Charlie … ,he could have been injured.
a. had been run the street b. had been run into the street
c. had run the street d. had run into the street
30. The turtle … of Arizona.
a. may be lived a small area b. may be lived in a small area
c. may live in a small area d. may live a small area
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Recreational diving or sport diving is a type of diving that uses scuba equipment
for the purpose of leisure and enjoyment. In some diving circles, the term “recreational
diving” is used in contradistinction to “technical diving”, a more demanding aspect of
the sport which requires greater levels of training, experience and equipment.
Recreational scuba diving grew out of related activities such as snorkeling and
underwater hunting. For a long time, recreational underwater excursions were limited
by the amount of breath that could be held. However, the Invention of the aqualung in
1943 by Jacques-Yves Cousteau and its development over subsequent
years led to a revolution in recreational diving. However, for much of the 1950s and
early 1960s, recreational scuba diving was a sport limited to those who were able to
afford or make their own kit, and prepared to undergo intensive training to use it. As
the sport became more popular, manufacturers became aware of the potential market,
and equipment began to appear that was easy to use, affordable and reliable.
Continued advances in SCUBA technology, such as buoyancy compensators, modern
diving regulators, wet or dry suits, and dive computers, increased the safety, comfort
and convenience of the gear encouraging more people to train and use it.
Until the early 1950s, navies and other organizations performing professional
diving were the only providers of diver training, but only for their own personnel and
only using their own types of equipment There were no training courses available to
civilians who bought the first scuba equipment Professional instruction started in 1959
when the non-profit National Association of Underwater Instructors was formed.
Further developments in technology have reduced the cost of training and diving.
Scuba-diving has become a popular leisure activity, and many diving locations have
some form of dive shop presence that can offer air fills, equipment and training. In
tropical and sub-tropical parts of the world, there is a large market in holiday divers,
who train and dive while on holiday, but rarely dive close to home. Generally,
recreational diving depths; are limited to a maximum of between 30 and 40 meters
(100 and 130 feet) beyond which a variety of safety issues make it unsafe to dive using
recreation diving equipment and practices, and specialized training and equipment for
technical diving are needed.
36. Recreational diving ...
a. requires more equipment than technical diving
b. are taken up by many people for leisure and entertainment
c. needs no equipment
d. requires more experience than technical diving
37. Recreational underwater excursions used to be limited ...
UNIT 12 T3
a. as underwater hunting was banned
b. because the necessary amount of breath was too expensive to afford
c. because divers could not take enough amount of breath with them
d. because the necessary amount of breath was too heavy to bring
38. According to the second paragraph, in the 1950s and early 1960s, recreational
scuba diving was a sport limited because
a. divers did not like to take part in any intensive training courses
b. there were not any intensive training courses for divers
c. there were not enough kit for many divers
d. kit and intensive training were too expensive for many people to afford
39. These following sentences are true EXCEPT ...
a. In the early 1950s anyone who wanted to dive could be professionally trained.
b. In the early 1950s there were no training courses available to civilians who bought
the first scuba equipment.
c. As recreational diving became morepopular, manufacturers have made more and
more diving equipment.
d. Advances in scuba technology encourage more and more people to train and use it
40. Holiday divers ...
a. do not like to dive in tropical and sub-tropical parts
b. can dive as deep as they like because of safety
c. are those who go away from home to dive
d. are limited in tropical and sub-tropical parts
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Water polo is a rapidly growing sport in the United States and internationally as
(41) ... Foranyone involved in playing or being a spectator, it is important to
understand the rules of the game.
Each team (42) … of one goalie and six field players. Each field player plays both
offense and defense, and the goalie is not allowed on the other half of the pool. There
are many different arrangements of players is front of the goal. The (43) … of the
players depends on the play that feeing run, similar to basketball or hockey.
One important rule is that the ball can only be handled by one hand at a time. If a
player (44) … the ball, which is the size of a volley ball, yellow and with rubber grip,
with both hands, the referee calls a turnover and the possession of the ball goes to the
opposing team.
The playing time (45) … on the rules of playand the level of competition. Usually,
men play four 7-minute quarters while women play four 6-minute quarters. Teams are
usually allowed 2 time out$ per game, but this may vary. (46) … consist of swimsuits
for both men and women, as well as a cap on the bead with plastic ear protectors and
the player’s number on both sides. Visiting teams wear lighter color caps, while home
wears the darker color. In (47) … one point is given for each time the ball is thrown
into the goal, and in some leagues there is a 2-point line several meters out of the goal.
Each quarter begins with a (48) … inwhich the fastest members of each team race
toward the ball, which is placed at the halfway point on the water by the referee.
Water polo is an (49) … challenging, and fun sport. It is full contact and its
competitiveness cannot be underestimated. The game is great to watch and (50) …
better to play. You may not imagine what goes on underwater that no one, especially
not the referee, can see. Water polo is a growing sport for good reason, and it may
soon be one of the leading sports for both men and women’s athletics.
41. a. well b. too c. so d. also
42. a. contains b. includes c. consists d. involves
43. a. situation b. location c. position d. attention
44. a. fetches b. clutches c. shakes d. holds
45. a. takes b. depends c. interests d. attracts
UNIT 12 T3
46. a. Suit b. Dresses c. Costumes d. Uniforms
47. a. scoring b. marking c. getting d. penalizing
48. a. jog b. sprint c. walk d. run
49. a. excite b. excitement c. exciting d. excited
50. a. as b. even c. than d. more

Unit 13 UNIT 13: TEST 1


Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. In … 22nd SEA Games, Vietnam won 158 … gold medals.
a. 0 / the b. the / 0 c. a / the d. the / the
7 … logo of the 22nd SEA Games is the stylization of Lac bird, the ancient bird
pictured of the face of Ngoc Lu kettledrum, … most special and typical relic of the
ancient Vietnamese culture.
a. A / the b. The / the c. 0 / 0 d. The / 0
8 … symbol of the SEA Games Federation is to emphasize the solidarity,
friendship, and nobility.
a. A b. An c. The d. 0
9. The host country, Laos, is expected to announce official sports for 25th SEA Gaines
… November 2008.
a. on b. in during d. from
10. Vietnam recommended archery, vovinam, billiards-snooker and canoeing …
Việt Nam khuyến khích bắn cung, vovinam, bida-snooker và chèo thuyền như
official sports at the games. thể thao chính thức tại các trò chơi
a. at b. with c. as d. in
11. The Party and State leaders, delegates, domestic and international guests,
and 11 sports delegations … Southeast Asian countries to the 22nd SEA Games were
Các đồng chí lãnh đạo Đảng, Nhà nước, các vị đại biểu, khách mời trong nước và quốc tế,
warmly welcomed. và 11 đoàn thể thao các nước Đông Nam Á dự SEA Games 22 chào đón nồng nhiệt
a. over b. at c. for d. from
12. Johnny used to be one of the most … athletes in my country.Johnny từng là một trong những vận động viên
thành công nhất ở đất nước tôi
a. succeed b Success c. successful d. successfully
13. The 22 SEA Games consisted of athletes from eleven … countries.SEA
ad Games 22 bao gồm các vận
động viên từ 11 quốc gia tham dự.
a. participate b. participant c. participation d. participating
14 … , the athlete broke the world’s record with two attempts.
a. Surprise b. Surprised c. Surprising d. Surprisingly
Thay mặt tổ trọng tài và các vận động viên, trọng tài Hoàng Quốc Vinh và môn bắn súng Nguyễn Mạnh Tường tuyên thệ “Đoàn kết, Trung thực và Công bằng”.
15. On behalf of the referees and athletes, referee Hoang Quoc Vinh and shooter
Nguyen Manh Tuong swore to an oath of “… Honesty and Fair Play'’.
a. Performancethi hành b. Delegation đoàn c. Participation tham gia d. Solidarity Đoàn kết
16. The ASEAN Para-Games are hosted by the same country where the SEA Games
took place.
a. organized b. impressed c. participated d. defended
17. The ASEAN Para-Games is a biannual multi-sport … held after every
ASEAN Para-Games là sự kiện thể thao đa môn được tổ chức hai năm một lần sau mỗi Đại hội thể thao ĐNA dành cho vận động viên khuyết tật thể chất
Southeast Asian Games for athletes with physical disabilities.
a. games b. event c. work d. situation
18. In beach volleyball, Indonesia defeated Thailand in straight sets to take men’s gold
… Ở môn bóng chuyền bãi biển, Indonesia đánh bại Thái Lan 2 set để giành HCV nam
a. present b. award c. medal d. reward
nd
19. The 22 SEA Games was the first time when Vietnam finished, top of the medal
... SEA Games 22 là lần đầu tiên Việt Nam về nhất bảng tổng sắp huy chương
a. standings b. events c. spirits d. programs
20. Viet Nam’s successful hosting of the 22nd SEA Games is considered a/an …
example for other countries to follow, particularly in honesty, consistence and
Việc Việt Nam đăng cai thành công SEA Games 22 được coi là một thành tích xuất sắc
organizing method. tấm gương cho các quốc gia khác noi theo, đặc biệt là về tính trung thực, nhất quán và phương pháp tổ chức
a. festival b. peaceful c. energetic d.outstanding
Unit 13
21 … you study for these exams, … you will do.
a. The harder / the better b. The more /the much
c. The hardest / the best d. The more hard / the more good
22. My neighbor is driving me mad! It seems that … it is at night, … he plays his
music! Hàng xóm của tôi đang khiến tôi phát điên! Có vẻ như càng về đêm, anh ấy càng chơi to hơn âm nhạc!
a. the less / the more loud b. the less / less
c. the more late / the more loudlier d. the later / the louder
Nhờ vào sự tiến bộ của khoa học công nghệ, cuộc sống của chúng ta trở nên càng ngày càng tốt hơn.
23. Thanks to the progress of science and technology, our lives have become ...
a. more and more good b. better and better
c. the more and more good d. gooder and gooder
24. The Sears Tower is … building in Chicago.
a. taller b. the more tall c. the tallest d. taller and taller
25. Petrol is … it used to
a. twice as expensive as b. twice expensive more than
c. twice more than expensive d. more expensive than twice
26. Peter is … John.
a. younger and more intelligent than b. more young and intelligent than
c. more intelligent and younger than d. the more intelligent and younger than
27. San Diego is … town in Southern California,
a. more nice and nice b. the nicer
c. the nicest d. nicer and nicer
28. It gets … when the winter is coming.
a. cold and cold b. the coldest and coldest
c. colder and colder d. more and more cold
29. Robert does not have … Peter does.
a. money more than b. as many money as
c. more money as d. as much money as
30. The Mekong Delta is … deltas in Vietnam.Đồng bằng sông Cửu Long là một trong hai đồng bằng lớn nhất của VN
a. the largest of the two b. the more larger of the two
c. one of the two largest d. one of the two larger

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.


The 22nd SEA Games, hosted this year by Vietnam, has joined the international
movement to rid sports of tobacco. For the first time, the regional sporting event will
be tobacco-free under a landmark cooperative agreement signed in April 2003 between
the World Health Organization (WHO), the 22nd SEA Games Organizing Committee
and the Vietnamese Ministry of Health. Hanoi Health Department has organized a
press seminar to celebrate and raise awareness about the tobacco-free SEA Games.
The 22nd SEA Games is the first games hosted by Vietnam and 10 countries from
the Southeast Asian region with nearly 8,000 athletes and coaches will participate. It
will be the first tobacco-free international sporting event in Vietnam, joining other
international tobacco-free sporting events such as the FIFA World Cup 2002 and the
Winter Olympic Games 2002.
The 22nd SEA Games will ban all sales, advertising and other promotion of
tobacco products, and restricts smoking in all Games venues. The aim is to protect
spectators, athletes, event staff* media and other visitors from the serious, health
hazards of second-hand tobacco smoke, as well as to change public attitudes about the
social acceptability of smoking.
Madame Pascale Brudon, WHO Representative in Vietnam, stated, ‘'Vietnam has
established 3 years ago a comprehensive, ambitious national tobacco control policy
and a national tobacco control program. The tobacco-free 22nd SEA Games will be
yet another area where Vietnam is leading the way for other countries in
the region and the world in protecting its citizens from the debilitating and disastrous
consequences of tobacco use”
Unit 13 WHO has provided funding and technical assistance to the SEA Games Organizing
Committee and Vietnamese Ministry of Health to train of over 4,000 SEA Games
organizers and volunteers on the implementation of the tobacco-free policy. An
international team of trainers from the Ministry of Health, International Organization
for Good Temper (IOGT), WHO and International Development Enterprises (IDE)
began a series of national training workshops for volunteers in April, 2003.
The tobacco-free SEA Gaines are an inspiration and a model for other sport events,
big and small, not only in Vietnam but also in the Southeast Asian and Western Pacific
Region.
36. In the 22nd SEA Games ...
a. there will be the attendance of athletes from the World Health Organization
b. smoking is not allowed
c. smoking is only for the leader, not any athletes
d. is held by the Vietnamese Ministry of Health
37. According to the text, ...
a. Vietnam has ever organized several tobacco-free sport events before the 22nd SEA
Games
b. the tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam has not been approved by any world
organizations
c. the tobacco-free SEA Games is not announced to newspapers and magazines
d. the tobacco-free SEA Games m Vietnam has been encouraged and supported by
many world organizations
38. According to the third paragraph, ...
a. tobacco companies can have an advertising campaign during the SEA Games
b. second-hand tobacco smoke cannot cause any harm to the athletes in the 22nd SEA
Games
c. cigarettes are not allowed to sell in the 22nd SEA Games venues
d. everyone can buy cigarettes in the 22nd SEA Games venues except the athletes
39. One of the aims of the tobacco-free SEA Games is …
a. to sell more tad more tobacco during the event
b. to change public attitudes about the social acceptability of smoking
c. to reduce the production of tobacco
d. to help athletes to solve the problems of the serious health hazards
40. Which sentence is not true?
a. Vietnam itself has to pay a lot for the volunteers on the implementation of the
tobacco-free policy.
b. The tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam get great support from several world
organizations.
c. The tobacco-free SEA Games is considered a model for other sport events,
d. There are national training workshops for volunteers in April, 2003 for the tobacco-
free SEA Games.
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
That is a program of Ho Chi Minh City Youth Union to (41) … individuals,
domestic and foreign organizations buy and use bicycles during the time (42) ... they
enjoy the SEA Games 22 in Ho Chi Minh City then donate the bicycles to poor
children.
Preparing (43) … this program, the Organizing Committee has signed a (44) …
with Martin - a bicycle-making firm - to purchase 1,000 bicycles, at prices from
850,000 to 1,000,000 VND per bicycle -10% (45) … than market prices, with nearly
20 different models. In the mid of November, The Organizing Committee will
announce, promote, and (46) … the program “SEA Games Iron Horses - For Poor
Children* through (47) … at airport, on buses, taxis, at information desks, posters,
banners, newspapers, and websites of city Youth Union. Besides 1,200 volunteers (48)
… the SEA Games 22, the Organizing Committee also recruits 100 active volunteers
for this program to handle the handover and receiving bikes, instructing participating
tourists, giving (49) … to questions through hot line
This program both conveys practical significance and helps international friends to
understand further the nation and people of Viet Nam as well as strengthen the
friendship and (50) … among nations.
41. a. require b. contribute c. encourage d. raise
42. a. where b. which c. chat d. when
43. a. for b. on c. of d. about
44. a. document b. contract c. letter d. report
45. a. low b. lower c. the lower d. the lowest
46. a. public b. publicly c. publicizing d. publicize
47. a. book b. ticket c. leaflets d. sheets
48. a. serving b. taking c. running d. hosting
49. a. enquiries b. letters c. responses d. demands
50. a. cooperation b. participation c. achievement d. success
Unit 13
TEST 2
Choose a, b, 1b, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Vietnam was … host country of the 22nd SEA Games.
a. a b.an c. the d. 0
7. The 22nd SEA Games Mascot is … Golden Buffalo.
a. a b.an c. the d. 0
8. To prepare for the 22nd SEA Games, Vietnam carried out … intensive program for
the athletes.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
9. How many … took part in the 22 SEA Games?
nd

a. compete b. competitors c. competition d. competitor


nd
10. The second part of the program in the 22 SEA Games opening ceremony was
named “ … for Peace”.
a. Cooperate b. Cooperation c. Cooperative d. Cooperatively
11. The … wantedto reduce the breadth of the games, with many events currently
having small fields and weak competition,
a. organize b. organization c. organizable d. organizers
12. In 2006, Viet Nam made a deep impression … other countries in the region by
successfully hosting the Southeast Asian Student Sport Festival.
a. with b. for c. in d. on
13. The Southeast Asian Student Sport Festival is the biggest sport event … the
youths in the region.
a. for b. on c. in d. of
14. At his last attempt the athlete was successful … passing the bar.
a. in b. for c. with d. on
15. The number of Vietnamese sport officials and referees of international standard
taking part in regional tournaments has increased rapidly
a. hosting b. participating c. achieving d. succeeding
16. At the 23rd SEA Games, Viet Nam proved its position in the region by … third
behind the host - the Philippines and second-ranked Thailand.
a. finishing b. playing c. preparing d. performing
17. In the 22nd SEA Games in 2003, the country the competition with
340 medals, including 156 golds, 91 silvers and 93 bronzes.
a. defended b. cost c. topped d. ranked
18. To improve its athletes' … Viet Nam has regularly exchanged delegation of sport
officials, coaches, referees and athletes with other countries
a. team b. competitor c. appearance d. performance
Unit 13
19. … is the activity of doing special exercises regularly in order to make your
muscles grow bigger.
A Wrestling b. Bodybuilding c. Weightlifting d. Badminton
20. He is a great sports ... He rarely misses any sport games although he was busy.
a. enthusiast b. player c. energy d. programmer
21. As she did so, her parents became ...
a. the angriest b. the most angry c . the more angry d. angrier and angrier
22.People should eat … and … do to reduce the risk of heart disease.
a. less fat / more exercise b. less and less fat / the more exercise
c. the less fat / the more exercise d. fatter / more exercise
23. He spent a year in India and loves spicy food … the food is, … he likes it.
a. The hotter / the more and more b. The hotter / the more
c. The more and more hot / the more d. The hottest / the most
24. Of course you can come to the party...Tất nhiên bạn có thể đến dự tiệc Càng đông càng vui
a. The more the merrier b. The more and the merrier
c. The more and merrier d. The more and more merrier
25. I feel … I did yesterday.
a. much more tired than b. many more tired than
c. as many tired as d. as more tired as
26. She is … a spectator.
a. more an athlete than b. more of an athlete than
c. an athlete more than d. an athlete of more thajtf3
27. His house is … mine.
a. twice as big as b. as twice big as
c. as two times big as d. as big as twice
28 … live in Ho Chi Minh City than in the whole of the rest of the country.
a As much as people b. More people c. As many as people d. People more
29. It gets … to understand what the professor has explained.
a. the more difficult b. more difficult than
c. difficult more and more d. more and more difficult
30. You must drive slower in built up areas ... you drive in the city, it is that you will
have an accident.
a. The faster and faster / the more
b. The faster / the more probable
c. The more and more fast / the more and more probable
d. The more fastly / the probable
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
The 25th SEA Games is scheduled to be held in Vientiane, Laos in 2009. This will
be the first Time the country has ever held a Southeast Asian Games. If Laos failed to
meet qualifications to hold the event in time, the games would be moved to Singapore.
It will also commemorate the 50 years of the SEA Gaines.
Because of the limited sports facilities in Vientiane, only 25 sports will be in
competition. Among the sports will be missing from competition are cycling,
gymnastics, hockey, rowing and weightlifting. The games will retain events like tenpin
bowling, petanque, billiards, ‘dragon’ boat racing, sepak takraw, wushu, Muay Thai
and pencak silat, and will resume the sport, of juggling a shuttlecock with feet. The
cutback is partly due to the land-locked country - with no sailing, windsurfing or
triathlon and also lack of facilities in Vientiane.
Laos will host the games with a budget of $80 million, with the help of China who
is building a new stadium to be used as the main venue on a 182-hectare lot in the
Vientiane suburb of Saythani district. The stadium will be the biggest in the country
and will be able to accommodate over 20,000 spectators. Vietnamese government
official has affirmed that Vietnam will help Laos successfully organize the 25th SEA
Gaines. Under the cooperation program, Vietnam will train Lao coaches and athletes,
Unit 13
provide equipment and send experts to Laos to help it successfully organize the
sporting event.
36. The 25th SEA Games in Vientiane, Laos in 2009 also commemorates the 50 years
of the SEA Games.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Laos reduces some sport games due to the lack of facilities.
a. True b. False c. No information
th
38. Wushu will not be competed in the 25 SEA Games.
a. True V; b. False c. No information
39. Laos has not any help from foreign countries.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. All Laotian athletes are being trained in Vietnam.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
The 24th Southeast Asian Games was (41) … inThailand from December,$ to
December 16, 2007. The Thai Olympic Committee was (42) … the event to coincide
with the commemoration of 80th birthday of King Bhumibol Adulyadej. Officials
were studying the possibility of doing the events in multiple venues (43) … what had
been done in Vietnam and the Philippines. It was (44) … sixth time Thailand hosted
the SEA Games. Thailand hosted the 1959, 1967, 1975, 1985 and 1995 SEA Games.
On 24 February 2006, northeast Thailand's Province authorities met to (45) … the
2007 SEA Games schedule, and progress on the province's under- construction US$65
million sports complex. The meeting provided an overview of (46) … and ended with
reassurances that everything: would be ready (47) …SEA Games in 2007.
The sports (48) … included a 5,000-seater indoor stadium and 16 tennis court facilities
among other facilities scheduled to be finished on June 2007.
The 2007 SEA Games featured (49) … than 400 events in 45 sports. The 24th edition
of the games had the highest number of sporting events in the entire (50) … of the
SEA Games, more events than the Asian Games and the Olympic Gaines.
41. a. held b. met c. seen d. committed
42. a. winning b. competing c. fighting d. planning
43. a. such as b. as c. likely d. like
44. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
45. a. talk b. discuss c. tell d. quarrel
46. a. facilities b. tools c. materials v d. furniture
47. a. at b. on c. with d. for
48. a. places b. halls c. venues d. homes
49. a. rather B. more c. better d. as
50. a. history b. ancient c. former d. time
Unit 13 TEST 3
Choose a, b, c or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one. mở đầu ấn tượng
được giới thiệu bởi
6. The 22nd SEA Gaines was launched by … impressiveopening ceremony
at Hanoi’s My Dinh National Stadium, in front of over 40,000 spectators.( khán giả)
Dùng cho N không xác định, số ít và được nhắc đến lần đầu
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
Dùng cho Danh từ xác định , danh từ số nhiều, được nhắc đến lần thứ hai
7. The opening ceremony of the 22nd SEA Games began at 7 pm with … song
“Vietnam ? Our Fatherland”.
a. athay măt/ đại diện b. an c. the d. 0
8. On behalf of … host country.Prime Minister Phan Van Kha declared the 22nd SEA
Games opening ceremony. Thay mặt nước chủ nhà, Thủ tướng Phan Văn Khải tuyên bố khai mạc SEA Games 22
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
9. Before the 22nd. SEA Games, Vietnam had made a good … in every aspect.
Trước ngày 22. SEA Games, Việt Nam đã có sự chuẩn bị tốt về mọi mặt
a. prepare
báo chí Asean
b. preparation c. preparative d. preparer
10. ASEAN press praised the great … of Vietnamese athletes at the SEA Games 22nd
SEA Báo chí ASEAN ca ngợi tinh thần thể thao tuyệt vời của các vận động viên Việt Nam tại SEA Games 22 BIỂN
vận động viên tinh thần thể thao
a. sports b.sportsman c. sporting d. sportsmanship
11. The success of the 22nd SEA Games had a great contribution of many …
volunteers. Thành công của SEA Games 22 có sự đóng góp to lớn của nhiều cổ động viên tình nguyện viên
a. support b. supporter c. supportive d. supportively
12. The delegation to the SEA Games was composed … top competitors of the
country. Đoàn tham dự SEA Games gồm những vận động viên hàng đầu của quốc gia
Composed of = made up of : Tạo thành từ cái gì đó hoặc bao gồm thứ gì
a. on b. of c. for d. among
13. All the audience was quite surprised … the success of that young athlete.
Tất cả khán giả đều khá bất ngờ trước thành công của vận động viên trẻ tuổi đó
a. on b. at c. to d. off
14. Thanks to the encouragement and support, all Vietnamese athletes competed
… high spirits. Nhờ sự cổ vũ và hỗ trợ, tất cả các vận động viên Việt Nam đã thi đấu với tinh thần cao
a. for b. of c. on d. in
15. Since its rejoining in the Southeast Asian arena in 1989, Viet Nam's sports have
Kể từ khi trở lại đấu trường Đông Nam Á năm 1989, thể thao Việt
made great ... particularly in recent SEA Games. Nam đã đã thành công rực rỡ, đặc biệt là ở SEA Games gần đây
a. success b. invention c. host d. game
16. The athlete had tried his best to … his SEA Games title and records.
Các vận động viên đã cố gắng hết sức để bảo vệ danh hiệu và kỷ lục SEA Games của mình
a. carry b. perform c. defend d. support
17 Viet Nam is now willing to … part in the. 24th SEA Games hosted by Thailand by
Việt Nam hiện sẵn sàng tham gia. SEA Games 24 do Thái Lan đăng cai vào
the end of 2007 with a total of 958 athletes. cuối năm 2007 với tổng số 958 vận động viên
a. play b. lose c. take d. enjoy
18… is a game in which two teams hit a large ball with their hands backwards and
forwards over a high net. If you allow the ball to touch the ground, the other team wins
trò chơi trong đó hai đội đánh một quả bóng lớn bằng tay về phía sau và chuyển tiếp qua một lưới cao. Nếu để bóng chạm đất
a point. làđộimột
kia thắng một điểm
a. Volleyball b. Water polo c. Basket ball d. Badminton
19. He became Jamaica’s first Olympic gold medalist when he won the 400- meter …
in 1948. Anh ấy đã trở thành người giành huy chương vàng Olympic đầu tiên của Jamaica khi giành được danh hiệu 400 mét năm 1948
a. distance b. title c. runner d. sport
20. She won the race in … time and got the gold medal.huy chương vàng Cô ấy đã thắng cuộc đua trong thời gian kỷ lục và giành được

a. included b. durable c. rank d. record


21. The party was … I had expected. Bữa tiệc vui gấp trăm lần tôi mong đợi S + V + more/less + adj/adv + than + N/pronoun.
a. more a hundred times fun than b. a hundred times fun more than
c. a hundred times more fun than d. more fun than a hundred times
22. He finds physics … other science subjects. Anh ấy thấy vật lý khó hơn nhiều so với các môn khoa học khác
a. far more difficult than b. many more difficult than
c. too much more difficult than d. more much difficult than
23 … he drank, … he became. Anh ta càng uống nhiều, anh ta càng trở nên bạo lực hơn
a. More / more violent b. The most / the most violent
c. The more /the more violent d. The less / less violent
24. Mary was … of the two sisters. Mary thông minh hơn trong 2 chị em gái
a. the clever b. as clever as c. the cleverer d. the cleverest
25. French is a … language to learn than English is.
a. difficult b. more difficult
c. most difficult d. more and more difficult
26. The cuisine of France is ... Ẩm thực Pháp nổi tiếng hơn Anh

a. more famous than that of England b. famous than the cuisine of England
c. more famous than which of England d. as famous than that of England
27. Earning money has always been the thing that pleases him most … he becomes,
… he is. Kiếm được tiền luôn là điều khiến anh ấy hài lòng nhất Anh ấy càng trở nên giàu có, anh ấy càng hạnh phúc
a. The more rich / the more happy
b. The richest / the happiest
c. The richer / the happier
d. Richer and richer / happier and happier
28. The fast we finish, …
a. the sooner we can leave
b. we can leave sooner and sooner
c. the sooner can we leave
d. we can leave the sooner
29. Of all athletes, Alex is … Trong tất cả các vận động viên, Alex là người kém chất lượng nhất
a. the less qualified b. the less and less qualified
c. the more and more qualified d. the least qualified
30. The climber was seventy miles in the wrong direction and got Nhà … leo núi bảy mươi dặm sai hướng và
ngày càng hoảng loạn
a. more panicked b. the more panicked
c. more than panicked d. more and more panicked
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
The 23rd Southeast Asian Games were held in the Philippines from November 27th
to December 5th in 2005. The games were participated by the eleven nations of
Southeast Asia. This was the first time that the opening and closing ceremonies were
held in a large open field, despite the fact that Manila has many stadiums. The
organization decided to hold the games at an open space to accommodate the large
number pf participants and spectators. As a result, the 2005 SEA Games ranked as
having the largest audience - 200,000 people - during the opening and closing
ceremonies. These games were also noted for having the most number of delegates in
the history of the SEA Games. In the end, all participating countries received medals.
Events in men’s football actually started on November 20th, prior to the opening
ceremony. Water polo events began on November 21st, women’s football on
November 23rd, sailing on November 26th, and tennis on November 26th.
The first gold medal of the games was awarded to Singapore on November 25th
v/hen their water polo team came out undefeated during the round-robin tournament
round. The Philippine team took the silver medal in that event, and Malaysia brought
home the bronze.
The Games were also considered a valuable opportunity for athletes to gain
competition experience and preparation for the upcoming Asian Games and Olympic
Games. It was purposely created to strengthen friendship, solidarity and understanding
among neighboring countries in the region.
This was the third SEA Games to be hosted by the Philippines. The last two times the
Philippines hosted the games were in 1981, and again in 1991.
There were 1,461 medals awarded, 444 of which were gold, 434 were silver, and
583 were bronze.
36. Up to now, the Philippines has hosted the SEA Games … times.
a. 2 b.3 c. 4 d. 5
37. According to the first paragraph, ...
a. the opening and closing ceremonies were hold in the stadiums of Manila
b. only four of eleven participating countries got medals
c. the 23rd SEA Games had been over by the end of November, 2005
d. the number of audience in the 23rd SEA Games was about 200,000 people
38. Which sport was first competed in the 23rd SEA Gaines?
a. Water polo b. Tennis c. Men’s football d. Sailing
39. Which was not mentioned in the 23rd SEA Games?
a. Peace b. Friendship
c. Solidarity d. Understanding
40. Which country got the first gold medal in the 23rd SEA Games?
a. Vietnam b. Singapore c. The Philippines d. Malaysia
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Among the total of 1,200 volunteers serving the SEA Games 22 in Ho Chi Minh
City, nearly 1,000 are students (41) … universities, colleges, technical schools.
Besides that, 6,000 cheer people are also in the training session to serve the SEA
Games
SEA Games 22 will (42) … from the end of November, beginning with football, to
nearly the middle of December. This is also the time (43) … students to do revision
and (44) … for their first semester test. In order to provide advantageous (45) … to
volunteers and students to (46) … on their tasks in SEA Games 22, City Youth Union
is trying to solve this problem. At present, the volunteers are both studying and
participating in the training sessions to prepare themselves for SEA Games 22 at (47)
… same time.
However, at the peak of late November and mid December, the organizers will have
plans to assist them and suggest schools and universities offer the time
priority to the volunteers helping them serve the Games (48) … efficiently.
Schools and universities really have the concern on this matter and will (49) … the
examination schedules for volunteers till the end of the SEA Games. (50) … the
time being, the volunteers can assure their time in class and .at technical training
session, mainly on every Saturday and Sunday. It is hopeful that the volunteers, will
have comfort to serve SEA Games 22 wholeheartedly.

41. a. at b. in c. for d. into


42. a. host b, commence c. enjoy d. participate
43. a. where b. which c. that d. when
44. a. prepare b. carry c. take d. gain
45. a. achievements b. promotions c. conditions d. circumstances
46. a. intend b. focus c. contribute d. attend
47. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
48. a. more b. as c. the most d. most
49. a. keep away b. go up c. take on d. put off
50. a. On b. For c. At d. In

UNIT 13 TEST YOURSELFE TEST YOURSELF E


TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Scuba diving is swimming underwater or taking part … another activity while using
a scuba set.
a. on b. from c. for d. in
7. Can you tell me some sports which are closely related … water
a. in b. on c. with d. to
8. We can reduce the risk of many diseases …
a. by b. for c. with d. on
9. I often read books and newspapers for … entertainment
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
10. When we were in Hawaii, we often spent … time walking along the
beach and enjoying the fresh air.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
11. Books which describe real things or events are called … non- fiction
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
12. The main uses of book £ are to provide entertainment and ...
a. inform b. information c. informative d. informer
13. The player gave a hard shot … straight into the opposing goal.
a. beauty b. beautiful c. beautify d. beautifully
14. Swimming produces both … and physical benefits.
a. psychology b. psychological c. psychologist d. psychologically
UNIT 13 TEST YOURSELFE

15. We were really impressed by the … of the synchronized swimmers.


They were dancing very attractively.
a. enjoyment b. entertainment c. performance d. breathing
16. Sports and festivals form an integral part of every human society.
a. essential b. informative c. invented d. exciting
17. A … is a tube through which a person swimming just under the surface of the sea
can breathe.
a. maneuver b. volume c. photograph d. snorkel
18. Books are a primary means for dissemination of knowledge and information
a. attempt b. distribution c. invention d. variety
19. In synchronized swimming, the players perform beautiful maneuvers to music and
diving.
a. swimming suits b. tools for swimming
c. scuba sets d. movements that need skill and care
20. Thanks to the … of paper, many books have been kept for a very long time.
a. information b. knowledge c. durability d. portability
21. Mary eats … she used to.
a. fewer meat and bananas than b. less and less meat and bananas than
c. less meat and fewer bananas than d. the least meat and fewest bananas than
22. Summer is coming. It gets ....
a. hot and hot b. hotter and hotter c. more and more hot d. the least hot
23. What time shall we leave? - ...
a. Soonest and best b. The soonest the best
c. Sooner better d. The sooner the better
24. The residents … that there is a crocodile at large in the area.
a. must be warned b. must have warned c. may warned d. may be warning
25. These boxes … with care.
a. should have handled b. should be handling
c. should handle d. should be handled
26. 200,000 spectators … to witness the three-hour ceremony.
a. were gathered the park b. have been gathered the park
c. gathered at the park d. gathered the park
27. The opening ceremonies of the 23rd Southeast Asian games … at the Quirino
Grandstand in Manila…
a. held b. was held c.was holding d. had held
28. Thousands of cranes ...
a. will be returned the spring b. will return the spring
c. will be returned in the spring d. will return in the spring
29. Books which describe imaginary-events … fiction.
a. are called b. called c. is calling d. call
30. Peter … when we cameinto the discotheque.
a. was dancing Mary b. was dancing with Mary
c. was danced by Mary d. had danced Mary
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
The primary attraction of snorkeling is the opportunity to observe underwater life
in a natural setting, such as coral reefs, fish, starfish, and mollusks. Other organisms
that can be seen while snorkeling include various forms of seaweed, jellyfish, shrimp
and sea turtles. Snorkeling requires no special training, only the ability to swim and to
breathe through the snorkel. However, it is considered advisable that one get some
instruction from a tour guide, dive shop, or equipment rental shop, any of which often
can be found around popular snorkeling locations. Instruction generally covers
equipment usage, basic safety, what to look for, and what to look out for, including
how not to damage fragile organisms such as coral. As with scuba diving, it is always
recommended that one should not snorkel alone, but rather with a friend, a guide, or a
UNIT 13 TEST YOURSELFE
tour group.
Swim fins used in snorkeling are usually longer than those used in diving. Snorkel
is a tube about thirty centimeters (twelve inches) long, usually J-shaped, fitted with a
mouthpiece, and constructed of rubber pr plastic. It is used for breathing air from
above the water surface when the mouth and nose are submerged, either when
snorkeling or during a surface swim before or after scuba diving. The snorkel usually
has a piece of rubber that attaches the snorkel to the outside of the strap of the diving
mask, as sticking the snorkel in between the strap and the mask could cause the mask
to leak, or risk losing the snorkel should the diver choose to switch to scuba.
Typically, the diving mask alsoserves-to prevent breathing through the nose,
so that one is forced to breathe through the snorkel. This also provides some negative
pressure which helps keep the mask sealed against the face, though attempting to
breathe out through the nose can break this seal and fog the mask.
36. Snorkeling ...
a. offers divers an opportunity to observe marine life
b. needs a very special training
c. does not require ability to swim
d. is too dangerous for everybody to enjoy
37. We cannot get. instructions for snorkeling from ...
a. a college b. a tour guide
c. a dive shop d.an equipment rental shop
38. A snorkeler should not ...
a. rent diving equipment b. use any equipment
c. dive with a friend d. dive alone
39. The snorkel ...
a. is a long rope b. has swim fins
c. is made of rubber or plastic d. is longer than 12 inches
40. The snorkeler breathes through his ...
a. nose b. mouth c. fin d. face
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Scuba diving is a beautiful (41)… which allows people to view a whole different
world. We enter (42) … unknown world in which the danger of scuba diving has been,
taken into account. The dangers all into two groups: those in the ocean itself and that
of the individual.
There are (43) … many things that the beginner diver needs to remember and
understand. A comprehensive scuba diving course is (44) … because there are lessons
which you need to know and understand before even going near the ocean.
In all the parts of the training, always diving with a partner is (45) … to be very
important to reduce danger and the diver and hid friend can observe each other at all
times during any dive. It is advisable to have a partner who is a more experienced
diver with a new diver, or someone who is not confident (46) ...
The reason for learning skills which is prior to getting into the ocean has two
effects. The first one is the (47) … to know what to do in a situation. The second one
is to have the confidence to carry out the actions without panic. Panic is a danger that
will take away the taught skills as it is an emotional response.
The other dangers of scuba diving are in the (48) … life. Having some?
knowledge of the underwater life of the area you are diving in, can make you (49) …
of the risks. This means you can avoid animals which may become
aggressive when approached. Also you need to know the poisons or sharp teeth that
could be a problem in this world, which is new to you.
The many dangers of scuba diving are real and knowing what to expect and how to
deal with it can (50) … you safe.
41. a. way b. encouragement c. experience d. sport
42. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
UNIT 13 TEST YOURSELFE

43. a. so b. too c. far d. very


44. a. promised b. told c. allowed d required
45. a. risen b. appeared c. seemed d. considered
46. A. either b. enough c. so d. too
47. a. able b. unable c. ability d. enable
48. a. mountainous b. huma c. marine d. wild
49. a. aware b. interested c. excited d. popular
50. a. keep b. help c. assist d. protect
UNIT 13 TEST YOURSELFE
TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that host completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. They like aquatic sports, … the other hand, they cannot swimming.
a. on b. in c. at d. off
7. When you swim, you move … water by making movements with your
arms and legs.
a. on b. above c. through d. by
8. I often think … reading booksas a form of entertainment.
a. after b. for c. up d. of
9. Swimming is … integral part of almost all water-based activities.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
10 . … water ballet is one of my favorite aquatic spirts.
a. A b. An c. The d. 0
11. The player of the visiting; team scored the only goal … in first half.
Người chơi của chuyến thăm; đội ghi bàn thắng duy nhất trong hiệp một
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
12. Scuba diving is still evolving, but general classifications have grown to describe
various diving……
a. acts b. actors
c. actions d. activities
13. To be safe under water, … need to be able to control their rate of descent and
ascent in the water.
a. divers b. dive c. diving d. dives
14. We choose from a … of shore excursions including tours of the islands,
swimming, golf, sailing or snorkeling.
a. vary b. various c. varied d. variety
15. When a diver is in the water, he uses a snorkel to … through.
a. chew b. swallow c. digest d. breathe
16. Aquatic sports have long been acknowledged as excellent ways to take physical
exercise.
a. reduced b. encouraged c. recognized d. practiced
17. I'm a great believer in the … of reading books and taking up a sport, which offer
you both knowledge and healthy.
a. benefits b. exercises c. practices d. points
18. Underwater activities are less varied and the most popular of which are snorkeling
and scuba diving.
a. portable b. diverse c. familiar d. durable
19. When you play any sport, you may face the … of being hurt and injured.
a. invention b. risk c. process d. support
20. Of the sports, underwater or on the ground, football is the most … , and World
Cup is always the greatest sport event.
a. serious b. various c. informative d. popular
21… become addicted to the Internet.
a. More and more people b. The more and more people
c. More people and people d. The most people
UNIT 13 TEST YOURSELFE
22. Life is getting …
a. more and more complicated b. more than complicated
c. most and most complicated d, least and least complicated
23 … you read, … you get.
a. The books more / the knowledge more
b. The most books / the most knowledge
c. More and more books / more and more knowledge
d. The more books / the more knowledge
24. Something … about global warming or else some types of penguins will perish
from the earth.
a. should do b. should be done c. should be doing d. should have done
25. A lot of cows … on a productive farm.
a. can raise b. can be raising c. can be raised d. cannot raise
26. Nuclear waste … as a liquid in stainless-steel containers which are encased in
concrete.
a. must store b. must be storing c. must be stored d. must have stored
27. The contract … by Mary, a new secretary in our company because it had some
mistakes.
a. was seemed to typed b. was seemed to be typed
c. seemed to type d. seemed to be typed
28. Before he … the project, Bill had to contact an expert in pesticide use
management.
a. could finish b. could be finished c. had been finished d. had to be finished
29. There are …
a. twice as much cars in this area asthere was
b. as twice many cars in this area asthey were
c. twice as many cars this area than there used to be
d. twice as many cars in this area as there used to be
30. Try this question. It is ...
a. less difficult b. less and less difficult
c. least difficult d. more and more difficult
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer
Did you know that reading can keep your mind active and engaged well into old
age? Several years ago when 1 was working as a newspaper reporter, I interviewed a
woman who was a resident at a local nursing home. She was 100 years old. She read at
least one book per week. She was bright, intelligent and fun to talk with. “I love to
read. It helps me keep up with what is going on in the world,” she said. “A friend of
mine brings me a new book every week. I look forward to her visits and I look forward
to the books. "We talk about the books wo have read.”
Reading has other benefits, as well. For one thing, reading a good story can help
you forget some of the problems in your own life. “I can’t get around much anymore,”
said the 100-year-old woman who lived in the nursing home. “When I go somewhere,
I have to go in a wheelchair now. But when I read7 I can go anywhere, anytime I want.
And no one has to help me!”
Reading also sets a good example for younger generations. From my own
experience as an English teacher, I have observed that the bestreaders are
those students who have parents that enjoy reading. I am not talking about only
reading novels or nonfiction books. Newspapers and magazines are important too. If
you do read yourself, your actions will communicate more to your children and
grandchildren about how much you value reading than anything you could ever say. If
the opportunity presents itself, T urge you to take the time to read to a child, or take
the time to let a child see you reading. Everyone will benefit, the child, you, and our
society.
36. Reading helps to make readers look younger than their age.
UNIT 13 TEST YOURSELFE
a. True b. False c. No information
37. A friend of the 100-year-old woman living in the local nursing home borrowed
books from a public library.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Reading a book means you are travelling to the places which are mentions in the
book.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. The writer advises us to read books and consider it as a good example to our future
generations.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. Only readers get benefits from reading.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Scuba diving takes you to an entirely different world. To enter this world one
needs to take the necessary (41) … ,without which the diver life could be
at risk. Like in all other adventure sport, scuba diving is not free (42) … danger.
Necessary precautions need to be taken to ensure a smooth and happy diving journey.
Scuba divers should keep themselves updated about the marine life around that region
and the risk involved there. The (43) ... will help them to avoid animals that turn
aggressive on being approached. The weather forecast and the current beneath and the
water (44) … on the date of the dive also need to be kept in mind. There is a
possibility that the diver may gel too engrossed in viewing the (45) … at the bottom of
the sea and swimming against the current may make it difficult for him to reach his
destination.
Getting trained through classes of scuba diving will help the diver to … the dangers.
Divers should make sure that all their equipments are in good condition and working
properly. The scuba diver needs to show a certain level of responsibility too.
The diver needs to remember his lessons well while (47) … in the sea. Taking things
for granted and forgetting his lesson could go against him and is a foremost danger of
scuba diving. Diving with experience could reduce the danger of scuba diving.
Avoid diving while (48) … from cold, allergies and infections, as in take of some of
the medications could make you sleepy.
A common problem is that scuba divers experience ear pain, which is mainly
caused (49) … pressure changes. The other problems related to scuba diving are
bruises, scrapes and cuts which normally occur because of shipwrecks, coral and reefs.
Diving poo fast also (50) … serious consequences and over expansion and contraction
of lungs could result in serious disabilities. So remember not to be reckless and hasty
while scuba diving.
41. a. training b. education c. schooling d. exercising
42. a. on b. from c. for d. in
43. a. award b. development c. awareness d. adventure
44. a. cases b. residents c. conditions d. situations
45. a. beauty b. beautiful c. beautify d. beautifully
46. a. practice b. protect c. provide d. encounter
47. a. floating b. swimming c. walking d. flowing
48. a: suffering b. keeping c. having d. being
49. a. so b. so that c. while d. due to
50. a. leads b. makes c. causes d. puts
UNIT 14
UNIT 14: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. According to the Red Cross 1998 had been … worst year for natural disasters in
modem times.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
7. During the flood, Army helicopters came and tried to evacuate … injured.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
8. Africa has always had a large migratory population because of war and … famine.
aa b. an c. the d. 0
9. The International Red Cross helps people in need without any discrimination based
on … , race, religion, class or political opinions.
a. national b. nationally c. nationality d. native
10. The International Committee of the Red Cross is a private … institution founded
in 1863 in Geneva, Switzerland.
a human b. humanity c. humanization d. humanitarian
11 In former days, after the battles soldiers on both sides died or were left
wounded on the field without any … attendance and basic care.
a. medicine b. medical c. medication d. medically
12. The International Red Cross has about 97 million volunteers whose main … is to
protect human life and health.
a. mission b. experience c. organization d. rule
13. The International Red Cross helps to ensure respect for the human being, and to
prevent and relieve human ....
a. protection b. enjoyment c. wealthy d. sufferings
14. The International Committee Red Cross has about 12,000 staff members
worldwide, about 800 of them working in its Geneva ...
a, factories b. companies c. headquarters d. buildings
15. The Red Cross on white background was the original protection … declared at the
1864 Geneva Convention.
a. poster b. billboard c. symbol d. signal
16. The Red Cross is an international organization that helps people who are
suffering from the results of war, diseases or ...
a. victims b. disasters c. opportunities d. conditions
17. An international medical conference initiated by Davison resulted in the birth of
the League of Red Cross Societies in 1991.
A. started b. helped c. treated d. dedicated
18. In times of war, the Red Cross is dedicated to reducing the sufferings wounded
soldiers, civilians, and prisoners of war.
a. mounted b. excited c. devoted d. interested
19 … is a situationin which large numbers of people have little or no food,
and many of them die.
a. Disaster b. Famine c. Poverty d. Flood
20. Go … this book because it has the information you need.
a. over b. by c. off d. on
21. Helen has gone out and she will not be … till midnight.
a. off b. along c. back d. away
22. Everything is … you. I cannot make … my mind yet.
a. out off / on b. up to / up c. away from / for d. on for t off
23. There is no food left. Someone must have eaten it …
a. out b. up c. off d. along
24. The explorers made a fire to … off wild animals.
a. get b. keep c. take d. go
UNIT 14
25. If something urgent has … up, phone me immediately and I will help you.
a. picked b. come c. kept d. brought
26. The passengers had to wait because the plane … off one hour late.
a. took b. turned c. cut d. made
27. Be carefull The tree is going to fall.
a. Look out b. Look up c. Look on d. Look after
28. The organization was established in 1950 In the USA.
a. come around b. set up c. made out d. put on
29. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assume
the duties and responsibilities of a national relief society,
a. take on b. get off c. go about d. put in
30. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt,
a. put on b. went off c. got out d. kept up
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
On Monday, May 12, 2008 a violent earthquake, measuring 8.0 on the Richter
scale, happened in southwestern China's Sichuan Province. Hundreds of aftershocks
followed in the area. The earthquake destroyed thousands buildings, roads, schools
and hospitals, as well as infrastructure like communication networks and electrical
towers. Thousands of people died, or are missing, £rid more than 45 million people
were affected by the earthquake, which has been the worst natural disaster to hit China
for 30 years.
The American Red Cross has contributed $20 million to support the relief and
recovery efforts of the Red Cross Society of China. These funds will be used to assist
survivors through the purchase and distribution of relief supplies, coordination of
logistics and transportation of disaster workers to the hardest hit areas. The American
Red Cross has also sent relief experts to the affected area to help monitor and
coordinate the response efforts. On June 6, the American Red Cross co-hosted a forum
to address the U.S. response and recovery efforts following the earthquake. More than
30 representatives from humanitarian organizations, the business companies and the
government participated in the event.
More than 35,000 staff and volunteers with the Red Cross Society of China
responded to the disaster by distributing food, water, tents and other essential items.
The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies are providing
100,000 tents to help those in need.
The Red Cross Society of China .is a very strong organization with extensive
experience responding to disasters. The American Red Cross has long history of
working with the Red Cross/Society of China, going to back to famines in 1906 and
including severe storms earlier this year. There has been a close contact between the
Red Cross Society of China and the International Federation of Red Cross and Red
Crescent Societies, and they have been ready to provide additional support such as
disaster workers, relief supplies or financial assistance.
Concerned family and friends i-n the United States may have difficulty contacting
their loved ones because telecommunication has been out of work by this disaster. If
they are trying to reach relatives living in China or those who are citizens of' China,
the American Red Cross suggests them keep calling or try contacting other family
members who live nearby.
36. The earthquake on May 12, 2008 in China ...
a. let no aftershocks
b. destroyed everything except communication networks
c. caused no human loss
d. had effects on more than 45 million people
37. According to the second paragraph, ...
a. the American Red Cross helped the Red Cross Society of China to recover from the
earthquake
UNIT 14T1
b. the American Red Cross owed the Red Cross Society of China $20 mill ion
c. the victims of the earthquake were not helped to buy necessary things
d. disaster workers were not sent to the hardest hit areas because of the aftershocks
38. Which sentence is not true?
a. There are more than 30 representatives from humanitarian organizations the
business companies and the government in the US helping the Chinese earthquake
victims.
b. The American government did not do anything to help the earthquake victims in
China.
c. The American Red Cross has contributed $20 million to help the earthquake victims
in China.
d. The American Red Cross has also sent relief experts to help the earthquake victims
in China.
39. Which is not mentioned about the Red Cross Society of China?
a. It is a strong organization.
b. It gets on well with the American Red Cross.
c. It supplied the earthquake victims a lot of things except tents.
d. It has extensive experience responding to disasters.
40. After the earthquakes ...
a. it has been difficult to contact with the resident in the attacked area
b. the American Red Cross advised people not to keep contact with the victims
c. contacting with the victims was not a problem
d. everything has been in order soon
Fill In each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
The United Nations Children’s, Fund, or UNICEF, was (41) … by the United Nations
General Assembly on December 11, 1946, to provide emergency food and (42) … to
children in countries that had been devastated by World War II. In 1953, UNICEF
became a permanent part of the United Nations System and its name was shortened
from the (43) … United Nations International Children’s Emergency Fund but it has
continued to be known by the popular acronym based on this old name. (44) … in
New York City, UNICEF provides long-term humanitarian and developmental
assistance to children and mother in developing countries. UNICEF is currently
focused (45) … five primary priorities; Child Survival and Development, Basic
Education and Gender Equality, including girl’s education, Child protection from (46)
… exploitation, abuse, HIV/AIDS and children, and Policy advocacy and partnerships
for children’s rights. Related areas of UNICEF action include early childhood
development, adolescence development and participation, life skills based Education
and child rights all over the world.
A (47) … funded agency, UNICEF relies on contributions from governments
arid private (48) ... Its programs emphasize developing community-level
services to promote the health and well-being of children. Recently, UNICEF has
begun partnerships with world-class athletes and teams to promote the
organization’s work and to (49) … funds. UNICEF greeting cards are sold
worldwide to support efforts on behalf of children creating a better world where
children are happy, healthy and live in dignity. UNICEF selects suitable, paintings for
reproduction from contemporary artists. Total income to UNICEF for 2006 was
$2,781,000,000.
UNICEF was (50) … the Nobel Peace Prize in 1965 and Prince of Asturias. Award of
Concord in 2006. UNICEF is present in 190 countries and territories around the world.
41. a. taken off b. set up c. paid on d. pushed back
42. a. instrument b. projects c. work d. healthcare
43. a. original b. ancestor c. old d. relative
44. a. Managed b. Led c. Headquartered d. Committed
45. a. at b. with c. on d. in
UNIT14T1
46. a. violence b. fun c. excitement d. entertainment
47. a. volunteer b. patients c. voluntary d. voluntarily
48. a. persons b. volunteered c. donors d. victims
49. a. rise b. raise c. lift d. heighten
50. a. complimented b. awarded c. won d. taken
UNIT 14 T2
TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has $ close meaning to the original one.
6. She sustained severe head … after being thrown from her horse.
a. injure b. injured c. injuries d. injurious
7. According to World Bank figures, 41 per cent of Brazilians live in absolute …
a. poor b. poorer c. poorly d. poverty
8. Up until, the middle of the 19 century, there were no … and well-established army
th

nursing systems for casualties.


a. organize b. organized c. organizational d. organizers
9. The AIDS … continues to spread around the world. Up to 4,000 people, are infected
with the HIV virus every single day.
a. treatment b. epidemic c. tsunami d. damage
10 During World War II, the Red Cross organized relief assistance for … and
wounded soldiers and administered the exchange of messages regarding prisoners and
missing persons.
a. civilians b. governments c. authorities d. members
11. A … is a very large wave, often caused by an earthquake, that flows onto the land
and destroys things.
a. famine b. catastrophe c. tsunami d. flood
12. By the end of World War II, 179 … of the Red Cross had conducted 12,750 visits
to POW (prisoner of war) camps in 41 countries.
a. conferences b. symbols c. missions d. delegates
13. We oppose this war, as we would do any other war which created an
environmental catastrophe.
a. pollution b. disaster c. convention d. epidemic
14. The first relief assistance mission organized by the League was an aid mission for
the … of a famine and subsequent typhus epidemic in Poland.
a. leaders b. authorities c. victims d. organizer
15. The 1923 earthquake in Japan killed about 200,000 people and left countless
wounded and homeless.
a. poor b. imprisoned c. suffered d. injured
16. In 2004 more than 40 national societies have worked, with more than 22,000 … to
bringrelief to the countless victims of the earthquake.
a. actions b. volunteers c. founders d. nations
17. The International Red Cross works as … impartial, neutral, and independent
17. Hội Chữ thập đỏ Quốc tế hoạt động với tư cách là một tổ chức vô tư, trung lập và độc lập tổ
organization.chức.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. In 2005 budget of the ICRC amounts to about 970 million Swiss Francs.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19. The International Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement is world’s
Phong trào Chữ thập đỏ và Trăng lưỡi liềm đỏ quốc tế là mạng lưới nhân đạo lớn nhất thế giới.
largest humanitarian network.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
20. They had to delay their trip because of the bad weather.
a. get through b. put off c. keep up with d. go over
21. It took me a very long time to recover from the shock of her death.
a. turn off b. take on
c. get over d. keep up with
UNIT 14T2
22. He did not particularly want to play any competitive sport.
a. use up b, do with c. take up d. go on
23. I am tired because I went to bed late last night.
a. stayed up b. kept off c. put out d. brought up
24. She got … her car to pick … some wild flowers.
a. from / on b. in / at c. off / up d. out / for
25. The customer had tried … someblouses but none of them suited her.
a. at b. with c. in d. on
26. If I get this report finished I will knock … early and go to the pub for some drink
a. up b. over c. on d. off
27. Boy! … away all your toys and go to bed right now.
a. Come b. Lie c. Put d. Sit
28. I have been trying to ring him up all day and I could not … through.
a. get b. take c. look d. hang
a. a h an c. the d. 0
29. The water supply of the building was … off because the pipes burst,
a. handed b. held c. cut d. paid
30. How are you … on with your work? - It is OK.
a. calling b. getting c. laying d. looking
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) is an international non-governmental
organization for the conservation, research, and restoration of the environment, which
remains its official name in the United States and Canada. It is the world’s largest
independent conservation organization with over 5 million supporters worldwide,
working in more than 90 countries, supporting 100 conservation and environmental
projects around the world. It is a charity, with approximately 9% of its funding coming
from voluntary donations by private individuals and businesses. The group says its
main mission is “to halt and reverse the destruction of our environment”. Currently,
much of its work focuses on the conservation of three biomes that contain most of the
world’s biodiversity: forests, freshwater ecosystems oceans, and coasts. Among other
issues, it is also concerned with endangered species, pollution, and climate change.
The organization runs more than 20 field projects worldwide in any given year.
The organization was formed as a charity trust on 11 September, 1961, in Morges,
in Switzerland, under the name World Wildlife Fund. It was an initiative of Julian
Huxley and Max Nicholson.
Since its appearance the organization has conserved the world's fauna, flora,
forests, landscape, water, soils and other natural resources by the management of land,
research and investigation, and publicity, coordination of efforts, cooperation with
other interested parties and all other appropriate means.
In the last few years, the organization set up offices and operations around, the
world. The initial focus of its activities was the protection of endangered species. As
more resources became available, its operations expanded into other areas such as the
preservation of biological diversity, sustainable use of natural resources, and the
reduction of pollution and wasteful consumption ?
36. The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) is an international organization, which
were formed and managed by the governments of the United States and Canada.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. The main mission of the organization is “to halt and reverse the destruction of our
environment”.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. The fund of the organization is mainly supported by the governments of the United
States and Canada.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. The World Wide Fund for Nature designed a project to change the present climate.
UNIT 14T2
a. True b. False c. No information
40. The organization has established offices and operations around the world.
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
UNICEF (The United Nations Children’s Fund) is mandated by the United
Nations General Assembly to advocate for the (41) … of children’s rights, to help
meet their basic needs .and to expand their opportunities to reach their full potential.
UNICEF is guided by the Convention on the Rights of the Child and (42) … to
establish children’s rights as enduring ethical principles and international standards of
(43) … towards children. UNICEF (44) … that the survival, protection and
development of children are universal development. UNICEF mobilizes political will
and material (45) … to help countries, particularly developing countries, ensure a "first
call for children” and to build their capacity to form appropriate policies and (46) …
services for children and their families. UNICEF is committed to ensuring special
protection for (47) … most disadvantaged children - victims of war, disasters, extreme
poverty, all forms of violence and (48) … and those with disabilities. UNICEF
responds in emergencies to protect the rights of children. In coordination with United
Nations partners and humanitarian agencies, UNICEF makes its unique facilities for
rapid response available to its partners to (49) … the suffering of children and those
who provide their care. UNICEF is non-partisan and its cooperation is free from
discrimination. In everything it does, the most disadvantaged children and the
countries in greatest need have priority. UNICEF (50) … , through its country
programs, topromote the
equal rights of women and girls and to support their full participation in the political,
social, and economic development of their communities.
41. a. protest b. destruction c. protection d. achievement
42. a. admits b. suggests c. adopts d. tries
43. a. poverty b. behavior c. medicine d. injure
44. a. insists b. devotes c. treats d. mounts
45. a. sources b. mines c. budgets d. funds
46. a care b. appeal c. supply d. react
47. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
48. a. exploit b. exploited c. exploiter d. exploitation
49. a. rise b. relieve c. increase d. lower
50. a. throws b. looks c. aims d. points
UNIT 14 - TEST 3
TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. All payments to the ICRC are … and are received as donations.
a. volunteer b. voluntary c. voluntarily d. voluntariness
7. The Red Cross organizes and leads relief assistance missions after … such as
natural disasters, man-made disasters, and epidemics..
a. emergent b. emergencies c. emergently d. emergence
8 One of the tasks of the Red Cross is also to support local care projects.
a. health b. healthy c. healthful d. healthily
9. The World Health Organization is the United Nations specialized agency for …
health.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
10. The International Red Cross started over 135 years, inspired by … Swiss
businessman, Jean Henri Dunant.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
11. When was … United Nations established?
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
UNIT 14 - TEST 3
12. One of the core tasks of the Red Cross is to organize nursing and … for those who
are wounded on the battlefield.
a. care b. attention c. victim d. catastrophe
13. The International Red Cross and Red Crescent occurs once every four years
a. Globe b. Society c. Conference d. Nations
14. The mission of the Red Cross is also to supervise the … of prisoners of war.
a. education b. encouragement c. treatment d. runaway
15. The total number of national Red Cross societies from all over the world has
mounted to 186.
a. protected b. devoted c. increased d. aimed
16. Henri Davison, president of the American Red Cross war Committee proposed
forming a federation of these National Societies.
a. took b. dedicated c. carried d. suggested
17. Fifty per cent of road accidents results in head injuries.
a. examines b. heals c. causes d. treats
18. Jean Henri Dunant was appalled by the almost complete lack of care for wounded
soldiers.
a. dedicated b. shocked c. interested d. excited
19. The mission statement of the International Movement as formulated in the
“Strategy 2010” document of the Federation is to improve the lives of vulnerable
people by mobilizing the power of humanity.
a. weak and unprotected b. wealthy and famous
c. poor and disabled d. deaf and mute
20. Did your son pass the university entrance examination?
a. make up b. get along c. go tip d. get through
21. What may happen if John will not arrive in time?
a. go along b. count on c. keep away d. turn up
22. Johnny sometimes visits his grandparents in the countryside.
a. calls on b. keeps off c. takes in d. goes up
23. They decided to postpone their journey till the end of the month because of the
epidemic.
a. take up b. turn round c. put off d. do with
24. The stranger came me and asked, “Is there a post office near here?
a. on to b. away from c. out of d. up to
25. Frankly speaking, your daughter does not take … you at all.
a. after b. along c. up d. over
26. She is not really friendly. She does not get on well … her classmates.
a. from b. with c. for d. to
27. I would be grateful if you kept the news … yourself. Do not tell anyone about it.
a. from b. to c. for d. at
28. I do not use those things any more. You can … them away.
a. get b. fall c. throw d. make
29. They were late for work because their car down.
a. got b. put c. cut d. broke
30. The authority … down that building to build a supermarket.
a. knocked b. came c. went d. fell
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
The World Health Organization (WHO) is a specialized agency of the United
Nations that acts as a coordinating authority on international public health. Established
on 7 April, 1948, and headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, the agency inherited the
mandate and resources of its predecessor, the Health Organization.
The WHO’s constitution states that its objective is “the attainment by all peoples of
the highest possible level of health.” Its major task is to combat diseases, especially
key infectious diseases, and to promote the general health of the people of the world.
UNIT 14 - TEST 3
The WHO also sponsors programs to prevent and treat serious epidemics such as
SARS, malaria, and AIDS. The WHO supports the development and distribution of
safe and effective vaccines, pharmaceutical diagnostics, and drugs. After over 2
decades of fighting smallpox, the WHO declared in 1980 that the disease had been
eradicated - the first disease in history to be eliminated by human effort.
The WHO is nearing success in developing vaccines against malaria and aims to
eradicate polio within the next few years. The organization has already endorsed the
world's first official HIV/AIDS Tool kit for Zimbabwe making it an international
standard. In addition to its work in eradicating disease, the WHO also carries out
various health-related campaigns, for example, to boost the consumption of fruits and
vegetables worldwide and to discourage tobacco use.
Experts met at the WHO headquarters in Geneva in February, 2007, and reported
that their work on pandemic influenza vaccine development had achieved encouraging
progress. More than 40 clinic trials have been completed or are ongoing. Most have
focused on healthy adults. Some companies, after completing safety analyses in adults,
have Initiated clinical trials in the elderly and in children. All vaccines so far appear to
be safe and well-tolerated in all age group tested.
36. The World Health Organization (WHO) …
a. works on international public health
b. has no relation to the United Nations
c. only takes care of Swiss people
d. has no predecessor
37. Which is not mentioned in the second paragraph as the tasks of the World Health
Organization.
a. to promote the general health of everyone in the world
b. to support pharmaceutical diagnostics, and drugs
c. to combat diseases
d. to supply food for patient
38. According to the text, which disease has been eradicated?
a. Malaria b. AIDS c. SARS d. Smallpox
39.According to the third paragraph, the World Health Organization …
a. has not developed vaccines against malaria yet
b. is trying to eradicate polio
c. is not concerned about polio
d. also carries out various health-related campaigns
40. Influenza vaccine ...
a. has only been used for adults
b. cannot be used for children
c. has appeared to be safe in all age groups tested
d. causes bad effects on children and elderly people
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Under the global “health for air strategy, WHO (the World Health Organization) and
its members have placed special emphasis (41) … the developing countries.
Nevertheless, the benefits of WHO’s international health work are benefited by all
countries, including the most developed ones. For example, all nations have benefited
from their contributions to the WHO programs that led to the global (42) … of
smallpox and to better and cheaper ways of controlling tuberculosis.
(43) is a key word in WHO’s programs. The organization believes that immunization,
(44) … prevents the six major diseases of childhood -diphtheria, measles,
poliomyelitis, tetanus, tuberculosis, and whooping cough -should
be (45) … to all children who need it. WHO is leading a worldwide campaign
to provide effective immunization for all children in (46) … with UNICEF.
Provision of safe drinking water for all is one of the objectives of the International
Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation Decade proclaimed by the UN General
UNIT 14 - TEST 3
Assembly in 1980 and (47) … by WHO. WHO is also active in international efforts to
combat the diarrheal diseases, killers of infants and young children. The widespread
introduction of oral rehydration salts, together with improved drinking water supply
and sanitation will greatly reduce childhood mortality from diarrhea.
WHO’s program for primary health (48) … comprises eight essential elements:
1. education concerning prevalent health problems and the methods of preventing and
controlling them;
2. promotion of food supply and proper nutrition;
3. maintenance of (49) … adequate supply of safe water and basic sanitation;
4. provision of maternal and child health care, including family planning;
5. immunization against the major (50) … diseases;
6. prevention and control of locally endemic diseases;
7. appropriate treatment of common diseases and injuries; and
8. provision of essential drugs.
These eight elements were defined in the Declaration of Alma-Ata, which emerged
from the International Conference on Primary Health Care in 1978.
41 a. on b. in c. for d. with
42 a. campaign b. spread c. eradication d. epidemic
43. a. Prevent b. Prevention c. Preventable d. Prevented
44. a. whom b. whose c. that d. which
45 a. prepared b. concerned c. interested d. available
46. a. organization b. establishment c. cooperation d. protection
47 a. b. related c. treated d. attracted
supported

48. a. attention b. care c. medicine d. danger


49. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
50. a. infect b. infected c. infectious d. infection

UNIT 15 T1 UNIT 15: WOMEN IN SOCIETY


TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. A child receives his early … from their parents.
a, educate b. education c. educator d. educative
7. Birth control methods have … women from the endless cycle of childbearing and
rearing.
a. free b. freely c. freedom d. freed
8. Thanks to the women's liberation women can take part in … activities.
a. social b. society c. socially d. socialize
9. In some most Asian countries women are undervalued and they never have the same
… as men.
a. formality b. basis c. limit d. status
10 . … is the study or creation of theories about basic things such as the
nature of existence, knowledge, and thought, or about how people should live.
a. Politics b. Physics c. Business d. Philosophy
11. Mrs. Pike is a feminist, who … that women should be offered the same job
opportunities as men.
a. varies b. advocates c. leads d. votes
12. It is against the law to … on the basis of sex, age, marital status, or race.
a. suit b. discriminate c. believe d. gain
13. Women’s status… in different countries and it depends on the cultural beliefs.
a. varies b. employs c. fixes d. establishes
UNIT 15 T1
14. Women’s contribution to our society has been … better these days.
a. differently b. naturally c. intellectually d. significantly
15. Many of young people between the ages of 16 and 18 who are neither in education
nor … are in danger of wasting their lives.
a. power b. ability c. nature d. employment
16. On 18 December 1979, the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of
Discrimination against Women was adopted by … United Nations General
Assembly.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
17. When they are at …work, employed men work about an hour more than employed
women.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. The women’s movement has brought light to … areas in which women do not
have equality with men.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19. My husband spends far more time helping our three kids … homework and
studying for tests than I do.
a. on b. to c. with d. in
20 My husband and T take turns, cleaning … the kitchen depending … who gets home
from work earlier.
a. away / to b. from / in c. up / on d. with / for
21. The efforts for the advancement of women have resulted … several respectively
achievement in women's life and work.
a. at b. with c. for d. in
22. The women’s movement has affirmed women’s rights to non-discrimination
… education,employment and economic and social- activities.
a. in b. of c. from d. about
23. The small white flowers are my favorite. They give off a wonderful honey smell
that scents the entire garden.
a. release b. stop c. end d. melt
24. I couldn’t make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent.
a. stand b. understand c. write d. interrupt
25. Tm sorry. I didn’t mean to interrupt you. Please, go on and finish what you were
saying.
a. talk b. quit c. continue d. stop
26. The firefighters fought the blaze while the crowd was looking on it.
a. blowing b. watering c. preventing d. watching
27. I cannot believe Peter and Mary … up last week.They have been married for
almost fifteen years. I hope they get back together.
a. went b. gave c. looked d. broke
28. It took us over twelve hours to hike over the mountain. By the time we got
back to our campsite, I was completely … out.
a. worn b. went c. put d. knocked
29. If you don't have the telephone number now, you' can me … up later and give it to
me then.
a. call b. stop c. give d. hold
30. What does “www” … for? Is it short for “world wide web?"
a. sit b. stand c. lie d. point
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Today, more and more women are actively participating in social activities both in
urban and rural areas. Specifically, they have shined brightly in even many fields
commonly regarded as the man’s areas such as business, scientific research and social
management. In some areas, women even show more overwhelming power than men.
The image of contemporary Vietnamese women with creativeness, dynamism, success
UNIT 15 T1
has become popular in Vietnam's society. The fact reveals that the gender gap has
been remarkably narrowed and women, enjoy many more opportunities to pursue their
social careers and obtain success contributing to national socio-economic
development. According to Ms. Le Thi Quy, Director of the Gender and Development
Research Centre under the University of Social Sciences and Humanities, Hanoi
National University; gender equity in Vietnam has reached a high level over the past
decade. The rate of Vietnamese women becoming National Assembly members from
the 9th term to the 11th term increased 8.7%, bringing the proportion of Vietnamese
women in authority to 27.3%, the highest rate in Southeast Asia. There is no big gap in
the level of literacy and schooling between men and women. Women account for
about 37% of university and college graduates, 19.9% of doctoral degree holders and
6.7% of professors and associate professors.
The legitimate rights of women and children are ensured more than ever before
with more complete legal documents including laws, conventions and national action
plans, among which the laws on “gender equity" mark a turning- point in the
empowerment of women.
Mass media also highlights the continued success of women in every field and
honors their great importance in modern society, helping to do away with outdated
perceptions about traditional women’s duties. Many projects on reproductive health
care, children protection, and family income improvement jointly conducted by
various mass organizations, slate agencies and non-governmental organizations have
created favorable conditions for women to become involved
36. The text is about …
a. the changes in the status of Vietnamese women
b. the Vietnamese women's liberation
c. the Vietnamese sex discrimination
d. the discrimination that Vietnamese women have to face
37. Which adjective is not used to describe Vietnamese women?
a. successful b. creative c. narrow d. dynamic
38. According to the data in the text, ...
a. Vietnamese women do not take part in authority
b. the level of literacy and schooling between men and women in Vietnam is the
same
c. there are more women in authority in Vietnam than those in any other countries
in Southeast Asia
d. there are no female professors in Vietnam
39. Vietnamese women ...
a. have few opportunities to develop their intellectual ability
b. have only shined brightly in doing housework
c. cannot do any scientific research
d. are ensured their rights with laws, conventions and national action plans
40. Which is not mentioned in the text as a project to create condition for Vietnamese
women?
a. Traditional women’s duties b. Reproductive health care
c. Children protection d. Family income improvement
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
(41) … history, women have always aimed for a recognized place in (42) ... Guided by
their own (43) … of knowledge and expertise, women like Marie Curie in Spence,
Mary Wollstonecraft in literary writing, Simone de Beauvois in philosophical
existentialist debate, and Marie Stopes , in medicine, to name a few, have brought
about (44) … awareness of the role of women in any walks of life. These women have
helped redefine and (45) … the nature of women’s place in society. Today the (46) …
of global women’s organizations and impact of women's contributions (47) … society
show, that progress has been made and the progress in furthering the role of women in
UNIT 15 T1
society has been some benefit to the (48) … woman. It is true to say that not all
women have the same need. The need of the woman who stays at home and (49) …
children will differ widely from the woman who works outside. Nonetheless, in the
extensive field-of equal opportunities, it would be good to know that access is given to
both with equal measure according to the true value of respective abilities. It also
would he good to know that the woman at home is recognized as a valued (50) … of
society just as much as the one who deals on business outside the home.
41. a. Among b. Throughout c. During d. Upon
42. a. society b. social c. socialize d. socialist
43. a. region b. farm c. field d. path
44. a. a b. an c. the d. no article
45. a. gain b. encourage c. force d. consolidate củng cố
46. a. right b. belief c. limit d. spread
47. a. on b. for c. to d. at
48. a. own b. private c. individual d. personal
49. a. rises b. raises c. increases d. lift
50. a. party b. competitor c. partner d. member

UNIT 15 T2
TEST 2

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the


underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. To preserve that … it was necessary to preserve the people that had created it
a. civil b. civilize c. civility d. civilization
7. The Prime Minister is to consider changes to sexually … laws to enforce equal
opportunities.
a. discriminate b. discrimination c. discriminatory d. discriminated
8. In former days, women were considered not to be suitable for becoming a …
a. politics b. political c. politically d. politician
9. At any competition, everyone is ...
a. the same b. equal c. common d. significant
10. If you have the … in an election, you have the legal right to indicate your choice.
a. status b. individual c. vote d. equality
11. When a women works outside the home and makes money herself, she is …
independent from "her husband.
a. financially b. politically c. philosophically d. variously
12. Not all women can do two jobs well at the same time: rearing children and
Không phải người phụ nữ nào cũng có thể cùng lúc làm tốt hai công việc: nuôi dạy con cái và
working at office.làm việc tại văn phòng.
a. educating b. taking care of c. homemaking d. giving a birth
13. There have been significant changes in women’s lives since the women’s
Đã có những thay đổi đáng kể trong cuộc sống của phụ nữ kể từ khi phụ nữ
liberation movement.Phong trào giải phóng
a. controlled b. economic c. important d. natural
14. Childbearing is the women's most wonderful role.
a. Giving birth to a baby b. Having no child
c. Bring up a child d. Educating a child
15. The forces behind the women’s liberation movement vary from culture to culture,
Các lực lượng đằng sau phong trào giải phóng phụ nữ khác nhau giữa các nền
from individual to individual. văn hóa, từ cá nhân này sang cá nhân khác.
a. advocate b. equalize c. power d. change
16. Many people still think that women should stay at … home and do housework.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
17. It is considered women are suited for … childbearing and homemaking rather than
social activities. Người ta cho rằng phụ nữ phù hợp với việc sinh con và nội trợ hơn là
các hoạt động xã hội.
UNIT 15 T2
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. Farming had been invented by women, not by men, and … agriculture remained
nghiệp đã được phát minh bởi phụ nữ, không phải bởi đàn ông, và nông nghiệp vẫn
the women’s responsibility.Nông trách nhiệm của phụ nữ
a. a b. an c. the d. no
19. Before we had kids, I used to do more housework than my husband did, but he was
working thirteen hour days at the office compared … my eight-hour ones.
a. with b. about c. for d. on
20. Thomas often boasted … his son's golfing ability.
a. on b. to c. about d. over
21. Although I did not totally agree … feminist’s policies, I certainly admired their
audacity, dedication and courage.
a. for b. with c. along d. up
22. A woman’s role in society was defined by the Feminists on whether they were
contributors … society or not
a. upon b. to c. off d. away
23. Alice opened the door and found that it … to a small passage,
a. led b. showed c. cut d. pointed
24. I didn’t get to see the end of that mystery movie on TV last night How did it …
out?
a. go b. make c. bring d. turn
25. Jack is having his lawyer … up the contract to makesure that all of the legalities
Jack đang nhờ luật sư soạn thảo hợp đồng để đảm bảo rằng tất cả các tính hợp pháp
are properly dealt with. được xử lý thích đáng.
a. go b. look c. get d. draw
26. When you are finished using the computer, can you please ... it off.
a. take b. turn c. do d. go
27. When the alarm went off, everyone proceeded calmly to the emergency exits
a. fell b. exploded c. called d. rang
28. Look out. There is a rattlesnake under the picnic table!
a. Listen b. Be careful c. Go d. Watch
29. Mrs. Jones’s husband passed away last Friday. We are all shocked by the news a.
got married b. divorced c. died d. were on business
30. If you do not understand the word “superstitious,” look it tip in the dictionary…
a. find its meaning b. write it c. draw it d. note it
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
For approximately the last 100 years women have been fighting for the same rights as
men, especially around the turn from 19th to 20th century with the struggle
for women’s suffrage and in the 1960s with second-wave feminism and radical
feminism, and were able to snake changes to the traditionally accepted feminine
gender role. However, most feminists today say there is still work to be done.
Numerous studies and statistics show that even though the situation for women has
improved during the last century, discrimination is still widespread: women earn a
smaller percentage of income than men, occupy lower-ranking job positions than men
and do most of the housekeeping work. However, there may be some reason for this,
as some studies have indicated that many jobs which are perceived to be male-
dominated usually have longer hours, necessitate long periods of exposure to the
elements, are higher risk and require a fair amount of physical strength.
When feminism became a conspicuous protest movement in the 1960's, critics
often argued that women who wanted to follow a traditional role would be
discriminated against in the future and forced to join the workforce. Many women,
especially single parents are denied this choice due to economic necessity. In theory,
feminism is the belief that a woman should have the' right to make her own decisions.
Those women who choose to pursue careers and higher education are more and more
appreciated.
36. After a long time of struggling, women have got 3-quite equality to men in every
UNIT 15 T2
aspect so far.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. According to some studies and statistics, men spend more time doing housework
than women do.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Thanks to the equality between men and women, women can earn as much money
as men do.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. Jobs which require a fair amount of physical strength are usually male-dominated,
a. True b. False c. No information
40. The amount of women who get higher education has outgrown that of men.
a. True b. False c. No information

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


In the 1960s the women's liberation movement (41) … suddenly into the public
consciousness and quickly grew into (42) … largest social movement in the history of
the United States. Women’s liberation movement was a continuation of the 19 th
century women’s rights movement. The movement's major (43) … has included not
only legal, economic, and political gains (44) … also has changed the ways in which
people live, dress, dream of their future, and (45) … a living. About health, for
example, many male physicians and hospital have, made major improvements in the
(46) … of women more and more women have become doctors and succeeded (47) …
their medical research; and diseases such as breast cancer, which affects many women,
now receive better funding and treatment, thanks to women’s (48) ... Feminists have
insisted that violence against women become a political issue. The women’s liberation
movement has also made changes in education: curricula and (49)… have been written
to promote equal opportunity for girls and women; more and more female students are
admitted to universities and professional schools.
The women’s liberation movement brought about a radical change in society (50)
… it took a decade for the movement to reach women’s awareness.
41. a. dated b. originated c. introduced d. burst
42. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
43. a. achievement b. civilization c. status d. power
44. a. with b. either c. and d. but
45. a. put b. make c. get d. take
46. a. vote b. employment c. position d. treatment
47. a. in b. to c. for d. with
48. a. role b. limit c. efforts d. ability
49. a. textbooks b. novels c. picture books d. magazines
50. a. because b. if only c. as d. although
UNIT 15 T3
TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Western women are more … than Asian women.
a. depend b.dependent c. independent d. independently
7. In some communities a husband’s … over his wife is absolute.
a. power b.powerful c. powerfully d. powered
8. I think that up to now there has not been a real … between men and women.
a equal equally c. equality d. equalize
9. Most people consider it women’s … to take care of children and do housework
a. limit b. relationship c. responsibility d. respect
10. A … problem, feeling, or belief is difficult to change because its causes have been,
there for a long time.
UNIT 15 T3
a deep-seated b. significant c. dependent d. intellectual
11. In our modem time, the … of women has shifted from homemaker to
outside worker.
a. role b. period c. right d. pay
12. Cultural … are the commonly held norms and moral standards of a culture, the
standards of right and wrong that set expectations for behavior.
a. facts b. changes c. diversities d. beliefs
13. Women are considered to be better suited for childbearing and homemaking rather
than for involvement in the public life of business or politics.
a. education b. advocate c. participation d. recognition
14. Women's taking part in politics has got widespread objections from male
statesmen in many parts of the world.
a. intensive b. extensive c. inside d. slight
15. Girls must all be sent to school because … will provide better opportunities
a. education b. beliefs c. rights d. politics
16. In earlier times when the family depended on the hunter for food, woman’s role,
because she was ... gatherer, was secondary.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
17. Education is recognized as … essential need for achieving equality in most walks
of life.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. It is estimated that about 640 women remain illiterate in … world, mostly in
developing countries.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19. It is generally accepted that in today’s society women have access … education
and can promote themselves much more easily than years ago.
a. to b. up c. on d. for
20. It took women a long time to struggle … the right to vote.
a. for b. with c. against d. upon
21. I think women are suited … many important things, besides childbearing and
homemaking.
a. of b. on c. for d. about
22. Women are increasingly involved … the public life.
a. of. b. in c. with d. from
23. If you have an old blanket, … it along so that we have something to sit on at the
beach.
a. bring b. go c. put d. keep
24. Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they … on
walking.
a. stopped b. kept c. took d. put
25. Before the plane … off, the flight attendant told everyone to fasten their seat belts
and put their chairs in an upright position.
a. woke b. brought c. kept d. took
26. Don’t forget to … your gloves on. It is cold outside.
a. let b. make c. put d- fix
27. If you don’t pay your rent, your landlord is going to kick you out!
a. lend you some money b. play football with you
c. give you a kick d. force you to leave
28. Yesterday I ran into Sam at the grocery store. I had not seen him for years.
a. met b. visited c. said goodbye to d. made
29. Let’s go over that report again before we submit it.
a. dictate b. print c. read carefully d. type
30. I will not stand for your bad attitude any longer.
a. like b. tolerate c. mean d. care
UNIT 15 T3
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
It has been thought that women are the second class in citizen, and men are the
first. There is not a real equality of opportunity for men and women. Years ago, people
were living in a man-dominated society. Women had to obey their husbands and
fathers absolutely. Women's place was in the kitchen and women's work was
housework. Jn many places, women were not even allowed to go to school. Women
had no rights, even the right to choose husband for themselves. Men usually occupied
high positions in society so they thought they were more intelligent than women. Men
often considered women as their property. Sometimes, they were-mistreated by their
husbands and suffered the problem as a fate. Many parents did not even want to
daughters.
Despite the progress, there remain outdated beliefs about women's roles,
traditionally passed down from generation to generation. Men are commonly seen as
the strong bodies, bread-winners in the family and key leaders in society, while
women are restricted to being housewives and child bearing and care, and housework
such as washing and cooking.
According to social surveys, many women in the 21st century still have to work
over 12 hours a day including working in offices and doing countless household
chores without any help from their husbands. In some regions, the labor of women is
not recognized despite the hardships they endure to support the whole family.
Moreover, women are the direct victims of family violence, especially in rural areas.
Thanks to the women's liberation movement, nowadays women have proved that
they are equal to men in every aspect. An average woman has weaker muscles than an
average man but she may be as intelligent as he is. Women can do everything that men
can, and women can do one thing that no man can: they produce children
36. Which is not women’s role in the former days?
a. Working in authority b. Doing housework
c. Doing cooking d. Bearing and rearing children
37. Years ago, women are not allowed ...
a. to work in the kitchen b. to go to school
c. to do housework d. to stay at home with their parents
38. What did women have to suffer?
a. Good schooling b. Choosing a husband themselves
c. Enjoy their housework d. Illiteracy
39. The outdated beliefs about women’s roles ...
a. have been eradicated completely
b. disappeared soon after the women’s liberation movement
c. still exist at present
d. was forced to change after the women’s liberation, movement
40. According to the text, women in the 21st century ...
a. do not have to do housework any more
b. are still the victims of family violence in some rural areas
c. get help from their husbands with all housework
d. spend less than 12 hours working outside the home and doing housework
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Years ago, in their private family role, women quite often dominate the male
members of the household. Women were quite (41) … to their families.
However, the public role of women has changed (42) … since the beginning of World
War II.
During the war, men were away from home to the battle. As a (43) … , women were in
complete control of the home. They found themselves doing double and sometimes
triple (44) … They began to take over the work of their absent husbands and to work
outside. They accounted for 73% of the industrial labor force. Women “were forced by
economic realities to work in the factories. The women who worked there were (45)
UNIT 15 T3
… low wages, lived in crowded and small dormitories. (46) … , they found
themselves a place as active members of society. Women, although they were
ruthlessly exploited, became the key to the country’s success.
The feminist movement seems to have been (47) … important part in the demands.
(48) … women Equal Rights. The movement tends to have a way of changing men
and women and their roles in society. It often redefines the role of women in society.
Inventions, too, bring progress in society as (49) … as to the individual’s life. In the
late nineteenth century the invention of the typewriter gave women a new skill and a
job outside the home. The Suffragettes in the turn of the century has become a (50) …
for most women to be engaged in equality.

41 a. fascinated b. worried c. dedicated d. interested


42. a. unfortunately b. approximately c. nearly d. dramatically
43. a. change b. result c. success d. opportunity
44. a. duty b. job c. requirement d. career
45 a. made b. paid c. created d. delivered
d. so
46. a. Because b. Therefore c. However
d. 0
47. a. a b. an c. the
d. against
48 a. for b. in c. with
d. well
49 a. much b. long c. soon d. role
50. a. present b. souvenir c. symbol

UNIT 16 T1 UNIT 16: THE ASOCIATION OF


SOUTHEAST ASIAN NATIONS
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. ASEAN remains ready to further cooperate with … United Nations in the ongoing
humanitarian efforts for the victims of Cyclone Nargis in Myanmar
a. a b. an c. the d. 0 ASEAN vẫn sẵn sàng hợp tác hơn nữa với Liên hợp quốc trong các
nỗ lực nhân đạo cho các nạn nhân của cơn bão Nargis ở Myanmar
7 … UN leader sappreciate the support, cooperation and leadership that ASEAN has
Nhà lãnh đạo LHQ đánh giá cao sự hỗ trợ, hợp tác và lãnh đạo mà ASEAN
shown in helping the victims of disasters. đã có được thể hiện trong việc giúp đỡ các nạn nhân của thiên tai.
a. A 6. An c. The d. 0
8. The organization hosts cultural activities in … attempt to further integrate the
region. Tổ chức tổ chức các hoạt động văn hóa nhằm cố gắng tích hợp hơn nữa vùng đất
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
9. ASEAN also works for the … of peace and stability in the region.
ASEAN cũng hoạt động vì THÚC ĐẨY hòa bình và ổn định trong khu vực.
a. promote b. promotion c. promotional d. promoter
10. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, commonly referred to as ASEAN, is
a geo-political and … organization.
a. economy b. economic c. economics d. economical
11. The motivations for the birth of ASEAN were the desire for a … environment.
a. stable b. stability c. stably d. stabilize
12. ASEAN was founded on 8 August, 1967 with five …: Thailand, Indonesia,
Malaysia, Singapore, and the Philippines,
a. members b. competitors c.leaders d. statesmen
13. ASEAN is an organization on the Southeast Asian region that aims to … economic
ASEAN là một tổ chức của khu vực Đông Nam Á nhằm mục đích thúc đẩy kinh tế trưởng, tiến bộ xã hội và phát triển văn hóa.
growth, social progress, and cultural development.
a. account b. include c. accelerate d. respect
14. The Association of Southeast Asia which consists of 10 countries located in
Southeast Asia was … on August 8, 1967 by Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines,
Singapore, and Thailand.
a. found b. founded c. invented d. discovered
UNIT 16 T1
15. The aims of the Association of Southeast Asia include the evolvement of economic
growth, social progress, cultural development among its members, and the
mục tiêu của Hiệp hội Đông Nam Á bao gồm sự phát triển của nền kinh tế trưởng,
promotion of regional peace. Cáctiến bộ xã hội, phát triển văn hóa giữa các thành viên, và thúc đẩy hòa bình khu vực.
a. goals b. organizations c. missions d. plans
16. Southeast Asia is a region of diverse cultures. Đông Nam Á là khu vực có nhiều nền văn hóa đa dạng

a. same b. adopted c. various d. inspected


17. ASEAN has emphasized cooperation in the “three pillars” of security, socio-
cultural and economic … in the region ASEAN nhấn mạnh hợp tác trên “ba trụ cột” là an ninh, văn hóa xã hội và
hội nhập kinh tế trong khu vực
a. organization b. production Khu vực mậu dịch tự do ASEAN (AFTA) là một hiệp định của các quốc
c. integration d. establishment các thành
gia viên của ASEAN liên quan đến sản xuất trong nước ở tất cả
nước ASEAN
18. The ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA) is an agreement by the member nations of
ASEAN concerning local manufacturing in all ASEAN countries.
a. progressing b. producing c. combining d. aiming
19. ASEAN has planned equitable economic development and reduced poverty and …
ASEAN đã lên kế hoạch phát triển kinh tế công bằng và giảm nghèo và…
disparities in year 2020. chênh lệch trong năm 2020.
a. socio-politic b. socio-cultural
c socio-linguistic d. socioeconomic
20. The Governments of ASEAN have paidspecial attention … trade
a. to b. on c. for d. with
21. The goal the ASEAN Vision 2020 aims … creating a stable, prosperous and highly
tiêu Tầm nhìn ASEAN 2020 hướng tới là tạo dựng một cộng đồng ổn
competitive ASEAN economic region.Mục định, thịnh vượng và phát triển cao cạnh tranh khu vực kinh tế ASEAN.
a. for b. on c. at d. up
22 … I will give him the report.
a. When he will return b. When he returns
c. Until he will return d. No sooner he returns
23 … the firemen arrived to help, we had already put out the fire.
a. Until b. sooner c. By the time d. After
24. I have earned my own living … I was seven.
a. since b. when c. while d. as soon as
25. We saw many beautiful birds … in the lake.Chúng tôi đã thấy nhiều loài chim đẹp khi câu cá trong hồ
a. whoaen we are fishing b. while fishing c. while fished d. fishing
26 … Peter came to see me.
a. While having dinner b. While I was having dinner
c. When having dinner d. When I am having dinner
27… my homework, I went to bed.
a. After 1 had finished b. After finished
c. Finished d. After had finished
28 … the dance, Jerry said good-bye to his girlfriend.
a. Before left b. Before he leaves
c. Before leaving d. Before he will leave
29. Jones … after everyone …
a. speaks / will eat b. will speak / has eaten
c. is speaking / eats d. has spoken / will have eaten
30 … , Joe stays in bed and reads magazines.
a. Whenever raining b. As it will be raining
c. When it will rain d. Whenever it rains
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
On 8 August 1967, five leaders -the Foreign Ministers of Indonesia, Malaysia, the
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand - sat down together in the main hall of the
Department of Foreign Affairs building in Bangkok, Thailand and signed a document.
By virtue of that document, the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) was
born. The five Foreign Ministers who signed it have been considered as the founders
of probably the most successful intergovernmental organization in the developing
world today. The document that they signed would be known as the ASEAN
UNIT 16
Declaration.
It is a short, simply-worded document containing just five articles. It declares the
establishment of an Association for Regional Cooperation among the Countries of
Southeast Asia to be known as the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)
and spells out the aims and purposes of that Association. These aims and purposes are
about the cooperation in economy, society, culture, techniques, education and other
fields, and in the promotion of regional peace and stability through abiding respect for
justice and the principles of the United Nations Charter. It stipulates that the
Association will be open for participation by all States in the Southeast Asian region
subscribing to its aims, principles and purposes. It proclaims ASEAN as representing
the collective will of the nations of Southeast Asia to bind themselves together in
friendship and cooperation and, through joint efforts and sacrifices, secure for their
peoples and for posterity the blessings of peace, freedom and prosperity. The goal of
ASEAN, then, is to create, not to destroy.
The original ASEAN logo presented five brown sheaves of rice stalks, one. for each
founding member. Beneath the sheaves is the legend “ASEAN” in blue. These are set
on a field of yellow encircled by a blue border. Brown stands for strength and stability,
yellow for prosperity and blue for the spirit of cordiality in which ASEAN affairs are
conducted. When ASEAN celebrated its 30th Anniversary in 1997, the sheaves on the
logo had increased to ten - representing all ten countries of Southeast Asia and
reflecting the colors of the flags of all of them. In a very real sense, ASEAN and
Southeast Asia will be one and the same, just as the founders had envisioned.
36. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations …
a. consists of some Western nations
b. was established by the Philippines
c. was founded on 8 August 1967
d. was established by the Minister of the Department of Foreign Affairs of Thailand
37. The pronoun it in the first paragraph refers to ...
a. the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
b. the most successful inter- governmental organization
c. Bangkok
d. the ASEAN Declaration
38. Which adjective can be used to describe the Association of Southeast Asian
Nations?
a. successful b. illegal c. nongovernmental d. developing
39. Which does not belong to the purpose and aim of the Association of Southeast
Asian Nations?
a. friendship b. destruction c. creation d. cooperation
40. Up to 1997 how many countries there have been in ASEAN?
UNIT 16 a. 5 b. 6 c. 8 d. 10
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
ASEAN Handicraft Promotion and Development Association (AHPADA) was
established as a result of a Workshop on Handicraft for Export which was
(41) … by the Royal Thai Government in February 1981 in Bangkok. AHPADA was
formed as a forum for both the government and private sectors that are concerned with
meeting and complementing each other in the promotion and development of
handicrafts (42)… AHPADA is affiliated to the ASEAN and the World Craft Council.
The (43) … members were Thailand, Malaysia, the Philippines and Indonesia.
Singapore and Brunei join in a little (44) … Cambodia, Lao, Myanmar and Vietnam
joined in September 1999.
AHPADA’s objectives are
1. To take common approach to develop and promote the marketing of crafts
(45) … and outside the ASEAN Region.
2. To operate as a main point of promotion of ASEAN handicrafts and raw
UNIT 16
(46) … required for production, trade fairs and exhibitions,
3. To strengthen and improve the status of craftspeople
4. To create employment opportunities especially in the rural areas,
5. To (47) … traditional crafts kills within the context of conservation of cultural
heritage,
6. To educate and create awareness and appreciation of the authentic handicrafts of
ASEAN Countries,
7. And to build up an archive of ASEAN CRAFT information.
With the recent economic downturn in (48) … ASEAN Countries, AHPADA's
objectives are more relevant than they have ever been before. Most producers are
among the rural areas and (49) … majority of them are very small entrepreneurs.
AHPADA works at both national level through the national focal points and at the
international level through the Board of AHPADA and the Regional Secretariat which
is permanently based in Bangkok, Thailand. (50) … 1981 AHPADA has been able to
act as a catalyst and initiators in the promotion and development of ASEAN CRAFTS
through seminars, workshops and exhibitions, often in partnership with several
multinational and international organizations.
41. a. hosted b. joined c. promoted d. produced
42 a. acts b. actions c. acting d. activities
43. a. finding b. founding c. hiding d. recording
44 a. latest b. last c. late d. later
45 a. within b. into c. onto d. away
46 a. machines b. equipment c. materials d. devices
47 a. save b. preserve c. store d. keep
48 a. most b. the most c. mostly d. the more
49. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
50 a. When b. While c. Since d. As

UNIT 16 TEST 2
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. The ASEAN Security Community (ASC) aims to ensure that countries in the region
live at with one another and in a democratic and harmonious environment.
a. peace b. peaceful c. peacefully d. peaceable
7. ASEAN’s aims include the acceleration of economic growth, … progress,
cultural development among its members, and the promotion of regional peace
a. society b. social c. socially d. socialize
8. A combined gross domestic … of the member countries of ASEAN has grown at an
average rate of around 6% per year.
a. produce b. productivity c. production d. product
9. To build on the field of political and security cooperation, … ASEAN Leaders have
agreed to establish the ASEAN Security Community (ASC).
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
10. On July 28, 1995, Vietnam became … seventh member of ASEAN.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
11. ASEAN has … population of 575.5 million.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
12. The population of ASEAN accounts … about 8.7% of the world's population.
a. of b. for c. in d. from
13. Laos and Myanmar were admitted ... ASEAN in 1997.
a. for b. of c. to d. in
14. ASEAN also try to solve the problems of ethnic tensions which might lead … civil
UNIT 16 T2
war.
a. into b. away c. off d. to
15. One of ASEAN’s objectives is to help people think about peace and … and do
something about it.
a. origin b. justice c. statistics d. record
16. There are plenty of industrial … established in the area, which also makes the
government worried about pollution.
a. series b. goods c. enterprises d. relationships
17. Free … area is a designated group of countries that have agreed to eliminate tariffs,
quotas, and preferences on most goods among them
a. trade b. cultural c. stable d. adopted
18. The ASEAN Investment Area aims to enhance the competitiveness of the region
for attracting direct investment which flows into and within ASEAN.
a. produce b. combine c. found d. improve
19. ASEAN has … community of Southeast Asian nations at peace with one another
and at peace with the world.
a. joined b. estimated c. established d. solved
20. ASEAN helps to regional cooperation in Southeast Asia in the
spirit of equality and partnership
a. invest b. promote c. admit d. invest
21. Rice is the … exported product of Vietnam.
a. main b. free c. average d. rural
22. I sun going to speak with the boss when the meeting ...
a. will end b. ends c. is ending d. would end
23… Peter gets here, we will congratulate him.
a. As soon as b. After c. No sooner d. Since
24… I visit him, we talk about politics a lot.
a. Up to b. As far as c. Whenever d. Until
25. While she … breakfast, I set the table.
a. will make b. was making c. has made d. would be making
26. After Mariana … her exam, I … her out to eat.
a. was finishing / would take b. finished / had take
c. will finish / have taken d. has finished / will take
27. Mrs. Pike … the door before the customers arrived
a. had opened b. will open c. would open d. has opened
28. She went on crying, with her head sunk into a pillow, and cried … and cried the
pillow was wet through.
a. before b. after c. until d. while
29 … in Borne than he was kidnapped.
a. No sooner he arrived b. Had he no sooner arrived
c. No sooner had he arrived d. No sooner he had arrived
30. I have not seen my dog … the storm struck the community.
a. since b. while c. as soon as d. when
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), regional alliance of ten
independent countries that promotes stability and economic growth in Southeast Asia.
The organization also encourages cultural exchanges between its members ASEAN
was founded in August 1967 by Malaysia, Thailand, and the republics of Indonesia,
Singapore, and the Philippines. Brunei joined the alliance after attaining independence
from the United Kingdom in 1984. Vietnam was admitted as the first communist
member in 1995. Laos and Myanmar joined ASEAN in 1997, and Cambodia became
part of the alliance in 1999. The ASEAN secretariat, a central office that administers
the organization's activities, is located in Jakarta, Indonesia. Heads of governments of
member countries meet annually; there are also annual meetings of Prime Ministers
UNIT 16
and regular meetings of economic ministers of member countries.
Its principal objectives, outlined in the Bangkok Declaration (1967), were to
accelerate economic growth and promote regional peace and stability. A joint forum
with Japan was established in 1977, and a cooperation agreement with the Euro-, pean
Community (now European Union) was signed in 1980. During the late 1980s and
early 1990s, ASEAN played an important role in mediating the civil war in Cambodia.
In January 1992 ASEAN members agreed to establish a free-trade area and to cut
tariffs on nonagricultural goods over a 15-year period beginning in 1993. However,
different regulations and tariffs among member countries have made that task difficult.
Even so, ASEAN hoped to achieve economic integration by 2015.
36. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) consists of ten members up
to now.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. The nations in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations exchange cultures one
another.
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Brunei is one of the founding countries.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations intends to admit some nations into the
organization.
a. True b. False c. No information
40. Members of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations do not have to pay tariffs
on nonagricultural goods forever.
a. True b. False No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
What is the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and what is its
purpose? The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is a multilateral
organization which was (41) … to give Southeast Asian states a forum to
communicate (42) … each other. Since the region had a long colonial past and a
history of endemic, warfare, there has never been much peaceful and constructive (43)
… between kings, presidents and other officials. A neutral forum was, (44) … a very
useful development for all of those countries.
ASEAN was formed as a result of the Bangkok (45) of 1967 and initially had five
members: Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, (46) … Philippines and Singapore.
Brunei (47) … joined in 1984 after it had won independence from Britain. Vietnam
became the seventh member of the group, officially joining in 1995. (48) … several
years of negotiation, Myanmar and Laos joined in 1997 and the final member of the
ten, Cambodia, joined in 1999. The only (49) … state in Southeast Asia which is not a
member of ASEAN is now East Timor. It is still (50) vulnerable and fragile to be able
to participate for the foreseeable future.
41. a. created b. made c. done d. discovered
42. a. in b. on c. for d. with
43. a. interflow b. interaction c. interference d. intercommunity
44. a. nevertheless b. moreover c. therefore d. however
45. a. Entitle b. Requirement c. Independence d. Declaration
46. a. a b. an c. the d. 0
47. a. subsequently b. fortunately c. approximately d. surprisingly
48. a. Before b. After c. Since d. While
49. a. dependent b. independent c. independently d. independence
50. a. enough b. either c. also d. too
TEST 3
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Throughout the 1970s, ASEAN embarked on a program of economic ...
Trong suốt những năm 1970, ASEAN bắt tay vào một chương trình HỢP TÁC KINH TẾ
UNIT 16 T3
a. cooperate b. cooperation c. cooperative d. cooperatively
7. 2007 was the 40 anniversary of the … of ASEAN.
th

a. found b. founder c. foundation d. founding


8. Vietnam asked for … to ASEAN in 1995.
a. admit b. admission c. admissive d. admissible
9. Companies now can exploit the opportunities presented by … integrated market of
increasingly prosperous consumers in the region of ASEAN
a. a b. an ( đáp án đúng) c. the d. 0
10. Among ASEAN’s … greatest challenges are the integration of market diversity
and the transitional economies of its member countries.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
11. Integrating with … I world's economy, ASEAN finds itself facing important
Hội nhập với nền kinh tế thế giới, ASEAN đứng trước những thách thức quan trọng
opportunities and challenges.những cơ hội và những thách thức
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
12. They will campaign for the return of traditional lands and respect national rights
and customs.
a. to b. with c. on d. for
13. Our country is trying its best to accelerate the rate … economic growth.
a. of b. at c. for d. from
14. Regional development activities have been carried out … ASEAN cooperation
a. under b. for c. into d. off
15. ASEAN economic cooperation … many areas, such as agriculture, industry,
services, transportations, and tourism,
a. creates b. contains c. consists d. covers
16. ASEAN bodies in addressing- global and regional concerns such as food security,
… and disaster management.Các cơ quan của ASEAN trong việc giải quyết các mối quan tâm toàn cầu và khu
vực như an ninh lương thực,năng lượng và quản lý thiên tai.
a. realization b. energy c. plan d. diversity
17. The 8th ASEAN Science and Technology Week is now being … Manila from 1 to
11 July 2008.
a. held b. joined c. related d. combined
18. The ASEAN Science and Technology Week aims to promote science and
lễ Khoa học và Công nghệ ASEAN nhằm thúc đẩy khoa học và phát triển
technology … in the region. Tuần công nghệ trong khu vực
a. tourism b. solution c. forestry d. development
19. In economics, a country’s … is the total value of goods and services produced
within a country in a year, not including its income from investments in other
countries.
a. free trade area b. association
c. gross domestic product d. economic cooperation
20. HeÔngsays the government must introduce tax incentives to encourage ...
nói rằng chính phủ phải đưa ra các ưu đãi về thuế để khuyến khích ...
a. dedication b. growth c. unemployment d. investment
21. The local authority must face the … that they do not have enough conditions to
develop economy. Chính quyền địa phương phải nhận ra rằng họ không có đủ điều kiện để phát triển kinh tế
a. trade b. statistics c. encouragement d. realization đáp án đúng
22. I have been learning English … I was twenty years old.tôi học tiếng anh kể từ lúc tôi 12 tuổi
a. since đáp án đúng b. as soon as c. while d. till
23 … , can you tell him that I have-a book for him, please?
a. When you will see Jason b. When will you see Jason
c. When do you see Jason d. When you see Jason
24. Since I … to the town, I … home.
a. moved / have not returned b. will move / will not returned
c. have moved / was not returning d. move / am not returning
25. I’ m not leaving … I get an apology from you.
a. as far as b. no longer than c. after d. until
26. The teacher … before we arrived.
UNIT 16 T3
a. will leave b. was leaving c. has left d. had left
27. I flew for the first time last year … I went to Brazil.
a. as b. until c. no sooner d. till
28 … I realized where I was.
a. No sooner I have opened my eyes than
b. No sooner have I opened my eyes than
c. No sooner I had opened my eyes than
d. No sooner had I opened my eyes than
29. Mary will have finished all her work ...
a. as soon as her boss returned b. until her boss will return
c. by the time her boss returns d. when her boss will return
30 … for my train the morning, I met an old school friend.
a. When I had been waiting b. While T was waiting
c. As I will be waiting d. Until I had been waiting
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer. phương
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations or ASEAN was established on 8
August 1967 in Bangkok by the five original Member Countries, namely, Indonesia,
Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand. Brunei joined on 8 January 1984,
Vietnam on 28 July 1995, Lao PDR and Myanmar on 23 July 1997, and Cambodia on
30 April 1999. the ASEAN Declaration states that the aims and purposes of the
Association are: to-accelerate economic growth, social progress and cultural
development in the region and to promote regional peace and stability through abiding
respect for justice and the rule of law in the relationship among countries in the region
and adherence to the principles of the United Nations Charter.
In,2003, the ASEAN Leaders resolved that an ASEAN Community shall.be
established comprising three pillars, namely, ASEAN Security Community, ASEAN
Economic Community and ASEAN Socio-Cultural Community.
'' The ASEAN Vision 2020, adopted by the ASEAN Leaders on the 30th Anniversary
of ASEAN, agreed on a shared vision of ASEAN as a concert of Southeast Asian
nations, outward looking, living in peace, stability and prosperity, bonded together in
partnership in dynamic development and in a community of caring societies ASEAN
Member Countries have adopted the following fundamental principles in their
relations with one another, as contained in the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in
Southeast Asia (TAC):
• mutual respect for the independence, sovereignty, equality, territorial integrity, and
national identity of all nations;
• the right of every State to lead its national existence free from external interference,
subversion or coercion;
• non-interference in the internal affairs of one another;
• settlement of differences or disputes by peaceful manner;
• renunciation of the threat or use of force; and
• effective cooperation among themselves.
36. According to the text, which nation is the last member to join The Association of
Theo văn bản, quốc gia nào là thành viên cuối cùng tham gia Hiệp hội
Southeast Asian Nations up to now.các Các nước Đông Nam Á đến nay
a. Vietnam b. The Philippines c. Brunei d. Cambodia
37. The ASEAN Declaration is about ... Tuyên bố ASEAN về...
a. the cultures of all the members of the organizationcác nền văn hóa của tất cả các thành viên của tổ chức
b. the development of all countries all over the world sự phát triển của tất cả các nước trên thế giới
c. the aims and purposes of the organization mục tiêu và mục đích của tổ chức
d. the laws of the members of the organization pháp luật của các thành viên của tổ chức
38. The third paragraph is about ...
a. living in peace, stability and prosperitysống trong hòa bình, ổn định và thịnh vượng
b. the 30th Anniversary of ASEAN kỷ niệm 30 năm thành lập ASEAN
c. The ASEAN Vision 2020
UNIT 16 T3
d. the ASEAN Leaders Hiệp ước thân thiện và hợp tác ở Đông Nam Á...
39. The Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia ...
a. is not accepted by ASEAN Member Countries không được các nước thành viên ASEAN chấp nhận
b. consists of fundamental principles in the relations of ASEAN Member Countries
c. is disapproved by ASEAN Member Countries không được các nước thành viên ASEAN chấp thuận
d. has two principles có hai nguyên tắc
40. Which principle does not belong to the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in
tắc nào không thuộc Hiệp ước thân thiện và hợp tác trong
Southeast Asia? Nguyên
Đông Nam Á?
a. interference in the internal affairs of member countriescan thiệp vào công việc nội bộ của các nước
thành viên
b. effective cooperation hợp tác hiệu quả
c. mutual respect sự tôn trọng lẫn nhau
d. peaceful manner cách hòa bình
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
The Philippines, officially known (41) … the Republic of the Philippines, is (42)
… in Southeast Asia with Manila as its capital city. The Philippine (43) … 7,107
islands in the western Pacific Ocean, sharing borders with Indonesia, Malaysia,
Taiwan, and Vietnam. The Philippines is the world’s 12th most populous country with
a population approaching 90 million people. Its national (44) … is the 37th largest in
the world with a 2006 gross domestic product (GDP) of over 117.562 billion USD.
There are (45) …11 million overseas Filipinos worldwide. The Philippines became a
Spanish colony in the 16th century and an American territory at the (46) … of the 20th
century. The Philippines won independence from Spain in 1896. The Philippines (47)
… its independence from the United States on July 4, 1946 after World War II.
Spanish was an official language
of the Philippines until 1973. (48) … then, the two official languages are Filipino and
English. The Philippines had cultural ties with Malaysia, Indonesia, and India in the
ancient time, and trade (49) … with China and Japan as early as the 9th century. The
late 1960s and early 1970s its economic development was second in Asia, (50) … to
Japan. The Philippines is a founding and active member of the United Nations and is a
founding member of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN). The
Philippines is also a member of the East Asia Summit (EAS) and an active member in
the Asia- Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC).
41. a. as b. to c. with d. for
42. a. laid b. lay c. located d. put
các hợp chất 43. a. compounds b. fixes c. consists d. comprises bao gồm
44. a. economy b. economics c. economical d. economically
45. a. more b. more than c. rather than d. rather more
46. a. starter b. initiation c. first d. beginning
47. a. gathered b. collected c. gained d. earned
48. a. from b. since c. for d. until
49. a. acts b. acquaintances c. relations d. concerns
50. a. next b. by c. beside d. on
UNIT 16 TEST YOURSELF

TEST YOURSELF F
TEST 1
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. More and more women have become … and do research on many fields as men do.
a. science b. scientific c. scientifically d. scientists
7. It is … that changes women's lives and the perception of women’s roles
Chính giáo dục đã thay đổi cuộc sống của phụ nữ và nhận thức về vai trò của phụ nữ
a educate b. education c. educational d. educated
8.They are designing a new program to help businesswomen with an attempt
to promote … growth. Họ đang thiết kế một chương trình mới để giúp các nữ doanh nhân nỗ lực
để thúc đẩy tăng trưởng việc làm.
UNIT 16 TEST YOURSELF

a. employ b. employer c. employee d. employment


9. UNESCO was established to encourage … among nations in the areas of education,
được thành lập để khuyến khích sự hợp tác giữa các quốc gia
science, culture, and communication. UNESCO trong các lĩnh vực giáo dục, khoa học, văn hóa và truyền thông.
a. employment b. collaboration c. workforce d. independence
10. The united Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO),
was established in 1946.
a. set up b. taken off c. put away d. run up
11. More and more women are now joining the paid labor force worldwide
a. putting away from b. keeping up with
c. taking part in d. making room for
12. UNESCO hopes to encourage universal respect for justice, laws, human, and
fundamental freedoms.
a. rights b. projects c. programs d. protest
13. UNESCO has its … inParis, France, and operates educational; scientific, and
cultural programs and exchanges from 60 field offices worldwide
a. shelters b. houses c. homes d. headquarters
14. UNESCO has international cooperation agreements to secure the world's cultural
and natural heritage and to … human rightsUNESCO có các thỏa thuận hợp tác quốc tế để bảo đảm các giá trị văn
hóa của thế giới và di sản thiên nhiên và để bảo tồn quyền con người
a. collaborate b. exchange c. preserve d remain
15. The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO) is a specialized … of the United Nations established on November 16,
1945. Tổ chức Giáo dục, Khoa học và Văn hóa của Liên hợp quốc (UNESCO) là cơ quan chuyên môn của Liên
hợp quốc được thành lập ngày 16 tháng 11 năm 1945
a. office b. agency c. company d. enterprise
16. Women’s rights have given them an … pursue high schooling and well-paid
career. Quyền của phụ nữ đã cho họ quyền theo đuổi việc học trung học và được trả lương cao sự nghiệp.
a. agency b. employment c. access d. economy
17. About 1.3 billion people live in absolute poverty on … income of less than one US
dollar a day. 70% of these people are women.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. Women's rights became … important issue in the English speaking world.
a., a. b. an c. the d. 0
19 … the office staff learned about Jones’s promotion, they threw her a party.
khi các nhân viên văn phòng biết về việc thăng chức của Jones, họ đã tổ chức một bữa tiệc cho cô ấy
a. Before b. When
c. By the time d. Since
20. John has not phoned us … he left the city.
a. after b. until c. since d. as
21. David was crossing the street … a truck turned round at the corner and nearly hit
him.
a. by the time b. as far as c. till d. when
22. As soon as … , … she to her hometown.
a. graduates / will return b. will graduate / returns
c. will be graduating / has returned d. graduated / had returned
23. Stay here ...
a. since 1 came back b. until I come back
c. when I will come back d. as soon as I was coming
back
24.I … all the preparations before you … home tonight.
a. have made / will have come b. am making / came
c. will make / will come d. will have made / come
25 Don't be so childish. It is time you … up.
a. did b. went c. grew d.brought
26. Around 100 million children have no access to primary education, and girls … up
to 60% Khoảng 100 triệu trẻ em không được tiếp cận với giáo dục tiểu học, và trẻ em gái chiếm đến 60%
a. make b. put c. take d. go
UNIT 16 TEST YOURSELF

27. Women bear more than half of all work done.


a. give up b. put a way c. keep on d. take up
28. The number of women living in poverty has risen by 50% since 1970, the number
of men by 30% Số 30%
phụ nữ sống trong nghèo đói đã tăng 50% kể từ năm 1970, con số của nam giới bằng

a. stayed on b. gone up c. kept away d. cooled off


29. One study found that men’s contribution … housework has doubled over the past
four decades.
a. on b. to c. with d. for
30. Men have tripled the time they spend caring … their children at the present time.
Đàn ông đã tăng gấp 3 lần thời gian họ dành cho việc chăm sóc con cái ở thời điểm hiện tại.
a. for b. against c. on d. with
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
A trend in women’s change in attitude to work and home life roles has launched
because more and more women begin to feel the stress and exhaustion when they play
multiple redes.
The image for women of the 1950s was the domesticated housewife and mother
who cooked, cleaned, and sewed. The vogue woman of today is proud while
possessing the role as career woman and mother, wife, and domestic organizer. Yet,
the main thing that has really changed for the modern woman is the fact that her
workload has doubled from the duality of her role. The effects of this duality are being
felt through stress, and unfairness.
A recent study has shown that that 68% of women see a conflict between working
and raising a family. It is no wonder since large amounts of stress stem from a
woman’s professional career in collaboration with her role as housekeeper and mother.
A study in 1997 by the Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology found said,
“Stress appears to be strongly related to being employed, outside the home and is more
strongly felt by women working more hours, especially those working full-time.” The
2001 U.S. Current Population Survey found that many women wish to have fewer
office hours. More and more women want to cut work hours because they find it
difficult to take care of household responsibilities while maintaining a career. The
Female Lifestyle Survey of Great Britain 2004 found that 86% of full time working
women did most of the housework and 77% did most of the child rearing, which has
made them quite exhausted.
36. The text is about ....
a. women’s difficulties when they have to work both outside and at home
b. women's stress caused by her children
c. women’s exhaustion caused by her boss
d. women’s preference of multiple roles
37. Being both a career woman and domestic organizer makes women ...
a. happy and independent b. proud and exciting
c. vogue and wonderful d. stressed and exhausted
38. Which idea … is not referred in the text?
a. There have been several studies and surveys on women and their roles.
b. Many women realize a conflict between working and raising a family.
c. All women can do well with their roles both at home and at work.
d. Stress stems from a woman's professional career and her roles as a housekeeper and
mother.
39. The writer ...
a. advised women to quit their jobs and stay at home for childrearing
b. described the situations that working women suffered from stress and exhaustion
c. conducted several surveys on women and their work
d. objected to the fact that women worked outside the home
40. Women ...
a. want to have less work hours b. want to have more work hours
c. do not want to do housework any more d. do not want to join social activities
UNIT 16 TEST YOURSELF

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.


UNESCO's purpose is to contribute to peace and security by promoting
international (41) … through education, science, and culture in (42) … to further
universal respect for justice, the rule of law, and the human rights and fundamental
freedoms.
UNESCO has, 193 Member States and 6 Associate Members. The organization is
(43) … in Paris, with over 50 field offices and many specialized institutes and centers
throughout the world. There are also national and regional offices. UNESCO (44) …
its objectives through five major programs: education, natural sciences, social and
human sciences, culture, and communication and information. Projects sponsored by
UNESCO include literacy, technical, and teacher-training programs; international
science programs; the promotion of independent media and freedom of the press;
regional and cultural history project s, the promotion of cultural diversity; international
cooperation agreements to (45) … the world cultural and national heritage and to (46)
… human rights.
The General Conference is a gathering of the organization’s member states and
associate members, in which each state has one vote. Meeting every two years, the
members (47) … general policies and defines programs for the organization. The
Director-General, who serves as the public face of UNESCO, is elected for a four-year
(48) … by the General Conference. The staff currently numbers some 2100. Two-
thirds of them are based in Paris, with the (49) …third spread around the world in
UNESCO’s 58 field offices. The Secretariat is „ divided (50) various administrative
offices and five program sectors that reflect the organization’s major areas of focus.
41. a. collaboration b. diversity c. conservation d.destruction
42. a. work b. result c. order d. requirement
43. a. done b. based c. put d. committed
44. a. catches b. runs c. chases d. pursues
45. a. protest b. secure c. follow d. eliminate
46. a. destroy b. ruin c. preserve d. exchange
47. a. set b. work c. d. employ
gain
d. finish
48. a. tournament b. round c. term
d. leaving
49. a. amount b. total c. remaining
d. into
50. a. from b. for c. out off
UNIT 16 TEST YOURSELF
TEST 2

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the


underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. Thanks to labor-saving devices, women have more time to take part in … activities.
a. society b. social c. socially d. socialize
7. American women live more … than women in Asian countries.
a. dependent b. independence c. independent d. independently
8. Getting good education and making money themselves have given women more ...
a. free b.freely c. freed d. freedom
9. Women in … employment earn around 75% of that earned by men.
a. doubted b. reserved c. paid d. economic
10. In several regions of the world, the … of men is 5% higher than that of women.
a. amount b. number c. account d. status
11 … industries or methods of making things involve a lot of workers.
a. Service b. Joining c. Social d. Labor-intensive
12. In our area, women make up 60% of the unskilled ...
a. workforce b. access c. status d. number
13. Paid employment has undoubtedly brought economic and social gains to many
Việc làm được trả lương chắc chắn đã mang lại lợi ích kinh tế và xã hội cho nhiều phụ nữ.
UNIT 10 TEST YOURSELF

women.
a. easily b. freely
c. independently d. certainly
14. Many women have been … for their works and research.
a. illegal b. agreed c. dependent d. famous
15. Many decades ago, medicine was … for men only. Women were not allowed to
pursue a career in medicine.
a. exchanged b. established c. reserved d. encouraged
16. The … of women in the profession staff of our university has risen to 17.3%.
a. proportion b. most c. sum d. total
17. Since the middle of the 20th century, women have had more opportunities to get
high … education.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
18. Women can use … effective birth-control method to delay having children.
a. a b. an c. the d. 0
19. I had drunk a cup of coffee … I went to world
a. before b. until c. since d. as-soon as
20. Mary is going to look for a job … she finishes high school.
a. once b. since c. till d. whenever
21. Don’t say anything … you are asked.
a. after b. no sooner c. until d. as long as
22 … in London, we will have sat on the bus for 10 hours.
a. When we will arrive b. As we are going to arrive
c. By the time we arrive d. By the time we will arrive
23. Peter … for thirty minutes before Mary arrived.
a. would be waiting b. has been waiting
c. had been waiting d. was waiting
24 … on the stairs than the phone rang.
a. Had no sooner I stepped b. Had I stepped no sooner
c. No sooner I had stepped d. No sooner had I stepped
25. It is so hot. Let’s go swimming to … off.
a. cool b. make c. give d. stay
26. My grandfather is quite deaf so you will have to … up when you are telling him
something.
a. catch b. keep c. take d. speak
27. Don’t wait … for me. I may be home very late tonight
a. of b. on c. at d. up
28. Mary had serious fever, missed school and fell ...
a. up b. off c. behind d. after
29. When I was crossing the street, I caught sight of an old friend of mine in a
restaurant.
a. saw b. waved c. hit d. watched
30. She decided to give up her job to stay at home and take care of her little son.
a. carry b. quit c. apply d. continue
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
One of the most important factors arising from the feminist movement is the
recognition that women should get equal pay for equal work, to see them as
contributors and valued members of society. Today, women are protected by the Sex
Discrimination Act; however, inequality still persists. It also reveals that the changing
role of women in society by means of education as a way to promote themselves to the
level of their expertise is not working as effectively as it should.
In most fields of employment women’s presence is felt and their voice is heard.
Although there has been progress in understanding the value of women's contributions
in many employment fields, there are still huge problems to resolve. Persistence of
UNIT 10 TEST YOURSELF

gender inequalities show that the proportion of women in top jobs is minimal
compared to the entire women's task force.
Even, in the best qualified jobs women suffer the discrimination of being
underpaid. So, what is the problem? Nowadays many women are qualified for the
career they have trained for, yet it seems that only a small minority finds its way to the
top. Are we back to the old theme of women raising children? Time devoted to them
and the home does not permit a total devotion to a top job. The majority of women
who are successful, either do not have a family or rely heavily on grandmothers. Other
women find part-time more accommodating to their need or choice of life.
36. Thanks to the Sex Discrimination Act, women can get the real equality with men.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. Education has changed women’s roles quite effectively,
a. True b. False c. No information
38. Women who have got the best qualified jobs are always paid as much as men are.
a. True b. False c. No information
39. The value of women’s contributions in many employment fields has been
recognized
a. True b. False c. No information
40. All women who do full-time work are very successful in their employment
a. True b. False c. No information
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
The ongoing changes in society, politics and economy lead to not only the raise
of women’s role in society but (41) … change the prejudice to treat human beings by
sex that had been shaping through decades. From a legal point of (42) … , a man and a
woman are born to be (43) ... However, in practice, there is no real equality for
women’s active participation in social life. Housework, chores and raising children are
generally considered to (44) … to a woman’s domain. (45) … the
fact that birthrates in many countries have been falling, children are obstacles in the
labor force. It is understandable that women decide to (46) … having children
.later or do not have children at all. Women comprise 54 percent of contemporary
society. However, the number of women taking part in the country’s political,
economic and civic life shows that women are restricted in the fields of politics and
government. Women’s salaries are on (47) … lower than men’s,, and women are often
victims of violence and unemployment. According to United Nations Gender
Organization data, 67 percent of those unemployed are women. Women have less (48)
… to retraining programs than men, (49) … for those who are bearing and
rearing children. Women's social status is a serious problem. Few women can be found
in positions of social importance. This strengthens the stereotype of “male superiority"
and hinders the creation of true partnerships between men and women. So, the main
goals are protection of women’s rights, (50) … of discrimination in society, and
widening women’s participation at regional and national levels.
41. a. too b. also c. as well d. either
42. a. vision b. look c. view d. sight
43. a. equal b. equally c. equality d. equalize
44. a. belong b. have c. own d. possess
45. a. As b. If c. Even d. Despite
46. a. intend b. encourage c. desire d. delay
47. a. center b. medium c. average d. middle
48. walk b. point c. change d. access
49. a/nearly b. especially c. unexpectedly d. appropriately
50. a. success b. elimination c. protection d. achievement

TEST YOU RSELF P 241


Dfi THI DAI HOC NAM 2007-2008
Mon: Tieng Anh (Khoi D)

# ^
Thai gian lam bdi: 90 phut ' )

Chon phuttng an dung (A hoac B? C, D) de hoan thanh moi cau sail.


C£u 1: If she sick, she would have gone out with me to the party.
a. hasn’t been b. wasn't c. weren’t d. hadn't been
C£u 2: Prizes are awarded the number of points scored.
a. according' to b. because of c. adding up d. resulting in
Cau 3: While southern California is densely populated, ___ live in the northern part of
the state.
a a number people b. many people c. few people d. a few of
people
Cau 4: The building has a smoke detector any fires can be detected immediately.
a. so that b. if c. such as d. as if
Cau 5: It was announced that neither the passengers nor the driver in the crash.
a. were injured b. are injured • c. was injured d have been
injured
Cau 6: The two countries have reached an agreement through dialogues described as .
SL counterproductive b. unproductive (productivity d. productive
Cau 7: Anne persisted hersearch for the truth about what had
happened.
on
a. at b. about
C£u 8: Ensure there is at least a 3cm space allow adequate ventilation.
a. so as to b. so that c. in view of d. with a view to
Cau 9: Why don’t you ask the man where to stay?
a be would rather b. he feels like c. would he like d. he would like
Cau 10: My car is getting unreliable, I think I’ll trade it for a new one.
a. off b. aw£iy c. in d. up
Cau 11: The old houses were down to make way for a block of flats.
a. banged b. hit c.knocked * d. put
Cau 12: that she burst into tears.
a. Her anger^was such b. So angry she was
c. She was sq anger d. Such her anger was
Cau 13: 1 hadn’t realized she was English she spoke.
a. untiC^ b. when c.only after d. in case
Cau 14: My father hasn’t had much with my family since he moved to
New York.
A. business b, contact c.meeting d. connection
G6u. 15: Nowadays children would prefer history in more practical ways.
•<!^ a. be taught b. teach c.to be taught d. to teach
Cau 16: Anne: “Thanks for the nice gift!*
4^ John: ", *
a. In fact, I myself don’t like it. b. You’re welcomed.
c. I’m glad you like it. d. But do you know how much it
costs?
242 BAT TAP TRAC NGHI&M TIENG ANH 12 • PHAN BAl TAP

Cau 17: He was speaker!


a. so good a b. what a good c. so a good d. how good a
Cau 18: I just took it that he’d always be available.
a. for granted b.into consideration c. easy d. into accouni
Cau I9r The case against the corruption scandal was .
a. discarded b. refused c. eliminated d. dismissed
Cau 20: She nearly lost her own life attempting to save the child from drowning
a. at b. with c. in d. for j 0
Chon phi/otagan dung (A hoac B, C, D) tfngvtfrcau co nghra gan nhat vd’i moi
cauch< san sau day. ©
Cau 21: David drove so fast, it was very dangerous.
a. David drove so fast, which was very dangerous.
b. David drove so fast and was very dangerous.
c. David drove so fast, then was very dangerous, , v
d. David drove so fast that was very dangerotifc/V Cau 22: The captain to his men:
“Abandon the ship immediately!”
AT
a. The captain invited his men to abandon the ship immediately.
b. The captain suggested his men to abandon the ship immediately.
c. The captain ordered his men to abandon the ship immediately,
d. The captain requested his men to abandon the ship immediately.
Cau 23: The critics undervalued his new book.
a. The critics rejected his new book.
b. The critics were fed up with his new book.
c. The critics had a low opinion of his new book.
d. The critics turned down his new book.
Cau 24: ‘'Shall I make you a, coffee?” the girl said to the lady.
a. The girl wanted to K*ake a coffee for the lady.
b. The girl offered to make a coffee for the lady.
c. The girl refused to make a coffee for the lady.
d. The girl promised to make a coffee for the lady.
Cau 25: No sooner had she put the telephone down than her boss rang back.
a. As soon as her boss rang back, she put down the telephone.
b. Scarcely had she put the telephone down when her boss rang back.
c. Hardly she had hung up, she rang her boss immediately.
|y_ *
d. She had hardly put the telephone down without her boss rang back.
Chon phiTcftig an dung (Ay B, C, hoac D) de hoan thanh moi cau sau.
Cau 2I>: , he felt so unhappy and lonely.
Despite of his wealth b. Rich as was he
% c. Rich as he was d. Despite he was so rich
Cau 27: Peter asked me -
a. what time does the film start b. what time the film starts
c. what time the film started d. what time did the film start
Cau 28: She will be ill
a. unless she takes a few days' rest b. provided she takes a few days’ rest
c. in case she takes a few daysYest d. if she takes a few day surest
Cau 29: as taste is really a composite sense made up of both taste and
smell.
a. That we refer to it b. What we refer to
c. To which we refer d. What so we refer to
Can £0: Never before as accelerated as they are now during the tedino-
„ logical age. ^
a. have historical changes been b_ have been historical changes
c. historical changes have been d. historical have changes been
Chon phuttng an (A hoac B, C, D) ting vdi tu co trong am chinh nhan vaoam tie! co vi
tri khac vdi ba tu'con iai trong mdi cau.
Cau 31: a. considerate b. photographer c. community d* circumstance Cau 32: a.
apply b. antherm c. appear d_ attend
Cau 33: a, scenery b. festival c. atmosphere <K location
Cau 34: a. prevent b. recent c. receive d. remote
Cau 35: a. opposite b. geography c. geometry d. endanger
&oc ky doan van sau va chon phiftng an dung (A hoac B^C, D] cho moi cau 36 den
45.
Millions of people are using cellphones today. In many places, it is actually
considered unusual not to use one. In many countries, cellphones are very popular with
young people. They find that the phones are more than a means of communication -
having a mobile phone shows that they are cool and connected.
The ©xpEosion in mobile phone-use around the world has made some health
professionals worried. Some doctors are concerned that in the future many people may
suffer health problems from the use of mobile phones. In England, there has been a
serious debate5'about this issue. Mobile phone companies are worried about the
negative publicity of such ideas. They say that there is no proof that mobile phones are
bad for your health.
On the other hand, medical studies have shown changes in the brain cells of some
people who use'mobile phones. Signs of change in the tissues of the brain and head
can be detected with modern scanning equipment. In one case, a traveling salesman
had to retire at young age because of serious memory loss. He couldn’t remember even
simple tasks. He would often forget the name of his own son. This man used to talk on
his mobile phone for about six hours a day, every day of his working week, for a
couple of years. His family doctor blamed his mobile phone use, but his employers
doctor didn’t agree.
What ft'is that makes mobile phones potentially harmful? The answer is radiation.
High-tech machines can detect very small amounts of radiation from mobile phones.
Mobile phone companies agree that there is some radiation, but they say the amount is
too small to worry about.
As the discussion about their safety continues, it appears that it’s best to Xuse
mobile phones less often. Use your regular phone if you want to talk for a olong time.
Use your mobile phone only when you really need it. Mobile phones
244 BAI TAP TRAC NGHltM TI&NG ANH 12 ♦ PHAN BAI TAP

can be very useful and convenient, especially in emergencies. In the future, mobile
phones may have a warning label that says they are bad for your
health. So for now, it’s wise not to use your mobile phone too often.
Cau 36: According to the passage, cellphones are especially popular with youn&0'V
people because . /■■'?
a. they are indispensable in everyday communications
b. they make them look more stylish
c. they keep the users alert all the time
d. they cannot be replaced by regxilar phones Cau 37: The changes possibly caused
by the cellphones are mainly concerned with .
a. the mobility of the mind and the body b. the smallest units of the brain
c. the arteries of the brain d. the resident memoi^- v
Cau 38: The word “means” in the passage most closely means .
a. “meanings* b. “expression” c. “method” d. “transmission”
Cau 39: The word “potentially” in the passage most likely means .
a. “obviously” b. “possibly” c. “certainly/ d. “privately”
Cau 40: "Negative publicity” in the passage most likely means .
a. information on the lethal effects of cellphones
b. widespread opinion about bad effects of cellphones
c. the negative public use of cellphones
d. poor ideas about the effects of cellphones Cau 41: Doctors have tentatively
concluded that cellphones may .
a. damage their users’ emotions
b. cause some mental malfunction ;;
c. change their users’ temperament
d. change their users* social behavious Cau 42: The man mentioned in the passage,
who used his cellphone too often, .
a. suffered serious loss of mental ability b. could no longer think lucidly
c. abandoned his family d. had a problem with memory
Cau 43: According to the passage, what makes mobile phones potentially
harmful is .
a. their radiant light b. their power of attraction
c. their raiding power d. their invisible rays
C&u 44: According to the writer, people sould .
a. only use mobile phones in urgent cases
b. only use mobile phones in medical emergencies
c. keep off mobile phones regularly
d. never use mobile phones in all cases Cau :45: The most suitable title for the
passage could be .
a. “The Reasons Why Mobile Phones Are Popular”
/
;b. “Technological Innovations and Their Price” ,
C. “The Way Mobile Phones Work” I
d. “Mobile Phones: A Must of Our Time”
D& THI DAI HOC 245

Chon phubtog an [A hoac B, C, D) i/ng vofi tuT/ cum tiT co gach chan can phat siJa
de cac cau sau trcr thanh cau dung.
Cau 46: Educated in the UK,hisqualifications are widely recognized in the"-
A B C AQ
world of professionals.
D /V
Cau 47: Many successful film directions arc former actors who desire to expand
A B- C jO D
their experience in the film industry.
Cau 48: We admire Lucy for her intelligence, cheerful disposition and she is honest.A
B C D
Cau 49: However small, the sitting room is well designed and nicely decorated.
ABC Jj£Y D
Can 50: In mvopinion. I tliinkthis book ismore interesting than the other one.
A apr C D
Doc ky doan van sau va chon phiftng an dung (A hoac B, C, D) cho m§i cau WSI den
60.
Traditionally in America, helping the poor was^ matter for private charities or local
governments. Arriving immigrants depended mainly on predecessors from their
homeland to help them start a new life' In the late 19th and early 20tK centuries, several
European nations institutedpublic-welfare programs. But such a movement was slow
to take hold in the United States because the rapid pace of industrialization and the
ready availability of farmland seemed to confirm the belief that anyone who was
willing to work could find a job.
Most of the programs started during the Depression era were temporary relief
measures, but one of the programs - Social Security - has become an American
institution. Paid for. by deductions from the paychecks of working people, Social
Security ensijres. that retired persons receive a modest monthly income and also
provides/unemployment insurance, disability insurance, and other assistance to those
who need it. Social Security payments to retired persons can start at age 62, but many
wait until age 65, when the payments are slightly higher., Recently, there has been
concern that the Social Security fund may not have enough money to fulfill its
obligations in the 21st century, when the population of elderly Americans is expected
to increase dramatically. Policy makers have proposed various ways to make up the
anticipated deficit, but a long-term solution is still being debated.
In the ye^rs since Roosevelt, other American presidents have estatablished
assistanceprograms. These include Medicaid and Medicare; food stamps, certificates
that people can use to purchase food, and public housing which is built at federal
expense and made available to persons on low incomes. if jjeedy Americans can also
turn to sources other than the government for 'help. A broad spectrum of private
charities and voluntary organizations is available. Volunteerism is on the rise in the
United States, especially among retired persons. It is estimated that almost 50 percent
of Americans over age 18 do volunteer work, and nearly 75 percent of U.S.
households contribute money to charity.
246 BA I T* P TRAC NG HU^M TI ENG ANH 12 • PKAN BAl TAP

Cau 51: New immigrants to the U.S could seek help from
a. the people who came earlier b. the US government agencies
c. only charity organizations d. volunteer organizations
Cau 52: It took welfare programs a long time to gain a foothold in the U.S.
dure to the fast growth of , . ^
a. industrialization b. modernization c. urbanization d. population Can 53: The
word “instituted5’ in the first paragraph mostly means O'
a. “executed” b. “studied77 c. “introduced” d. “enforced"
Can 54: The Social Security program has become possible thanks to
a. deductions from wages b. people’s willingness to work
c. donations from companies d. enforcement laws;
Cau 55: Most of the public assistance programs after the
severeeconomic
crisis. ^
a. were introduced into institutions b. did not £>ecome institutionalized
c. functioned fruifiilly in institutions d. did not'work in institutions
Cau 56: That Social Security payments will be a burden comes from the concern that .
Vr-
a. elderly people ask for more money
b. the program discourages working people
c. the number of elderly people is growing
d. younger people do not want to work
Cau 57: Persons on low incomes can access public housing through .
a. low rents b. state spending c. donations d. federal expenditure
Cau 58: Americans on Low incomes can seek, help from .
a. federal government __/V b- government agencies
c. state governments d. non-government agencies
Cau 59: Public assistance has become more and more popular dure to the .
a. young people’s voluntarism only
b. volunteer organizations
c. people's growing commitment to charity
d. innovations in the tax system
Cau 60: The passage mainly discusses .
a. public/assistance in America b. immigration into America
c. funding-agencies in America d. ways of fund-raising in America
ftoc ky doan Van sail va chpn phu'otog an dung (A hoac B, C, D) cho moi cho trongtif
61 d£n 70*
The wind controls our planet’s weather and climate. But how much do we
understand about this complex force (61) can kill and spread fear?
On the night of October 15, 1987, the south of England was (62) by
strong winds. Gusts of over 130 km/h (63) through the region. Nineteen
people were killed, £1.5-biLUoxi worth of damage was (64) and 19 million
trees were blown down in just a few hours.
DE THI DAI HOC 247
Although people thought of this (65) a hurricane, the winds of 1987
were only a (66) 7 storm. They remain far better known than the
much
more serious storms of January 25, 1990, (67) most of Britain was hit by
daytime winds of up to 173 km/h. On this occasion, 47 people were killed, even
though, (68) in 1987, the weather forecasters issued accurate warnings.

/V
Extreme weather events such as these are dramatic (69) of the power
of the wind. It is one part of the weather that people generally do not give a second
(70) _ to, but across the world the wind plays a crucial role in
people's lives.

Cau 61: a. what b. which c. when d. where


Cau 62: a. attacked b. besieged c. struck d. beaten
Cau 63: a. ran b. biew c. flew d., spread
Cau 64: a. paid b. created c. resulted At caused
Cau 65: a. like b. unlike c. same as as
Cau 66: a. strength b. length c. power d. force
Cau 67: a. until b. why c. when / d. while
Cau 68: a. when b. like c. unlike^ d. such as
C&u 69: a. recalls b. remains c. memories d. reminders
Cau 70: a. help b. think c. care d. thought
Doc ky doan van sail va choa phiftng an dung (A hoac B, C, D) cho mdi chd trong tif
71 den SO.
Health and fitness are not just for .young people. They are for anyone willing to accept
the (71) for a good diet and (72) exercise. With age,
there is a tendency to feel that the body is no longer able to (73) .
Aches
and pains are (74) normal. Instead of pushing the body to do (75) ,
activities become limited. Yet' examples after examples have shown us. that older
people can - and should^- be (76) . Men and women in theiT
sixties
have run in marathons, races of more than twenty-six miles; Some professional
athletes stay f77*nt0 their forties and fifties. For most people, simple activities like
walking ans swimming are all that is needed to stay in
(78) . It’s important to include exercise in your daily routine. In the
winter, (79) push-ups, sit-ups and other indoor exercises. Of course, such
exercises will be of little use (80) you follow them with soda and chips.
Cau 71: a. discipline b. ruling c. strictness d. regulation
Cau 72: a. regular b. useful c. much d. little
Cau 73: a. run b. malfunction c. operate d. perform
Cau 74: a- believed b. thought c. made d. considered
Cai* *75: a. weaker b. more c. greater d. faster
C&u 76: a. eager b. active c. bold d. passive
C£u 77: a. passive b. competitive c. equal d. comparative
Can 78: a. need b. form c. contact d. shape
Cau 79: a. make b. get c. work d. do
Can 80: a. although b. unless c. if d_ otherwise
248 BAI TAP TRAC NGHlfcM TlfXG ANH 12 • PHAN BAI TA P
DE THI DAI HOC NAM 2008-2009 Mon: Tieng Anh (Khoi D)
Thai gian lam bai: 90 phut
Boc ky doan van sau va chon phirtmg an dung {A hoac B, C, D) cho rtiSi cau t£T 1
den ZG.
Reading to oneself is a modem activity which was almost unknown to'tfte scholars
of the classical and medieval worlds, while during the fifteenth c^n^ tury the term
“reading* undoubtedly meant reading aloud. Only during the nineteenth century did
silent reading become commonplace.
One should be wary, however, of assuming that silent reading came about simply
because reading aloud was a distraction to others. Examinations of factors related to
the historical development of stfent reading<jiave revealed that it became the usual
mode of reading for most adults mainly because the tasks themselves changed in
character.
The last century saw a steady gradual, increase in literacy and thus in th*» number
of readers. As the number of readers increased, the number of potential listeners
declined and thus there was some reduction in the need to read aloud. As reading for
the benefit of listeners grew less common, so came the flourishing of reading as a
private activity in such public places as libraries, railway carriages and offices, where
reading.alqud would cause distraction to other readers.
Towards the end of the century, there w$s still considerable argument over whether
books should be used for information or treated respectfully and over whether the
reading of materials such as newspapers was in some way mentally weakening.
Indeed, this argument remains with us still in education. However, whatever its
virtues, the old shared literacy culture had gone and was replaced by the printed mass
media on the one hand and by books and periodicals for a specialised readership on the
other.
By the end of the twentieth century, students were being recommended to adopt
attitudes to books and to use reading skills which were inappropriate, if not
impossible, for the oral reader. The social, cuLtural and technological changes in the
century had greatly altered what the term “reading” implied. Cau 1: Reading aloud
was more common in the medieval world because .
a. people relied ,on reading for entertainment
b. silent reading had not been discovered
c. there were few places available for private reading
d. few .people could read to themselves
Cau 2: The word “commonplace” in the first paragraph mostly means w
a. for everybody’s use b. most preferable
c. attracting attention d. widely used
C£u 3: The development of silent reading during the last century indicated ...
a. an increase in the average age of readers
b. an increase in the number of books
DE THI DAI HOC 249
c. a change in the nature of reading
d. a change in the status of Literate people
Cau 4: Silent reading, especially in public places, flourished mainly because of ■>•->>
•' .
a. the decreasing need to read aioud b. the development oflibraries'
c. the increase in literacy d. the decreasingnumber of
listeners
Cau 5: It. can be inferred that the emergence of the mass media and specialised
reading materials was an indication of . /""}
a. a decline of standards of literacy
b. a change in the readers’ interest
c. an alteration in educationalists’ attitudes
d. an improvement of printing techniques Cau 6: The phrase “a specialised readership”
in paragraph 4 mostly means u

a. a requirement for readers in a particular area of knowledge


b. a limited number of readers in a particular ^rea of knowledge
c. a reading volume for particular professionals
d. a status for readers specialised in massmedia
Cau 7: The phrase “oral reader” in the lastparagraph mostly means “a
person who
a. is good at public speaking .4). -practises reading to an
audience
c. takes part in an audition 4)^- *s interested in spoken language Cau 8: All
of the following might be the factors that affected the continuation
of the old shared literacy culture EXCEPT .
a. the inappropriate reading skills b.-the specialised readership
c. the diversity of reading materials d. the printed mass media Cau 9:
Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
a. Reading aloud was’ mote common in the past than it is today.
b. Not all printed mass media was appropriate for reading aloud.
c. The decline of reading aloud was wholly due to its distracting effect.
d. The change in reading habits was partly due to the social, cultural and technological
changes.
Cau 10: The Writer of this passage is attempting to .
a. explain how reading habits have developed
b. change people’s attitudes to reading
c. show how reading methods have improved
d. encourage the growth of reading
Chon phiftng an (A hoac By C, D) uYig vriri tu'co trong am chmh nhan vao am tiet co
vj tri khac voi ba con lai trong mdi cau.
, C;3u 11: a. apply b. persuade -c. reduce d. offer
4^ Cau 12: a. preservative b. congratulate c.: preferential d.
development
,v C&u 13: a. president b. physicist c. inventor d.
property
Cau 14: a. economy b. unemployment c. communicate d.
particular
Cau 15: a. recommend b. volunteer c. understand d.
potential
250 BAI TAP TRAC NGHJU&M TIENG ANTI 12 * PHAN BAl TAP
Chon phtfong an dung (A hoac Bf C, D) de hoan thanh moi cau sau.
Can 16: He’s a very person because he can make other workers follow
his advice
a. creative b. influential c. deciding d. effective
Cau 17: Increasing of fruit in the diet may help to reduce the risk 6v
heart disease.
a. the amount b. an amount c. the number d. a number' v ’
Cau 18: - “Why wasn’t your boyfriend at the party last night?”
- “He the lecture at Shaw Hall. I know he very much wanted to
hear the speaker.77 _
a. should have attended b. can have attended
c. was to attend d. may have attended
Cau 19: The doctor decided to give her a thorough examination he could
identify the causes of her illness.
y
a. after b. so as c. unless d. so that
Cau 20: My computer is not of running this software.
a. able b. compatible c. capable^ d. suitable
Cau 21: The room needs for the wedding.
a. decorating b. to decorate c. decorate d. be
decorated
Cau 22: That hotel is so expensive. They you sixty pounds for
bed and
breakfast.
a. charge b. fine * c. take d. cost
Cau 23: I am considering my job. Can you recommend a good company?
a. to move b. moving c to change d changing
C&u 24: I’m sure you’ll have no ' the exam.
1

__
a. difficulty passing b. difficulties to pass
c. difficulty to pass d. difficulties of passing
Cau 25: - Janet: “Do you feel like going to the cinema this evening?7’
* - Susan: "
a. I don’t agree, I7m afraid b. You’re welcome
c. That would be great d. I feel very bored
Cau 26: I’m afraid Fm not really to comment on this matter.
a. qualifying- b. qualified c. quality d. qualitative
Cau 27: Today, household chores have been made much easier by electrical _
a. utilities;,v b. applications c. appliances d.
instruments
Cau 28: The curtains have because of the strong sunlight.
a. faded b. fainted c. lightened d. weakened
Cau 29: The referee the coin to decide which team would kick the ball first.
^caught b. threw c. cast d. tossed
C&u 30: - Laura: "What a lovelyhouse you have!”
- Maria: * ,*
a. Of course not, it’s not costly b. Thank you. Hope you will drop in
c. I think so d. No problem
D^THTBAIHOC 251

Cau 31: I accidentally Mike when I was crossing a street


downtown
yesterday.
a. caught sight of b. kept an eye on -
c. paid attention to d. lost touch with
Cau 32: Haw long does the play ?
a. last b. extend c. prolong d. stretch .
Cau 33: The price of fruit has increased recently, the price of vegetables
has gone down.
a. whereas b. whether c. when d. otherwise
Cau 34: It is blowing so hard. We such a terrible storm. /
a. have never known b. have never been knowing
c. never know d. had never knowja
Cau 35: When the old school friends met, a lot of happy memories back.
a, had brought b. were brought c. brought d. had been
brought
Chon phutfng an dung (A hoac B, C, D) ting vdi cau cri nghia gan nhat vriri mdi cau
cho sansauday.
Cau 36: *Why don’t we go out for dinner?” said Maryam Mary suggested a dinner
out. b.,M&ry ordered a dinner out.
c. Mary demanded a dinner out. d. ^Mary requested a dinner out.
Cau 37: We’ve run out of tea.
a. There’s not much more tea le$£^ b. There’s no tea left,
c. We have to run out to buy some t£a. d. We didn’t have any tea.
Cfiu 38: The sooner we solve this problem, the better it will be for all concerned.
a. If we could solve this problem soon, it would be better for all concerned.
b. It would be better for all concerned if we can solve this problem soon,
c. If all concerned are better, we can solve this problem soon.
d. If we can solve tliis problem soon, it will be better for all concerned. Cau 39: My
friend told me, “If I were you, I would not smoke so much."
a. My friend advised me not to smoke so much.
b. My friend warned me against smoking so much*
c. My friend prohibited me from smoking so much.
d. My friend suggested not smoking so much. .
Cau 40: "I will let you know the answer by the end of this week,” Tom sai<
to Janet.
a. Tom suggested giving Janet the answer by the end of the week.
K>Tom promised to give Janet the answer by the end of the week.
Tom insisted on letting Janet know the answer by the end of the week
d. Tom offered to give Janet the answer by the end of the week.
9oc ky doan van sau va chon phifttog an dung (A hoac 8, C, D) cho moi cau tif 4 den
50.
The Sun today is a yellow dwarf star. It is fueled by thermonuclear rea< tions near
its center that convert hydrogen to helium. The Sun has existed i

252 BjU TAP TRAC NGHlftM TlfiNG ANH 12 • PIIA S BAI T J\P
its present state for about four billion six hundred million years and is thousands of
times larger than the Earth.
By studying other stars, astronomers can predict what the rest of the Sun’s life will
be like. About five billion years from now, the core of the Sim will shrink and become
hotter. The surface temperature will fall. The higher temperature of the center will
increase the rate of thermonuclear reactions/ The outer regions of the Sun will expand
approximately 35 million miles, about the distance to Mercury, which is the closest
planet to the Sun. The Sun' will then be a red giant star. Temperatures on the Earth
will become too hinh for life to exist.
Once the Sun has used up its thermonuclear energy as a red giant, it will begin to
shrink. After it shrinks to the size of the Earth, it will become a white , dwarf star. The
Sun may throw off huge amounts of gases in violent eruptions called nova explosions
as it changes from a red giant to a white dwarf.
After billions of years as a white dwarf the Sun will have used up all its fuel and
will have lost its heat. Such a staT is called a black dwarf. After tike Sun has become a
black dwarf, the Earth will be dark and cold. If any atmosphere remains there, it will
have frozen over the Earth's surface.
Cau 41: It can be inferred from the passage that the Sun .
a. is approximately halfway through its life as a yellow dwarf I • b. will continue to
be a yellow dwarf for another 10 billion years ! c. has been in existence for 10 billion
years
d. is rapidly changing in size and brightness •j Cau 42: What will probably be
the first stage of change for the Sun to become ! a red giant?
I 4 LA
a. Its surface will become hotter and shrink.
[ . ' -V
b. It will throw off huge amounts of gases.
| c. Its central part will grow smaller and hotter.
d. Its core will cool off and use less fuel.
1
;Cau 4& When the Sun becomes a red giant, what will the atmosphere be like on the
Earth?
i a. It will be enveloped in the expanding surface of the sun.
I b. It will become too hot for life to exist,
j c. It will be almost,.destroyed by nova explosions,
d. It will freeze and become solid.
jCau 44: When the Sun has used up its energy as a red giant, it will .
a. get frozen b. cease to exist c. stop to expand d. become smaller
Cau 45: Large amounts of gases may be released from the Sun at the end of its life as a
• a. black|fiy&rf b. white dwarf c. red giant d. yellowdwarf
Cau 46: As a white dwarf, the Sun will be .
a. the same size as the planet Mercury
b. around 35 million miles in diameter

#
A
%
c. a cool and habitable planet
d. thousands of times smaller than it is today Cau 47: The Sun will become a black
dwarf when
a. the Sun moves nearer to the Earth
b. it has used up all its fuel as a white dwarf
c. the core of the Sun becomes hotter
d. the outer regions of the Sun expand Cau 43: Tho word “there* in the last sentence
of paragraph 4 refers to .
a. the planet Mercury b. the core of a bl^ck dwarf
c. our own planet d. the outer surface .of the Sun
Cau 49: This passage is intended to .
a. describe the changes that the Sun will go through; -
b. present a theory about red giant stars
c. alert people to the dangers posed by the Sun
d. discuss conditions on the Earth in the faf future Cau 50: The passage has
probably been taken from .
a. a scientific journal b. a news report
c. a work of science fiction d. a scientific chronicle
Doc ky doan van sau va chon phutag an dting (A hoac B, C, D) cho moi chd trong tuf
51 den 60.
How men first learnt to (51) words is unknown; in other words, the
origin of language is a (52) ry. All we really know is that men, unlike
animals, (53) invented certain sounds to express thoughts and feelings.
actions and things so that they could communicate with each other; and that later they
agreed (54) ^ certain signs, called letters, which could be com
bined to represent those sounds, and which could be written down. These sounds, (55).
spoken or written in letters, are called words.
Great writers are those who not only have great thoughts but also express
these thoughts in words that (56) powerfully to our minds and emotions.
This charming and telling use of words is what we call literary <57) .
Above all, the real poet is a master of words. He can (58) his meaning in
words which sing like music, and which by their position and association can f59) men
to tears. We should, therefore, learn to choose our words carefully, (60) they
will make our speech silly and vulgar.
Cau Cau 52: Can 53: C&u 54: Cau 55: Cau 56: Cau 57: Cau 58:
a. invent
a. story
a. whatever
a. at
a. if
a. interest
a. prose
a. carry
b. create
b. secret
b. however
b. upon
b. however
b. appeal
b. work
b. convey
c. make d. discover
c. mystery d. legend
c. somewhat d. somehow
c. with d. to
c. whether d. though
c. attract d. lure
c. form d. style
c. transfer d. transmit
254 BA1 TAP TRAC NGHl^M TIENG A.VH 12 • PHAN RAI TAP
Cau 59: a. take Cau 60: a. or
b. send b. so
c. break c. although
d. move d. because
floe ky doan van sau va chon phi/ong an dung (A hoac B, C, D) cho moi cho trong tir
61 den 70,
The heart has long been considered to be (61) feelings of love
dwell. In love songs throughout the ages, love almost always goes tpgether
(62) the heart. The heart has continuously been viewed (63) the
place where love begins and develops. Even the Bible gives (64);.
to
y
.
love and the heart.
The role of the heart in love must come from what happens to it when a
person feels strongly (65) to someone. The strong feelings (66) the
other person, especially in the early stages of a relationship, Ikave the results that the
heart starts beating faster and breathing starts speeding (67) .
According to psychologists, a love relationship is a situation that (68)

a lot of stress and the body reacts to this by getting- ready to face the unknown. This
has been called the “fight or flight” (69) /^meeting danger by fighting it or running
away. So with love, the heart accelerates and (70)

becomes quick.
Cau 61: a. when b. where ^fchat d. what
Cau 62: a. to b. from c. with d. at
Cau 63: a. like b. as though % as d. as if
Cau 64: a. reference b. citation # c. preference d. quote
Cau 65: a. attracting b. attractive c. attract d. attracted
C5u 66: a. of b. for c. to d. with
C£u 67: a. up b. forward c. on d. upon
Cau 68: a. comprises b. arouses c. involves d. includes
r r-- yf
Cau 69: a. reactionary b. ,reactor c. reaction d. reacting
Cau 70: a. exhaling b. ^breathing c. inhaling d. sweating
Chon pjiifflttg an dung (A hoac B, C, D) de hoan thanh nidi cau sail.
Cau 71: he would have learned how to read.
a. If he has "been able to go school as a child
b. If he could-go*to school as a child
c. Were he/able to go to school as a child
d. Had he been able to go to school as a child
Cau 72: he was determined to continue to climb up the mountain.
a. He felt very tired though b. As he might feel tired
c. Tired as it was d. Tired as he might feel
Cau 73: Having been delayed by heavy traffic, .
it was difficult for her to arrive on time
a %
b. her being late was intolerable
%
c. it was impossible for her to arrive on time
d. she was unable to arrive on time
BE THI DAI HQC
255
Can 74: She regretfully told him that .
a. she would leave the tickets at home
b. she left the tickets at home
c. she had left the tickets at home . d- she would have left the tickets at home
Can 75: The robbers attacked the owner of the house . ^
a. so that they would appear with the expensive painting /X
b. and disappeared with the expensive painting
c. but they .appeared with the expensive painting
d. so they disappeared with the expensive painting - <^3"°
Chon phuttng in (A hoac Br C, D) ung vdi tti/cum tit co gach chan can phai sua «Se cac
can san trd thanh can dung.
Cau 76: Helen likes to listen to music, to go to the cinema* to chat on the
phone
A B C
and going shopping.
D

Cau 77: Both Mr. and Mrs. Smith are explaining the children the rules of the game.
ABC D
Cau 78: You can eniov a sport without joining ij& a club or belonging to a team.
Ay B C D
/vL.
Cau 79: Unlike many writings of her time, she was not preoccupied with morality.
A B C^T C D
Cau SO: A child of noble birth, his name was famous among the children
A • C
in that school. fy
D
■ H-5
c?

Xv
HET PHAN BAl TAP
iy /

s
y
256 BAI TAP TRAC NTGHI&M TJENG ANH 12 ♦ PHAN BAI TAP
DAP AN
UNIT 1: HOME LIFE
TEST 1
1. c 2. a 3. d 4. d 5. c 6. a 7. b 8. a 9. b 10. a 11.c 12. d 13 b
14. d 15. b 16. a 17. c IS. c 19. a 20. d 21. a 22. c 23. d 24. d 25. c 26. b
27. a 28. d 29. b 30. a
31. A: To stay 32. C: feeling -> feel / to
Stayed feel
35. C: to be - A
33. C: that -> what 34. D: making ; -> made > being A >
36. b 37. b 38. c 39. d 40. a 41. b 42. a 43. c 44. a 45. d 46. d 47. df%& b
49. a 50. c O
TEST
2
1. c 2. a 3. b 4. a 5. b 6. b 7. c 8. c 9. c 10. c 11. a (12>a 13. d
14. b 15. d 16. a 17. b 18. c 19. c 20. d 21. d 22. b 23. a 24. a 25. d 26 c
27. d 28. b 29. b 30. d 31. b 32. b 33. a 34. b 35. a 36. a 37. b ^38. b 39. a
40. c 41. c 42. c 43. d 44. a 45. b 46. d 47. a 48. b 49. a 50. c
TE t'
ST 3
1. b 2. d 3. a 4. c 5. b 6. d 7. b 8. d 9. b 10. c 11. c 12. d 13 a
14. a 15. a 16. b 17. d IS. c 19. b 20. a 21. a 22. a 23. e * 24. c 25 d 26 d
27. b 28. a 29. a 30. b 31. d 32. d 33 b 34. a 35. b 36. d 37. b 38. d 39 a
48.
40. b 41. b 42. d 43. c 44. a 45. a 46. c 47, d b. V49. a 50. c
UNIT 2: CULTURAL DE VERSITY
TEST 1
1. a 2. c 3. c 4. a 5. b 6. a
14. c 15. b 16. d 17. d 18. c 19. a
27. a 28. b 29. d 30. c
7. b 20. a
8. a
o/ 9.(1
2l-b, 22- e
Jrv
10. d 23. a
11. a 24. d
12. d 25. a
IS. b 26. b
31. C: keeping keep 34. C: such -> so
32. D: getting -> get 35. D: strengthen strength
33. C: had taken takes
36. b 37. b 38. c 39. c 40. a 41. d 42^. 43. a 44 a 45. b 46. b 47. c 48. e
49. d 50. b ,,X
TEST 2 /V
1. b 2. b 3. d 4. c 5. c 6. f ' 0 7. b 8. d 9. c 10. b 11. a 12. a 13. a
14. c 15. a 16. d 17, a 18. d 19, 3- 20. b 21. c 22. a 23. b 24. b 25. c 26. a
27. d 28. c 29. a 30. b 31. a 32. t 33. b 34. b 35. c 36. b 37. b 38. d 3£. b
40. a 41. c 42. c 43. a 44. a 45. h 46. c 47. d 48. b 49. a 50. d
TEST 3 J0 V
5
1. d 2. c 3. b 4. b A?v 6. b 7. c 8. b 9. b 10. d 11. a 12. c 13. b
14. b 15- d 16. d 17. b 18. a 19. a 20. c 21. b 22. b 23. d 24. a 25. a 26. a
27. c 28. b 29. a 30. .31. d 32. b 33. a 34. c 35. a 36. a 37. a 38. c 39. c
40. c 41. a 42. d 43.'h. 44. c 45. a 46. c 47. d 48. b 49. n 50. d
UNIT 3: WAYS OF SOCIALISING
\
TEST 1 V .V
1. a 2. b 3. c m. b 5. a 6. b 7. d 8. d 9. b 10. C 11. a 12. a 13. b
14. b 15. a 16. d 17. c 18. a 19. a 20. d 21. d 22. b 23. a 24. b 25. a 2f;. c
27. c 28. d 29. a 30. c
31. D: saying fewe say 32. C: most -> the most 33. D: many -» a lot of
34. D: in rrf from 35. B: but -» and
36. d 37. a-' 38. c 39. c 40. b 41. a 42. c 43. b 44. d 45. b 46. a 47. c 48. a
49. d :'503 b
TEST 2
LA/2, d 3. a 4. d 5. c 6. a 7. c S. c 9 b 10. b 11. d 12. a 13. b
lQ' 15. d 16. a 17. b 18. c 19. c 20. b 21. b 22. d 23. a 24. d 25. c 26. d
4
P
DAP AN 257
5v

Cau 74: She regretfully told him that


a. she would leave the tickets at home
b. she left the tickets at home ,
c. she had left the tickets at home
d. she would have "left the tickets at home Cau 75: The robbers attacked the owner of
the house . /S
a. so that they would appear with the expensive painting
b. and disappeared with the expensive painting
c. but they appeared with the expensive painting
d. so they disappeared with the expensive painting
Chon phi/tfng an (A hoac B, Cr D) tfng vcfi trt/cum tiico gach chan can phai suTa de
cac cau sau trd thanh cau dung.
Cau 76: Helen likes to listen to music, to go to the cinema, to chat on the
phone
A I jSr c
and going shopping.
D
Cau 77: Both Mr. and Mrs Smith are explaining the children the rules of the game.
A B C D
Cau 78: You can eniov a sportwithoutjoining in a club or belonging to a
team.
A B C D
Cau 79: Unlike many writings of her time, she was not preoccupied with morality.
A pr C D
Cau 80: A child of noble birth, his name was famous among the children
A XB C
in that school.
D
a

X
S'
'
HET PHAN BAl TAP
256 BAl TA P TRAC NGH1$M TIENG ANH 12 ♦ PHAN BAl TAP
DAP AN
UNIT I: HOME LIFE
TEST 1
1. c 2. a 3. d 4. d 5. c 6. a 7. b 8. a 9. b 10. a 11. c 12. d -iLh
14. d 15. b 16. a 17. c 18. c 19. a 20. d 21. a 22. c 23. d 24. d 25. c; 2e; b
27, a 28. d 29. b 30. a V
31. A: Stayed -►To stay 32. C: feeling -» feel / to feel A
33. C: that -» what 34. D: making made 35. C: to be being
36. b 37. b 38. c 39. d 40. a 41. b 42. a 43. c 44. a 45. d 46. d - 47. d 48. b
49. a 50. c
TEST
2
1. c 2. a 3. b 4. a 5. b 6. b 7. c 8. c 9. c 10. c C1:1* a 12. a 13. d
14. b 15. d 16. a 17. b 18. c 19. c 20. d 21. d 22 b 23. 24. a 25. d 26. c
27. d 28. b 29. b 30. d 31. b 32. b 33. a 34. b 35. a 36. a °37. b 38. b 39. a
40, c 41. c 42. c 43. d 44. a 45. b 46. d 47. a 48. b /49>i 50. c
TEST S A
1. b 2. d 3. a 4. c 5. b 6. d 7„b 8. d 5° I' lo. c 11. c 12. d 13. a
or
14. a 15. a 16. b 17. d 13. c 19. b 20. a 21. a 22. a 23. c 24. c 25. d 26. d
27. b 28. a 29. a 30. b 31.d 32. d 33. b 34. a ' 35 b 36. d 37. b 38. d. 39. a
40. b 41. b 42, d 43. c 44. a 45. a 46. c 47. t 48. b 49. a 50. c
UNIT 2: CULTURAL DEVERSITY Tt . y
V-/
A*
TEST «•
A ^ AX
1
1. a 2. c 3. c 4. a 5. b 6. a 7. b 8: a 9. d 10. d 11. a 12. d 13. b
14. c 15. b 16. d 17. d 18. c 19. a 20. a 21. b 22. c 23. a 24. d 25. a 26. b
27. a 28. b 29. d 30. c 1•>
57
31. C: keeping -> keep 34. C: such -►so
32. D: getting get
35. D: strengthen -> strength
33. C: had taken -> takes
36. b 37. b 38. c 39. c 40. a 41. d 42. c 43. a 44. a 45. b 46. b 47. c 4.8. c
49. d 50. b
TEST
2 /
1. b 2. b 3. d 4. c 5. b 6. c 7. b 8. d 9. c 10. b 11. a 12. a 13. a
14. c 15. a 16. d 17. a 18: d 19. d 20. b 21. c 22. a 23. b 24. b 25. c 26. a
27. d 28. c 29. a 30. b _31. a 32. c 33. b 34. b 35. c 36. b 37. b 38. d 39. b
40. a 41. c 42. c 43. a 44. a 45. b 46. c 47. d 48. b 49. a 50. d
I£5T_
2
1. d‘ 2, c 3. b 4. b. 5. a 6. b 7. c 8. b 9. b 10. d 11. a 12. c 13. b
,>
14. b 15. d 16. d 17. b 18. a 19. a 20. c 21. b 22. b 23. d 24. a 25. a 26. a
27. c 28. b 29.* 30. d 31. d 32. b 33. a 34. c 35. a 36. a 37. a 38. c 39. c
40. c 41. a 42. d 43. b 44. c 45. a 46. c 47. d 48. b1 49. a 50. d
UNIT 3: WAYS OF SOCIALISING
TESTI >v
1. a 2. JO 3. c 4. b 5. a 6. b 7. d 8. d 9. b 10. c 11. a 12. a 13. b
14. b ID. a 16. d 17*. c 18. a 19. a 20. d 21. d 22. b 23. a 24. b 25. a 26. c
27. c 28. d 29. a 30. c
31. D: saying we say 34. D: in -» from 36. d 37. a 38. c 39. c
d 50. b
TEST 2
1. a 2. d 3. a 4. d
14. a 15. d 16. a 17. b
32. C: most the most 33. D: many -> a lot of 35. B: but ->■ and 40. b 4L a 42. c 43.
b 44. d 45. b 46. a 47. c 48. a
5. c 18. c
6. a
19. c
7. c 20. b
8.c 21. b
9. b 22. d
10. b 23. a
11. d 24. d
12. a 13. b 25. c 26. d
DAP AN 257
27. b 2S. c 29. d 30. a 31. c 32. b 33. d 34. a 35. a 36. d 37. b 38. a 39. d
40. c 41. b * 42. c 43. a 44. d 45. b 46. a 47. c 48. a 49. d 50. b
TEST 3
1. d 2. b 3. a 4. d 5. d 6. a 7. c 8. a 9. b 10. d 11. c 12. d 13. a, ^
14. b 15. d 16. a 17. d 18. d 19. d 20. c 21. b 22. d 23. a 24. b 25-c 26. a O
27. a 28. a 29. b 30. c 31. d 32. b 33. b 34. a 35. a 36. b 37. a 3 S.c 39. b /g
40- b 41. a 42. c 43. b 44. b 45. d 46. a 47. a 48. c 49. c 50. d
TEST YOURSELF A AN
TEST.1 / .''x
1. c 2. c 3. d 4. c 5. d 6. b 7. a 8. a 9. d 10. d 11. c 12. c M a
14. a 15. b 16,-c 17. a 18. b 19. d 20. d 21. b 22. d 23. c 24. a 25. b 26. d
27. b 28. c 29. a 30. a .
31. B: smallest -> the small 32. B: effective —> <r
V
effectively
33. B: knowledge -+ 34. D: : that who 35. D: express expressing
knowledgeable
36. b 37. a 3a. c 39. b 40. d 41. d 42. a 43. a 44. c 45. b 46. c 47. d 48. a
•=
49. b 50. b ISA#
TEST 2 X5
1. b 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. a 6. c 7. b 8. c 9. a IQ. a ~ n. c 12. c 13. b
14. b 15. b 16. a 17. d 18. c 19. a 20. a 21. c 22. a 23. d' 24. a 25. a 26. b
27. c 28. c 29. a 30. a 31. a 32. c 33. c 34. a 35. b ^ 36. a 37. a 38. b 39 b
40. c 41. a 42. d 43. b 44. d 45. b 46. c 47. d 48. ts 4'9. a 50. b
UNIT 4: SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM
TEST 1
1. d 2. b 3. b 4. a 5. a 6. a 7, d 8. d^ &a 10. c 11. a 12. b 13. a
14. d 15. b 16. b 17. d 18. b L9. c 20. a 2kft, 22. b 23. c 24. c 25. b 26. a
27. b 28. d 29. a 30. b Car
31. B: are received -> receiving 32. B: is -> are {vNV 33. C: as well --> as well as
*
34. D: widest -> the widest 35. D; and or*
36. b 37. b 38. a 39. d 40. d 41.. c 42. b 43. a 44. a 45. d 46. c 47. b 48. b
49. d 50. c
C
TEST 2 V
1. b 2. d 3. a • 4. c *5. C ; '7. d 8. a 9. c 10. c 11. d 12. d 13. a
14. c 15. b 16. b 17. a 18. a - 19!# 20. a 21. d 22. a 23. b 24. c 25. a 26. a
27. c 28. c 29 . b 30. d 31. a 32 a 33. c 34. c 35. b 36. d 37. a 38. c 39. b
40. d 41. a 42. J 43. c 44. afe 45. d 46. b 47. b 48. a 49. c 50. d
TEST 3 X3
1. d 2. c 3. b 4. d w 6. b 7. a 8. d 9. b 10. d 11. a 12. c 13. a
14. b 15. d 16. c 17. a 1Kb 19. b 20. a 21. b 22. a 23. d 24. b 25. d 26. c
27. d 28. b 29. a 30. 31. c 32. a 33. d 34. b 35. a 36. b 37. a 38. c 39. b.
40. b 41. b 42. a 43Vc/ 44. b 45. d 46. d 47. a 48. c 49. b 50. a
UNIT 5: HIGHER EDUCATION
TEST1
:
1. c 2. d la 5. b 6. a 7. a 8. a 9. d 10. a 11. b 12. c 13. c
14. d 15. b 16: d 17. c 18. a 19. b 20. b 21. a 22. c 23. d 24. d 25. a 26. d
27. b 28. b* ^29. a 30. c
31. A: importance ->■ important 33. D: concentrating -» concentrates 36. b .37.i 38.
c 39. d 40. c
49. b-' 56. d 1BSU
,ifa 2. d 3. b 4. a 5. c
>R c 15. d 16. b 17. c IS. c
32. C: institutions, that -> institutions that 34. A: An A "35. B: that combines ->
combines 41. c 42. c 43. b 44. a 45. a 46. c 47. d 48. a
6. c 7. b 8. c 9. c 10. a 11. b 12. d 13. a
19. b 20. a 21. d 22. b 23. e 24. b 25. a 26. c
258 BAI TAP TRAC NGHI&M TIENG ANH 12 • PHAN DAP AN
27. b 28. a
40. a 41. d
TEST 3
1. c 2. a
14. b 15. b 27. c 28. b
40. b 41. d
UNIT G: FUTURE JOBS TEST1
1. b 2. c 3. c 4. a
14. c 15. a 16. a 17. b 27. d28. c 29. d 30. a
31. D: where which / that 34. B: where -> that / who 36. c37. d 38. b 39. a
29. d 30. a 31. a 32. a 33. d 34. d 35. b 36. b 37. c 38. d 39.
42. b 43. c 44. a 45. a 46 b 47. d 48. a 49. c 50. b
3. d 4. d 5. d 6. d 7. d 8. a 9. b 10. c 11. a 12. d 13.
16. d 17. a 18. d 19. d 20. b 21. d 22. d 23. c 24. a 25. b 26.
29. a 30. a 31. a 32. c 33. d 34. a 35. b 36. a 37. c 38. b 39.
42. a 43. a 44. c 45. b 46. b 47. c 48. d 49. a 50. b
5. c 18. a
6. b 19. a
7. c 20. b
8. d
21. a
9. c 22. c"
10. a 23, d
11. d
24. a
iS
%
12. d 13. b
25.vb 26. a
32. B: an no article 35. A: that -* which 40. a 41. b 42. a 43. c
33. B: hardty hard
44. b 45-d 46. a
47. d
48.
49. a 50. b
TEST
2
1a 2. a .3. b 4. c 5. b 6. a 7. d 8. c 9. b 10.4 11. a 12. c 13. a
14. a 15. c 16. c 17 b 18. c 19. a 20. a 21. d 22. c 23. b 24. a 25. c 26. b
27. a 28. c 29. c 30. d 31. 32. b 33. c 34. a^ 35.. a 36.,b 37. a 36. d 39. c
40. a 41. a 42. a 43. c 44. b 45. d 46. c 47. a" 48. d 49; b 50. b
TEST •TT-
3 y
Id 2.’ c 3. a 4. b 5. c 6. b 7. d 8. c 9. b 10. c 11. d 12. c 13 b
14. d 15. d 16. d 17. d 18. b 19. c 20. a 21. a .22, b 23. b 24. c 25 b 26. a
27. d 28. c 29. b 30. c 31. b 32. c 33. a 34. d ^35. b 36. c 37. b 38. b 39 a
40. b 41. a 42. b 43. c 44. d. 45. a 46. c 47. b >48. d 49. a 50. c
TEST YOURSELF B
TEST
1
I.c 2. d 3. a 4. c 5. a 6. c 7. d 8. a 9. b 10. c 11. a 12. a 33. c
14. b 15. a 16. d 17. c 18. b 19. d 20. d 21. b 22. a 23.d 24. c 25. c 26. a
27. b 28. d 29. b 30. a 'y <
31. C: taking taken
33. C: whom which / that
32. C: combined be combined 34. D: having -> have
35. C: or we -* we
36. b 37. c
49. b 50. d
TEST 2
1. d 2. c 14. d 15. a 27. b 28. d
40. a 41. d
38. a 39. b 40. d
41, c
J?
5.6. a 19. d 32. c 45. c
42 b 43. b 44. d 45. a 46. c 47. a 48 b
3. b 4. b
16. c 17. b V18; d
29. a ,30.Vv 31.
42. b 43.$ 44. a
UNIT 7: ECONOMIC REFORMS
TEST 1 • -JY/
l.b 2. a 3. d 4. d 5. b 6. b
14. b 15. a 16.> 17. c 18. d 19. c
27. a 28. d 29. b 30. d
31. B: directing -»directed 32. D: economy
34. B: generating -» generate
36. c 37. d 38. b 39. a 40. b 41. b
49. a 50. c
IE&I2
L-C 2. c 3. a 4. a 5. b 6. a
ftk 15. c 16. b 17. c 18. d 19. c
7. d 8. b 9. a 10. a 11. c 12. b 33 d
20. fe 21. a 22. d 23. d 24. a 25 c 26 c
33. a 34. a« 35. d 36. b 37. b 3b. b 39. a
46. a 47. d 48. b 49. b 50. d

7. c 8. b 9. c 10. c 11. c 12. d 13. a


20 a 21. b 22. d 23. a 24. b 25. b 26. c
has dominated -
—> 33 A:
>dominated bringing ->
economic 35. D:
bring
42. b 43. d 44. a
45. c 46. a 47. d '18. b
7. c 8. b 9. c 10. b 11. d 12. d 13. b
20. a 2J. c 22. c 23. d 24. d 25. b 26 d

dap AN* 259


27. c 28. a 29. d 30. b 31. b 32. c 33. c 34. a 35. b 36. b 37. a 38. c
40. b 41 d 42. c 43. a 44 . b 45. c 46. a 47. d 48. d 49. b 50. b •
itsT a A.
J.b 2. a 3. a 4. b 5. d 6. d 7. a 8. a 9. b 10. c 11. d 12, a
14. a 15. d 16. c 17. a 18. c 19. a 20. a 21. b 22. c 23. a 24. c 25, V
27. h 28. a 29. b 30. d 31. a 32. a 33. c 34. d 35. d 36. d 37. a 38. a
<10. b 41. d 42. a 43. c 44. a 45. a 46. b 47. d 48. d 49. b 50./
UNIT 8: LIFE IN THE FUTURE a?
TCCT 1 -
1. d 2. c 3. c 4. b 5. d 6. b 7. a 8. d 9. b 10. a! 11. d 12. b
14. c 15. c 16. a 17. b 18. a 19. d 20. d 21. b 22. b 23, A U. a 25. d
27. d 28. d 29. b 30. d
39. a
39. c
13. a 26. c
31. D: more better -y better f far better / much better 32. A: optimistoptimistic
33. D: intelligent -* intelligence 34. C: 35. D: a ->an
44.;<j
36. c 37. a 38. d 39. b 40. a 41. c 42. d 43. a > 45. b 46. a 47. d 48. c
49 a 50. b y ~Z "
T?St.
2
1. b 2. b 3. d 4. a 5. d 6. b 7. a 8. O ^9. b 10. b 11. a 12. d 13. d
14. c 15. a 16. b 17. d 18. a 19. b 20. b 21. d 22. c 23. c 24. b 25. a 26. d
33.
27. b 28. a 29. d 30. d 31. a 32. d C.J,- 34. c 35. b 36. a 37, c 38. b 39. a
40. a 41. a 42. d 43. c 44. b 45. b 46. c 47. a 48. d 49. a 50. b
TEST =/
3
1. d 2. c 3. c 4. a 5. a 6. c 7/b> 8. b 9. b 10. d 11. d 12. a 13. c
14. C 15. a 16. a 17. a IS. a 19. b 20. b 21. d 22. c 23 . b 24. d 25. a 26. d
27. c 28. a 29. d 30. c 31. c 32. d a 34. a 35. b 36. a 37. c 38. d 39. b
40. d 41. b 42. c 43. b 44. d 45. a 5 46. d 47. a 48. c 49. d 50. c
TEST YOURSELF C
TEST
1 Jp
J. b . 2. c 3d 4. c 5. b • , 6. a 7. d 8. b 9. d 10. a 11. c 12. a 13. b
14. c 15. c 16. a 17. d ,18. 19. c 20. b 21. d 22. b 23. a 24. d 25. a 26. b
W
30. a
27. d 28. a 29. c *
31. B: we will provide -> will we provide 32. C: leaving left
33. B: technological -► technology 34. D: but and 35. D: whom -► who / that
36. b 37. a 38. c 3$£c 40. a 42. c 42. c 43. a 44. b 45. a 46. d 47. d 43. b
49. c 50. c T1ST?
1. a 2. a 3. c; 4. d 5. d 6. b 7. c 8. a 9. b 10. a 11. a 12. d 13. d
14. a 15. a 16. c 17. b 18. a 19. d 20. b 21. a 22. a 23. d 24. a 25. d 26. c
27. a 28. b 29. b 30. c 31. c 32. c 33. b 34. c 35. b 36. c 37. a 38. b 39. b
40. a 41/K 42. d 43. a 44. c 45. a 46. b 47. d 48. d 49s c 50. b
UNIT 9: DESERTS •

1. <}C"Vj2. c 3. b 4. a 5. c 6. b 7. b 8. b 9. b 10. d 11. d 12. a 13. c


14, a 15. c 16. c 17. c 18. a 19. b 20. d 21. a 22. a 23. b 24. c 25. c 26. b
27. d 28. a 29. c 30. a
^1. C: however and 32. B: so -> but • 33. A: but ~>
and
34. B. they that / which 35. D: environments -» environment
36. a 37. c 38. d 39. b 40. d 41. c 42. b 43. a 44. a 45. d 46. b 47. d 48. a
49. c 50. c
Mi
I. a 2. c 3. b 4. b 5. a 6. d 7. d 8. c 9. b 10. b 11. a 12. d 13. d
14. d 15. d 16. b 17. d 18. c 19. a 20. d 21. a 22. a 23. d 24. b 26. c 26. c
».» * KauiitMTl^NGANH12 «PHANDAP AN
27. a 28. c 29. a 30. b 31. b 32. b 33. d 34. d 35. a 36. d 37. a
40. b 41. d 42. c 43. a 44. b 45. a 46. c 47. b 48. a 49. b 50. c
TgST 3
I. c 2. c 3. d 4. a 5. c 6. d 7. a 8. a 9. d 10. b 11. d
14. a 15. b 16. a 17. b 18. a 19. d 20. d 21. b 22. a 23. b 24. b
27. c 28. d 29. d 30. a 31. c 32. b 33. a 34. b 35. d 36. a 37. b
40. a 41. a 42. d 43 b 44. c 45. a 46. c 47. d 48. b 49. d 50. c
UNIT 10: ENDANGERED SPECIES
TEST 1
1. c 2. b 3d 4. b 5. d ..V
6. a 7.c , 8. b 9. a 10. c 11. a 12. b 13. c 14. c 15. b 16. d
19. c 20. a* 21. d 22. c . 23. b Z4. a 25. c 26. d 27. b 28. a 29. a
38. c
12. a
25.a 38.-a
39. a
.■
26r'c 39. c
31. A: endangerment -► endangered 33. B: particularly -* particular 35. B: have
caused has caused
17. a 30. d
32. D: survive -» survival ? v
34. D: has destroyed have destroyed
18. c
36. d 37. b 38. a 39. d 40. c 41. a 42. c 43. d 44. a;\ 45. b 46. d 47. b 48. c
•49. c 50. d rv
TEST
2 . \\
l.d 2. b 3. a 4. a 5. b 6. b 7. b S.d 10. a ll.c 12. d 13. c
14. a 15. c 16. d 17. c 18. h 19. b 20. a 21. b- 22. c 23. d 24. b 25. a 26. b
27. a 28. b 29. a 30. a * 31. d 32. c 33. a 34. a ^35. c 36. b 37. b 38. a 39. a
40. c 41. b 42. c 43. b 44. d 45. a 46. d 47. c 48. a 49. b 50. a
TEST y
?
1. a 2. b 3. d 4. a 5. c 6. c r>. 8.b 9. b 10. d 11. d 12. d 13. c
14. d 15. b 16. c 17. d 18. b 19. a 20. d 21. a 22. c 23. b 24. b 25. c 26, a
27. h 28. a 29. c 30. a 31. d 32. a 33. b 34. c 35. a 36. c 37. d 38. d 39. b
40. c 41. b 42. d 43. b 44. a 45. a 46. c 47. c 48. d 49. a 50. b
TEST YOURSELF D
TEST
*1
Lb 2. d 3. d 4. a 5. b tod 7. b 8. a 9. c 10. c 11. c 12. b 13. a
14. d 15. a 16. c 17. d 18, SC 19. d 20. d 21. d 22. b 23. c 24. d 25. b 26. fc
27. a 28. b 29. d 30. c ;w
A .V
31. C: making -> made 34. 2>; that wh£ch
32. A: poUute 35. C: the -» a
pollution
33. D: severely -» severe
36. a 37. c 38. b 39. b 40. a 41. c 42. a 43. b 44. d 45. c 46. d 47. b 48. a
49. c 50. a
TiST?
Lb 2. d 3. b^> Aa 5. d 6 b 7. a 8. c 9. b 10. a 11. d 12. c 13. c
14. c 15. d 16V h/ 17. c 18. a 19. d 20. b 21. c 22. b 23. b 24. a 25. a 26. c
27. d 28. b ,29* a 30. c 31. d 32. c 33. a 34. a 35. b 36. a 37. b 38. b 39. a
40. c 41. c b 43. a 44. c 45. d 46. b 47. a 48. a 49. a 50. a
UNIT 11 : BOOKS
TESTJ
l.c .2 d 3. d 4. d 5. b 6. b 7. a 8. d 9. c 10. a 11. a 12. a 13. t
14. d( 15. a 16. b 17. c 18. b 19. c 20. a 21. b 22. d 23. d 24. c 25. b 26. a
30. c
27jfeb: 28. c 29. a
because of because /.r34. D: bored -> boring /Q:'36. b 37. c 38. d 39. a
32. D: cultivating -* cultivates 33. D: more thicker thicker 35. A; may be gained -*■
may gain 40. d 41. a 42. d 43. b 44. a 45. b 46. c 47. c
49. d 50. c
TEST2
1. b 2. d 3. a
14. b 15. a 16. d
4. c
17. d
5. d 18. b
6. c 19. a
7. b 20. d
8. a 21. b
9. d 22. b
10. c 23, d
ll.c 24. b
12. b 25. c
DAP AN
48. c
13. c
26.1
26!
27. d 28 b 29. a 30. b 31. d 32. d 33. b 34. c 35. a 36. c 37. b 35. a 39, a
40. d 41. a 42. d 43. c 44. d 45. b 46. a 47 . c 48. a 49. c 50. b
TEST 3 A.
1. a 2. b . 3. d 4. d 5. b 6. a 7. d S. b 9. c 10. a 11. c 12. a
14. c 15. b 16. a 17. c 18. c 19, c 20. a * 21. b ^2. d 23. a 24. d 25. b 13. d A
27. a 28. c 29. b 30.fcc 31. b 32. c 33. a 34. d 35. c 36. a 37. b 38. b 39.j^y
40. c 41. a 42. b 43.d 44. c 45. a 46. d 47 . b 48. c 49. a 50. b •
UNIT 12: WATER SPORTS 1
/
TEST 1 j\ #
1. c 2. d 3. a 4. b 5. a 6. a 7. a S_c ' ‘ 9. a 10. d 11. d 12. c 13. c
r
14. b 15. d 16. sr 17. c 18. b 19. d. 20. a 21. a V 22. a 23. a 24. a 25; A 26. a
27. b 23. d 29. d 30. a n
1
l
31. C: first developed was first developed 32 . B: steering -> steered C )
33. B: has included -> has been included 34. A: was -become —> became V
35. C: held was held
36. b 37. a 38. d 39. b 40. d 41. a 42. c 43. b 44. c 45. df" •46. d 47. c 48. b
49. a 50. b A ‘*N-
_
TEST 2
1. c 2. c 3. c 4. a 5. b 6. a 7. c 8. a 9. c rWb 11. d 12. d 13. a
14. d 15. d 16. c 17. a 18. a 19. b 20. d 21. c 22. V #3 . a 24. c 25. h 26. c
27. a 28. d 29. b 30. d 31. a 32. c 33. d 34. b 35. < * 36. b 37. a 38. a 39. c
40. a 41. c 42. d 43. a 44. b 45. b 46. d 47. c 48, a 49. d 50. b
TEST 3
l.a 2. c 3. a 4. a 5. d 6. d 7. d 8. a S&b 10. c 11. d 12. a 13. c
14. d 15. c 16. d 17. b 18. a 19. d 20. c 21. b 22. a 23. b 24 . a 25. d 26. c
27. a 28. c 29. d 30. c 31. a 32. d 33. b 34. b 35. c 36. b 37. c 38. d 39. a
40. c 41. a 42. c 43. c 44. d 45. b 46. d •54l a 48. b 49. c 50. b
UNIT 13: THE 22ad SEA GAMES ST
TEST 1 w
1. c 2. b 3. c 4. d 5. a 6. b'f \Vb 8. c 9. b 10. c n. d 12. c 13. d
14. d 15. d 16. a 17. b 18. c 19. a 20. d 21. a 22. d 23. b 24. c 26. a 26. a
27. c 28. c 29. d 30. c K- ^
31. A; knowing- -*■ known 32. A:'are -* is 33. C: cooperative -> cooperation 34. D:
more and more more than 35. C: the first -> first
36. b 37. d 38. c 39. b 40. a ► 41. 42. d 43. a 44. b 45. b 46. d 47. c 48. a
c
49. c 50. a
TEST
2
l.d 2. a 3. b 4.CU 5. c 6. c 7. c 8. b 9. b 10. b 11. d 12. d 13. a
14. a 15. b 16. a IT: cj ^18. d 19. b 20. a 21. d 22. a 23. b 24. a 25. a 26. b
27. a 28. b 29. d 30. b 31. b 32. d 33. b 34. a 35. c 36. a 37. a 38. b 39. b
40. c 41. a 42. 43. d 44. c 45. b 46. a 47. d 48. c 49. b 50. a
TEST
a y
l.d 2. b 4. c 5. b 6. b ’ 7. c 8. c 9. b 10. d 11. c 12. b 13. b
14. d 15. a 16H 17. c 18. a 19. b 20. d 21. c 22. a 23. c 24. c 25. b 26. a
27. c 28. a A 29. d 30 d 31. c 32. b 33. d 34. c 35. a 36. b 37. d 38. c 39. a
40. b 41. 42. b 43. d 44. a 45. c 46. b 47. c 48. a 49. d 50. b
TESJT ,# TEST YOURSELF E
1
1- dA 2. b 3. c 4. b 5. c 6. d 7. d 8. a. 9. d 10. d 11. d 12. b 13. d
H W15. c 16. a 17. d IS. b 19. d 20. c 21. c 22. b 23. d 24. a 25. d 26. c
'27.: b 28. d 29. a 30. b
C: in many way -> in many ways 32. D: for in
$3. C: but others others . 34. C: are -► is 35. B: more better ->
better
262 BAl TAP TRAC TSENGANH12 • PHANDAPAN
36. a 37. a 38. d 39. c 40. b 41. c 42. b 43. a 44. d 45. d 46. b 47. c 48. c
49. a 50. a
nsT, 2
1. b 2. c 3. b 4.*c' 5. d 6. a 7.c 8. d 9. b 10. d 11 c 12. d 13. a
14. d 15. d 16. c 17.-a 18. b 19. b 20. d 21. a 22. a 23. d 24. b 25 . c 26. e
27. d 28. a 29. d 30, a 31. d 32. b 33. c 34. a 35. d 36. c 37. c 38. a 39. a
40. b 41. a 42. b 43. c 44. c 45, a 46. d 47. b 48. a 49. d 50. c
UNIT 14: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS 4
TEST 1
1. c 2. d 3. a 4. a 5. d 6. c 7. c 8. d 9. c 10. d 11. b 12. aU& d
14. c 15. c 16. b 17. a 18. c 19. b 20. a 21. c 22. b 23. b 24. b 25, b 26. a
27. a 28. b 29. a 80. b
31. C: for - 32. . D: so as such as 33. D: be -> are rv
»to
34. C: in -► 35. , B: program ► programs
at -)
36. d 37. a 38. b 39. c 40. a 41. b 42. d 43. a 44. c 45. c 40; a 47. d 48.
c:
49. b 50. b
/
TEST 2 0
1. a 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. a 6. c 7. d 8. c 9. b 10. 11- c 12. d 13. b
26.
14. c 15. d 16. b 17. b 18. c 19. c 20. b 21. c 22. c 23. a 24. c 25. d <1
27. c 28. a 29. c 30. b 31. d 32. a 33. b 34. b 35. c 36, b 37. a 38. b 39. c
40. a 41. c 42. d 43. b 44. a 45. a 46. c 47. c 48. d 49. b 50. c
3J5T3 f
1. a 2. c 3. d 4. c 5. d 6. b 7. b 8. a 9. d 10. a 11. c 12. a 13. c
14. c 15. c 16. d 17. c
18. b 19. a 20. d 21. d 22. a 23. c 24. d 25. a 26. b
27. b 28. c 29. d 30. a
31. c 32. a 33. d 35. b 36. a 37. d 38. d 39.
S C
At &
40. c 41. a 42. c 43. b 44. d 45. d 46. c 47. a 48. b 49. b 50. c
UNIT 15: WOMEN IN SOCIETY
TEST 1 V >•
1. c 2. a 3. c • 4. d 5. d 6. b 7. d ‘3 8. a 9. d 10. d 11. b~ 12. b 13. a
26.
14. d 15. d 16. c 17. d 18. c 19. c 20, c 21. d 22. a 23. a 24. b 25. c . ci
27. d 28. a 29. a 30. b ' V/
IN

31. C: in about
33. C: develop -►development
32. C: housewife -► housewives 34. Df equal -> equality
35. C: more than > more
36. a 37. c 38. c 39. d 40. a 41, b 42. a 43. c 44. b 45. d 46. d 47. a 48. c
49. b 50. d
TEST Xy
2 A
1. a 2. d 3. d 4. b 5. V 6. d 7. c 8. d 9. b 10. c 11. a 12. b 13. c
14. a 15. d 16. d 17. d<« 18. d 19. a 20. c 21. b 22. b 23. a 24. d 25. d 26. b
27. d 28. b 29. c 30. * 31. a 32.c 33. c 34. d 35. b 36. b 37. b 38. b 39. a
40. c 41. d 42. c 43. a 1 44. d 45. b 46. d 47. a 48. c 49. a 50. d
TgfiT
Ji
1. a 2. d 3. c * 4 sc 5. b 6. c 7. a 8. c 9. c 10. a 11. a 12. d 13. c
14. b 15. a 16. a 17. b 18. c 19. a 20. a 21. c 22. b 23. a 24. b 25. d 26. c
27. d 28 a 29. c 30. b 31.‘d 32. a 33. c 34. c 35. a 36. a 37. b 38. d 39. c
40. b 41. c 42. d 43. b 44. a 45. b' 16. c 47. b 48. a 49. d 50. c
UNIT 16: THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEAST ASIAN NATIONS
TEST 1
1. a 2b 3. a 4. c 5. d 6.c 7. c 8. b 9. b 10. b 11. a 12.
14. b 15. a 16. c 17. c 18. b 39. d 20. a 21. c 22. b 23. c 24. a 25.
27. V 28. c 29. b 30. d
3lTD:;a the 32. C:diversity —» diverse 33. D: are -> is
4% A: popularity -► popular35. C: that -► which
13 c
26. b
DAP AN 263
36. c 37. d 38. a 39. b 40. d 41. a 42. d 43. b 44. d 45. a 46. c 47.b 48. a
49. c 50. c •
T5.ST_2
1. b 2. a 3. b 4. c 5. d 6. a 7. b 8. d 9. c 10. c 12. a 12. b 13. c
14. d 15. b 16. c 17. a 18. d 19. c 20. b 21. a 22. b 23. a 24. c 25. b 26. d
27. a 28. c 29. c 3t>. a 31. a 32. b 33. d 34. a 35. b 36. a 37. a 38. b 39. c
40. b 41. a 42. d 43. b 44. c 45. d 46. c 47. a 48. b 49. b 50. d /V
IE5L3 A
1. b 2. a 3. a 4. d 5. b 6. b 7. c 8. b 9. b 10. d 11. 12. d 13. a
14. a 15. d 16. b 17. a 18. d 19. c 20. d 21. d 22. a 23. d 24. a 25. d 26. d
27. a 28. d 29fcc 30. b 31. b 32. c 33. b 34. b 35. a 36. d 37, c 38. c 39. b
40. a 41. a 42. c 43. d 44. a 45. b 46. d 47. c 48. b- 49. c 50. a
TEST YOURSELF F c )
TEST_ Vi: /
I w
1 a 2. c 3. a 4. a 5. b 6. d 7. b 8. d 9. b 10. a 11. c 12. a 13. d
14. c 15. b 16. c 17. b 18. b 19. b 20. c 21. d 22. a 23 . b 24. d 25 c 26.*a
27. d 28. b 29. b 30. a it ‘ w
4-
31. C: but women -> 32. C: tidy —»tidying/ 33. C: from - with
women *
34. B: spend -►spending / who ; 35. D: as soon as while
spent
36. a 37. d 38. c 39. b 40. a 41. a 42. c 43. b' 44. d 45. b 46. c 47. a 48. c
49. c 50. d ...
TEST
S
1. a 2. d 3. d 4. a 5. b 6. b 7. d 8. d 9. c 10. b 11. d 12. a 13. d
14. d 15. c 16. a 17. d 18. b 19. a 20. a V21. c 22. c - 23. c 24. d 25. a 26. d
27. d 28. c 29. a 30 . b 31. c 32. d 33. a 34. a 35. b 36. b 37. b 38. b 39. a
40 c 41. b 42. c 43. a 44. a 45. d 46 . d 47. c 48. d 49. b 50. b "

DAP AN DE THI NAM 2007-200$


>-*
o
t
l.d 2. a 3. c 4. a 5. c 6. d 7. c 8. a 9. d « 11. c 12. a 13. a
14. b 15. c 16. c 17. a 18. a G 19. d 20 . c 21. a 22. c 23. c 24. b 25. b 26. c
27. c 28. a 29. b 30. a 3.1. d 32. b 33. d 34. b 35. a 36. b 37. b 38. c 39. b
40. b 41. b 42. d 43. d ma 45. b
46. B 47. B 48. D 49. A 50. A
51. a 52. a 53. c 54. a 55. b 56. c 57. d 58. d 59. c 60. a 61. b 62. c 63. b
64. d 65. d 66. d 67v c 68. c 69. d 70. d 71. a 72. a 73. d 74. d 75. b 76. b

77. b 78 d 79. d 80 . c
aS
1. d 2. d
14. b 15. d
27. c 28. a
40. b 41. a
53. d 54^b
66. b 67 a
77. D
76. D
itr
DAP AN DE THI NAM 2008-2009
3. <•
c
xe.b 29. d 42. c 55. c 68. c 78. C
4. c 17. a 30. b 43. b 56. b 69. c 79. A
5. b 18. d 3t. a 44. d 57. d 70. b 80. B
6. b 7. b 8. a 9. c 10. a 11. d 12. c 13. c
19. d 20. c 21. a 22. a 23. d 24. a 25. c 26. b
32. a 33. a 34. a 35. b 36. a 37. b 38. d 39. a
45.‘c 46. d 47. b 48. c 49. a 50. a 51. a 52. c
58. b 59. d 60. a 61. b 62. c 63. c 64. c 65. d
71. d 72. d 73. d 74. c 75. b
HET
264 BAI TAP TRAC NGHU^M TI^NG A>TH 12 • PHAN E>AP AN

You might also like